Archives

AI: A New Way to Help Pharmacy Thrive!

Learning Objectives

 

After completing this knowledge-based continuing education activity, pharmacists and technicians will be able to

  1. Recognize artificial intelligence (AI) and the models underlying these technologies
  2. Describe the implications of AI within the healthcare and pharmacy fields
  3. List the opportunities and challenges that AI introduces to healthcare and pharmacy services
  4. Recognize AI’s impact on the pharmacy workforce and its implications in shaping the future of pharmacy practice

    Release Date:

    Release Date: May 15, 2025

    Expiration Date: May 15, 2028

    Course Fee

    Pharmacist:  $7

    Pharmacy Technician: $4

    ACPE UANs

    Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-032-H04-P

    Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-032-H04-T

    Session Codes

    Pharmacist: 25YC32-KFT44

    Pharmacy Technician: 25YC32-FTK68

    Accreditation Hours

    2.0 hours of CE

    Accreditation Statements

    The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-032-H04-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

     

    Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

    The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

    Faculty

    Kortney J. Knudsen, PharmD
    PGY-1 Resident
    Westchester Medical Center
    Valhalla, NY

    Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, MBA, FASCP
    Director of the Office of Pharmacy Professional Development
    UConn School of Pharmacy
    Storrs, CT

    Faculty Disclosure

    In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

    Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh and Kortney Knudsen, PharmD have no relationships with ineligible companies and therefore have nothing to disclose.

    ABSTRACT

    The global adoption of artificial intelligence (AI) continues to expand, with AI systems providing essential functions in prediction, recommendation, and decision-making based on their underlying algorithms. Healthcare institutions are exploring how these resources may enhance workflows, improve patient outcomes, and allow clinicians to focus more time on direct patient care. Researchers are exploring AI implementation in numerous areas, including diabetes and heart failure management, medical imaging evaluation, acute kidney injury detection, medication adherence, and electronic health record integration. While AI holds immense potential for transforming healthcare, its implementation faces several challenges. Barriers to AI integration include resource allocation, legal consideration, and securing healthcare provider acceptance. Healthcare professionals must address these barriers for the successful application of AI into daily clinical practice.

    CONTENT

    Content

    INTRODUCTION

    Dolly is a pharmacist in an independent pharmacy working 9 to 5 (what a way to make a living!). Her technician, Miley, calls her to the front to talk with Carol, a 60-year-old woman who consistently wears her smartwatch. Miley tells Dolly, “You have to hear this!” Carol reports that while walking her dog, she tripped and landed face down on the pavement. Carol says her smartwatch called out, “It looks like you’ve taken a hard fall,” and asked if it should call 911. Carol didn’t need emergency services, but she was grateful that the watch detected her fall and could help if necessary. If Carol had been unresponsive, the watch would have called 911 automatically. When Carol left, Miley said, “You know Dolly, I am really concerned that artificial intelligence (AI) is going to replace me.” Dolly nodded and said, “I know. I have some concerns, too. It's enough to drive you crazy if you let it.” Dolly realizes she needs to look into AI and its possibilities.

     

    AI is a technology that learns, reasons, and performs tasks to mimic humans.1 A 2022 Pew Institute survey of 11,004 Americans found that while 55% use AI frequently, awareness of its presence and capabilities varies.2 Only 30% of participants demonstrated high AI awareness, with factors such as education level, income, and Internet use influencing their familiarity.2 Despite growing adoption, public engagement is mixed, with concerns about AI’s impact fueling debate.

     

    Recently, many media outlets have published articles about AI, and many of those pieces have generated public debate and concern.3-5 Public engagement in ethical debates about AI’s use and limitations is only reasonable and well advised if individuals understand its strengths and limitations. Despite the widespread adoption of AI technologies among Americans, another Pew Research Center survey reported that only 15% express more excitement than concern about its increased use in daily life, 38% express more concern than excitement, and 46% are mixed, containing both excitement and concern.6 Nonetheless, AI’s adoption and market value increases annually. Researchers estimated the AI market size at $40 billion in 2022 and expect it to grow to $1.3 trillion by 2032.7

     

    Americans rely on AI in their everyday lives for web searches, task automation, and more—often without even realizing it. Engineers have seamlessly integrated AI into technologies like Siri, Alexa, and Google Home, making everyday tasks more convenient. With almost limitless possibilities, AI continues to evolve and grow, including in the healthcare field.

     

    PAUSE & PONDER: Take a moment and look at this list. Which of the following are AI powered? You can find the answers at the end of this activity (after the CONCLUSION).

    • Air conditioners
    • Automatic washing machines
    • Basic calculators
    • Customer service chatboxes
    • Email services
    • Facial recognition technology
    • Playlist recommendations
    • Purchase recommendations
    • Refrigerators
    • Social media
    • Television remote controls
    • Voice assistants
    • Wearable fitness trackers

     

     

    Defining AI

    AI systems predict, recommend, and make decisions using machine-based algorithms. Programmers design these systems with a set of rules and human-defined objectives to accomplish a variety of tasks.8,9 As Table 1 implies, no single definition fully captures AI’s complexity, and its applications are broad.1

     

    Table 1. Definitions and Possibilities Associated with AI1
    An artificial system…
    ·         performs tasks in predictable and unpredictable conditions with minimal human oversight
    ·         learns and improves its performance from experience and data set exposure
    ·         is developed in software or hardware
    ·         works to complete tasks requiring human-like action, cognition, communication, learning, perception, or planning
    ·         is developed to mimic human cognition and neural networks
    ·         is made with techniques for approximating a cognitive task
    ·         is designed to act rationally

     

    AI Models

    AI system designs vary based on the AI model used. Common algorithms include machine learning, neural network, deep learning, natural language processing, and rule-based expert systems. Neural network and deep learning fall under the broader category of machine learning. Table 2 describes how developers tailor each model to accomplish specific tasks in unique ways.10 It also captures common AI models used in healthcare with examples for their application.

     

    Table 2. Explanations and Examples of AI Model Applications10-15
    Model Explanation Example(s)
    Machine Learning ·         Fits models to data

    ·         Trains models with data sets

    ·         Encompasses neural network and deep learning models

    ·         Precision medicine: uses information about a person’s genes and lifestyle to prevent, diagnose, or treat disease

    ·         A breast cancer prediction algorithm: interpreted 38,444 mammograms from 9,611 women to predict biopsy malignancy and distinguish between normal and abnormal screenings

    Neural Network ·         Inspired by and mimics the human brain

    ·         Uses nodes that mimic human neurons to process and learn from data

    ·         Considers inputs, outputs, and weights of variables

    ·         Google Photos: uses a neural network to categorize images based on face or object recognition
    Deep Learning ·         Complex model building off the neural network

    ·         Uses features and variables used to predict an outcome

    ·         Facial recognition: uses deep learning for security purposes like unlocking smartphones or for tagging people on social media

    ·         Enables the identification of individuals as the same person, even with changes to physical appearance, lighting, or visual obstructions

    Rule-Based Expert Systems ·         If-then format for decision-making processes

    ·         Constructs rules in a knowledge domain

    ·         Medical diagnosis: if the patient has a fever and a sore throat, then consider the possibility of strep throat

     

    After some research, Dolly was ready to determine the model AI uses to detect falls. She found that smartwatches rely on machine learning models, including deep learning, to identify falls. Specifically, the technology uses accelerometer (an instrument that detects and measures speed and directional vibrations) and gyroscope (an instrument that detects and measures angular momentum) data from the watch to detect abrupt movements and shifts in motion that could signal a fall.16

     

    PAUSE & PONDER: How can healthcare professionals and leaders integrate AI models into healthcare?

     

    AI IN DISEASE MANAGEMENT

    Integrating AI into healthcare can transform patient care and streamline workflows.10 A recent survey reported that 80% to 90% of forecast panelists believe that AI will improve care, simplify patient referrals, and facilitate prior authorizations.8 Also, 63% of participants indicated that it is very or highly likely for health systems to adopt AI for pharmacist documentation. AI can specifically help document patient information in electronic health records (EHR).8 Some physicians and advanced practice providers are already using AI to improve patient documentation.8

     

    Generative AI uses machine models to analyze data patterns and create content like images and text. In healthcare, it enhances patient care and supports whole-person health.8 This technology can assist with medical image interpretation, inform disease diagnosis, identify care gaps, personalize treatment plans, enable remote patient monitoring, and support early intervention and preventive care.8,17 In her research, Dolly found a number of applications that could improve patient care.

     

    Diabetes Management

    By 2050, statisticians expect that 1.31 billion Americans will have diabetes.18 Diabetes management requires frequent follow-up and comprehensive examinations to monitor blood glucose levels and detect complications.19 Medical resources are unevenly distributed across the United States (U.S.). Physicians are often concentrated in wealthier and suburban areas, leaving rural regions with limited access to primary and specialty care. Yet, rural populations have a 16% higher prevalence of type 2 diabetes (T2DM) and a 20% higher T2DM-related hospital mortality rate compared to urban populations.20

     

    Effective diabetes management requires a collaborative approach involving endocrinology, nutrition, nephrology, ophthalmology, pharmacy, and podiatry. Since primary care alone is insufficient to handle this complex condition, rural areas face significant challenges in diabetes management.19 By 2034, researchers estimate a shortage of 124,000 doctors in the U.S., with the majority of loss in primary care.21 If this prediction is accurate, individuals in rural areas will face growing challenges accessing healthcare. Given the uneven distribution of healthcare resources across various regions, AI advancements may enhance efficiency in diabetes care while diminishing overall health expenditures.10,19

     

    To achieve better care for all people, clinicians may use predictive models to assess disease progression in T2DM, forecast blood glucose levels, and detect diabetic retinopathy.22

     

    AI technology may prevent diabetes onset in high-risk patients by ensuring early medical intervention.19 AI technologies may use non-invasive, cost-effective methods capable of early identification and classification of diabetes.

     

    An emerging theory is that machine learning using facial texture features and tongue color analysis could predict diabetes onset and identify those at high risk. In patients with diabetes, skin manifestations are common.23 These manifestations range from acanthosis nigricans (demarcated plaques with grey to brown pigmentation), to dermopathy (spots on the front of lower legs), to skin thickening.23 The pathophysiology of these conditions is not entirely understood. However, aging and diabetes causes increased collagen interlinking. Consequentially, skin changes like thickening and hardening may occur.23

     

    In Chinese Medicine, practitioners believe face regions reflect the health of internal organs.24 Asian researchers postulated that tongue discoloration, such as a yellow coating, is linked to diabetes, with studies showing a connection between tongue features and glucose metabolism.25,26 In 2017, researchers conducted a study to determine which model analyzes facial texture and color to detect diabetes most accurately.24 They took facial images, divided them into regions, characterized regions by textures, and analyzed them using eight different models.24 In 2019, Chinese researchers collected tongue images from 570 patients and analyzed their color and texture using AI models. The results demonstrated that these models may effectively associate tongue images with diabetes, but these studies remain preliminary.25

     

    In 2024, 8.7 million Americans or 3.4% of all U.S. adults met laboratory criteria for diabetes but were not aware that they had this condition.27 Delayed diagnosis is a common concern in diabetes, with about 45% of adults worldwide undiagnosed.18 Current diabetes diagnostic tests include hemoglobin A1C, fasting plasma glucose, 2-hour plasma glucose, and oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT). These four tests are invasive as they require venipuncture.24 Non-invasive diagnostic methods, such as analyzing facial images and tongue color, could help identify diabetic patients who are unaware of their condition.

     

    Dolly is fascinated by this information, but aware that these findings are very preliminary. Recently, one of her favorite patients, Lily, had gained weight rapidly in the early trimesters of pregnancy. Her obstetrician ordered an OGTT. Before the test, Lily fasted, then drank a sugary solution and had her blood sugar levels measured at specific intervals. This process was challenging for Lily, as the sight of blood and having her blood drawn nauseates her. Dolly wishes that non-invasive methods were currently available.

     

    In primary care, AI technologies may create personalized diet and exercise plans for people with diabetes. These plans could align with clinician recommendations and contribute to effective diabetes management.18

     

    Despite the promise of AI technology in diabetes management, predicting blood glucose levels remains challenging because food and subcutaneously administered insulin absorption rates vary. AI technologies are increasingly embedded into continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) systems to predict blood glucose levels. CGMs track patients’ blood glucose levels in real time and eliminate frequent finger pricks. CGMs provide regular and accurate blood glucose data, offering greater convenience than traditional finger sticks. Regardless, errors may still occur.

    CGM may report blood glucose levels that differ from actual values by roughly 9%. Differences in actual blood glucose level measurements may be an important consideration for individuals with diabetes and their healthcare providers.

     

    Another obstacle is when clinicians’ recommendations differ from those generated using AI, as both may be correct. To resolve discrepancies, AI may serve as a tool to support human decision-making. Last, AI technology is designed based on the data it receives. Data quality is important for accurately predicting and managing diabetes.19,22

     

    Cardiac Care

    Like diabetes, heart failure (HF)—the inability of an individual’s heart muscle to pump enough blood—is becoming more prevalent. Common symptoms include shortness of breath, fatigue, and swelling of the legs, ankles, or abdomen.30 Worldwide, approximately 60 million individuals live with HF.31 Managing HF requires accurate diagnoses and treatments tailored to individual patients. AI technologies may help diagnose, predict outcomes, classify, and optimize treatment strategies in HF.32

     

    Researchers have published much information on HF, and information on the use of machine learning to analyze this data is increasing. AI algorithms address challenges like data noise (large amounts of unwanted data that make analysis difficult), false correlations (no relationship between two variables), and statistical power issues (a study’s inability to detect accurate results or effects). By streamlining data analysis, AI complements traditional statistical methods to gather insights into HF.32

     

    Researchers have created an AI-based diagnostic algorithm for HF. The study enrolled 600 patients with and without HF. The results demonstrated a diagnostic accuracy of 98% and surpassed non-specialist clinicians, who had an accuracy of 76%. In regions with limited access to HF specialists, these AI technologies could be beneficial.32,33

     

    Patients with HF also face high 30-day readmission rates. Decreasing HF hospital admissions and readmissions is important considering the financial penalties that the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) impose. CMS reduces hospital payments by a percentage following unplanned 30-day readmissions for patients with HF.34 The hospitalization rate has improved from about 367 hospitalizations per 100,000 adults in 2016 to 350 hospitalizations in 2020. However, Healthy People 2030’s target is 330 per 100,000, meaning more improvement is needed.35

     

    Deep learning AI models may help lower hospital readmissions for patients with HF. In a 900-patient cohort study, these technologies outperformed traditional techniques in predicting readmission rates. This AI algorithm used heart sounds, respiratory rate, tidal volume (the amount of air that moves in and out of the lungs during a normal breath), heart rate, and patient activity to make predictions.32

     

    The rising use of remote monitoring and wearable devices is likely to expand AI’s effectiveness in managing HF. AI-powered smartwatches programmed with electrocardiography features demonstrate acceptable accuracy in detecting HF with reduced ejection fraction. These technologies allow continuous data streams, better prediction in hospital readmission rates, and earlier HF identification.31,32

     

    Dolly finds that smartwatches can also be useful for patients who have or are at risk for atrial fibrillation (AFib). Carol, the patient whose smartwatch detected a fall, has been worried that she might develop AFib, which causes irregular heartbeats. Last week, the watch detected an episode of AFib. When Carol visited her provider, she brought the printed electrocardiogram showing the episode. This enabled the provider to make informed decisions about next steps, supported by AI technologies.

     

    Sepsis Identification

    Globally, sepsis—a life-threatening response to an infection—is a leading cause of illness and death.36 Patients with sepsis present with varying degrees of severity, ranging from mild sepsis to septic shock. It can lead to tissue damage, organ failure, and death. Sepsis’s variable presentation makes early detection challenging. However, prompt recognition of sepsis is critical, as every hour without treatment increases the risk of death.36

     

    AI technologies may predict sepsis hours before its onset. Through machine learning and predictive algorithms, AI improves the accuracy of sepsis detection in a clinical setting.36-38 Researchers conducted a prospective, multi-center study of 590,736 patients across five hospitals, with 6,877 included in the analysis.38 During the study, researchers used the Targeted Real-time Early Warning System (TREWS) as a sepsis alert system for providers.38 TREWS is a machine learning-based algorithm that notifies providers when a patient is at high risk for sepsis.

     

    TREWS integration enabled early intervention from providers and reduced the hospital mortality rate by 5.1% when providers responded to the alert within three hours.38 The TREWS intervention group also saw a 4.5% decrease in overall mortality compared to patients whose providers did not respond within three hours. Patients flagged as high risk also experienced reductions in organ failure severity.38 A critical point is provider response time. It is possible that providers who responded more quickly simply had better resources or teams at their disposal.39

     

    This study’s major limitation was the predetermined alert settings, which may have influenced the alerts and their associations with clinical outcomes.38 TREWS notified providers when patients exhibited significant findings related to sepsis. This constraint limits the study’s generalizability, as variations in alert settings may lead to significant differences in the timing of alerts and, potentially, patient outcomes. Future implementation may adopt a less restrictive model, allowing earlier warnings by identifying patients with fewer sepsis-related criteria.38

     

    Alert fatigue—healthcare provider desensitization to safety alerts—may also limit this study’s applicability to clinical practice.38 Alert fatigue often causes individuals to not respond properly to safety alerts and warnings.40 TREWS integration may contribute to the alert fatigue phenomenon that plagues the healthcare industry.

     

    Despite this study’s promising results, few large, randomized controlled trials (RCTs) have evaluated AI-based alerts for patients with sepsis.37

     

    Acute Kidney Injury Alert

    Acute kidney injury (AKI; a decline in the kidney filtrate rate) impacts approximately 18% of inpatients and greater than 50% of patients in intensive care units.41 Like managing HF and diabetes, early detection is critical.41,42 Two studies have examined AI in AKI.

     

    Chinese researchers led a double-blind RCT to evaluate the impact of electronic alerts on adults with AKI.41 They randomized more than 2,000 hospitalized patients to determine whether an AKI alert combined with management strategies improves care and clinical outcomes. The data showed that alerts did not improve kidney function or overall patient outcomes. However, the alerts influenced treatment approaches. Patients in the alerts group received more intravenous fluids (82.6% vs 61.8%), fewer nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (5% vs 11%), and more AKI documentation at discharge (49.9% vs 27.3%).41

     

    Another double blinded, multicenter RCT enrolled more than 6,000 patients. Researchers concluded that the AKI alerts did not reduce the risk of AKI progression, dialysis initiation, or death within 14 days of randomization.42

     

    Both studies found that integrating their specific AKI alert algorithms into EHR did not improve patient outcomes.41-43 However, pairing these alerts with management strategies influenced providers’ treatment decisions. These findings suggest that while changes in treatment strategies may not directly benefit patients, they may help avoid medications that can contribute to AKI.41,42

     

    Image Interpretation

    Beyond its use in facial recognition for social media and security, AI also has the proven potential to analyze medical images. Specifically, AI technologies show promise in oncology for identifying and categorizing cancers, and in managing diabetic retinopathy.

     

    Oncology

    Researchers are developing AI models for cancer imaging, aiming to improve tumor detection, characterization, and monitoring.10,44 These tools identify various cancers and predict patient outcomes very accurately.45 They can help minimize oversights and serve as an initial screen to reduce omission errors.

     

    AI tumor characterization involves tumor segmentation (outlining and identifying boundaries of the tumor in images), diagnosis, and staging. AI-driven automated segmentation has the potential to enhance the efficiency, reproducibility, and quality of tumor measurements.44 It may also improve the ability to monitor changes in tumors over time. Despite these promising advancements, challenges remain in ensuring accurate detection, characterization, and monitoring.44

     

    Diabetic Retinopathy

    AI models can detect diabetic retinopathy, a complication of diabetes that progressively impairs vision over time. AI identification of diabetic retinopathy is facilitated through retinal fundus imaging, which has demonstrated high sensitivity and selectivity, as defined in the SIDEBAR.22,46,47

    SIDEBAR: Differentiating Sensitivity and Specificity47
    Sensitivity Specificity
    ·         A test’s ability to determine whether an individual with the disease is positive

    ·         High sensitivity: limited false negative results—few cases where the disease is missed

    ·         A test’s ability to determine if an individual who does not have the disease is negative

    ·         High specificity: limited false positive results

    ·         Using a test with low specificity causes many people without the disease to screen as positive and receive treatment

     

    In 2017, researchers enrolled 521 participants across 10 U.S. centers. Each patient underwent a dilated ophthalmoscopy (an eye exam). The AI algorithm accurately identified 36 of 37 positive cases (97% sensitivity) and 162 of 184 negative cases (88% specificity).46 The researchers concluded that the AI system detects mild diabetic retinopathy more effectively than general ophthalmologists or retina specialists. This tool may offer a low-cost solution for diabetic retinopathy screening and help reduce the burden of diabetic eye screenings.46


    Electronic Health Records

    Approximately 80% of clinically relevant healthcare information is unstructured data.48 Applying a natural language processing (NLP)-based algorithm to the EHR may help hospitals identify patients who need a clinical pharmacist’s review. NLP models possess the ability to engage in speech recognition, text analysis, and translation, with goals centered around language processing. One example of its use is transcribing patient interactions, which may be helpful for medication reconciliation. Similarly, NLP-based systems can prepare reports, such as patient notes within the EHR, and analyze these notes.10 By analyzing notes, the system can also identify patients requiring extensive medication interventions and categorize them as high risk. This classification enables pharmacists to dedicate their efforts to patients most likely to benefit, ultimately enhancing their impact on patient care.48

     

    AI models may also detect and alert providers when an ordered medication deviates from its typical use pattern. AI captures information on standard dosages and indications, aiding drug selection, dose recommendations, drug-drug interaction detection, and order entry.49 This tool supports pharmacists and other healthcare providers in clinical decision-making to minimize medication-related errors and improve patient outcomes.49

     

    Generative AI models may streamline providers’ documentation processes. Clinicians spend approximately 35% of their time documenting patient data and notes.50 AI technologies may reduce this workload, allowing providers to focus more on patient care. However, before integrating AI into documentation, leaders must set clear guidelines. For effective use, these guidelines must address concerns such as data security, accuracy, reliability, ethical considerations, and the need for ongoing evaluation of AI programs to ensure regular maintenance and optimization.51

     

    The possibilities for AI integration in EHR are endless. With proper use, these resources help streamline workflow and increase time providers spend on direct patient care.

     

    PAUSE & PONDER: What are the opportunities and challenges for AI integration into healthcare?

     

    AI CHALLENGES

    A major challenge is AI’s inability to explain how it arrives at its conclusions, referred to as model transparency. Predictive modeling and deep learning procedures are difficult to adopt in clinical environments. The algorithms behind these models often lack transparency and experimental context.8,22

     

    For clinicians to accept AI, they must understand how models generate recommendations. By detailing internal decisions, behaviors, and actions, AI’s developers can build trust among healthcare providers. Developers must equip clinicians with sufficient information to understand each event’s causes. Subsequently, providers can determine how to incorporate AI recommendations into their clinical decision-making processes.8,22

     

    Another barrier arises from EHRs’ limitations. Since EHR data is not publicly available, AI technologies may struggle to generate comprehensive recommendations. Also, healthcare organizations often restrict data access to internal use, leaving predictive modeling without sufficient information.22 To address this challenge, some experts propose federated learning. This allows institutions to contribute to a global model while keeping sensitive data within their respective systems.10 However, as AI processes large volumes of data, the risk of data breaches and unauthorized access increases. Protecting databases from security threats remains a challenge.8

     

    Bias presents another obstacle. If data used in AI models is homogenous, the results may be skewed. Developers must ensure that training datasets include a wide range of patient demographics and conditions to prevent biased outcomes.8

     

    Cost inhibits widespread adoption of AI. Institutions allocate resources for AI differently. Smaller, rural hospitals may struggle to implement these technologies due to financial constraints.8 Also, demonstrating a clear return on investment for AI integration is difficult. The limited cost avoidance data per intervention and impact on patient outcomes makes it challenging for hospital executives to justify AI investments.8

     

    Legal and ethical considerations further complicate AI acceptance. Mistakes are inevitable with AI technologies. Who will be held accountable for errors, especially when they impact patient outcomes? Healthcare providers may be reluctant to adopt AI technologies if responsibility for potential AI errors is unclear.8,10 This also calls into question regulatory compliance. If AI becomes the standard of care, providers who choose not to use these tools may face legal and regulatory consequences.8,10

     

    Before implementing AI in clinical practice, healthcare institutions must thoroughly test and validate each model. A designated committee containing diverse healthcare professionals should lead the approval process to ensure safe and effective implementation of AI models. This approval process and integration into daily practice may take years.10

     

    After looking at how AI is used currently, the research underway, and AI’s challenges, Dolly feels confident that she can discuss changes in the workplace and pharmacy processes with Miley.

     

    TAILORING AI TO PHARMACY PRACTICE

    Many healthcare providers already recognize the implications of AI integration in healthcare. A recent survey asked pharmacists, “How likely is it the following will occur by the year 2029 in the geographic region where you work?”8 Table 3 displays the findings on AI integration in pharmacists’ documentation and medication histories.8

     

    Table 3. Forecast Panelists’ Survey Responses to AI Integration in 20298
    Response Percent of Responders
    Statement 1: 50% of health systems will adopt technology in the EHR for pharmacist documentation to be completed by generative AI.
    Very Unlikely 4%
    Somewhat Unlikely 33%
    Somewhat Likely 44%
    Very Likely 19%
    Statement 2: 25% of health systems will use a Chatbot to obtain medication histories.
    Very Unlikely 10%
    Somewhat Unlikely 33%
    Somewhat Likely 43%
    Very Likely 14%
    AI, artificial intelligence; her, electronic health record.

     

    As healthcare professionals acknowledge AI’s expanding function, they must develop a strong understanding of these technologies. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians, in particular, need a basic knowledge of AI.48 With this foundation, pharmacists can assess AI models’ strengths and limitations and determine when and how to use them effectively.

     

    To establish a baseline understanding of AI technologies, institutions must integrate education and didactic experiences into training for pharmacy technicians, pharmacy students, and pharmacists.52,53 This will equip healthcare providers with the basic skills needed to evaluate AI models and understand its responsibility in improving patient care.

     

    AI and the Pharmacy Workforce

    Like Miley, may pharmacy personnel worry that AI may replace pharmacists and pharmacy technicians. In the United Kingdom, researchers estimate 35% of all jobs—including some pharmacy-related positions—could be automated in the next 10 to 20 years.10 However, they also predict job losses will amount to less than 5%. This is because of factors like cost of automation technologies, labor market dynamics, and regulatory and social acceptance. These circumstances create major barriers in the widespread adoption of AI across industries and may mitigate actual job loss.10

     

    In healthcare, similar trends are expected. To date, AI has not eliminated jobs.10 Pharmacy student enrollment is unlikely to rise, and researchers predict that 20% of first year post-graduate residency spots will remain unfilled after the match. As a result, they anticipate the pharmacy workforce will decline.8 This projected reduction has led to expectations that AI will assist with repetitive pharmacy tasks, allowing pharmacists and technicians to focus on responsibilities that require human expertise.

     

    With the integration of AI into healthcare, pharmacists are expected to expand their scope of practice into areas where they can use their skills more and influence outcomes.8,10 These include managing high-cost medications, bridging gaps in primary care, applying empathy and persuasion, and taking a big-picture approach to patient care. While AI is designed to mimic certain human actions, it is not human. It lacks interpersonal skills and the ability to build relationships. Ultimately, AI will complement pharmacists by streamlining repetitive tasks, addressing workforce shortages, and enabling them to use their unique human intelligence abilities.8,10

     

    Adverse Drug Reactions

    A primary responsibility for pharmacists in medication management is to mitigate patients’ risk of adverse drug reactions (ADRs). EHR systems use AI for ADR prediction and detection. For example, if a prescriber orders amiodarone for a patient who is already taking warfarin, the system is designed to alert healthcare providers that the combination leads to high bleeding risk. Current systems already deliver this alert, and an AI-assisted system may recommend providers decrease the patient’s warfarin dose empirically by 30% to 50%.54 However, like any test or algorithm, false positives and negatives can occur, meaning these systems are not foolproof. It is crucial that clinicians and pharmacists do not rely solely on these alerts for detecting ADRs or sending notifications. Instead, they should apply clinical decision-making and rely on their expertise.

     

    A recent study involving 412 patients used a machine learning algorithm to predict the likelihood of ADRs in neonates.55 Researchers designed the algorithm to associate a risk score to predict and prevent ADRs, rather than simply display a warning as is done currently for certain medications. The model displayed high predictive accuracies, successfully detecting ADRs in patients with allergic, renal, central nervous system, and hepatic ADRs 78.9% to 90.2% of the time.49,55 These models illustrate AI’s broad application in ADR detection which supports clinical decision-making.

     

    AI also offers opportunities to improve patient adherence. It can trigger patient-specific message alerts, such as medication renewal reminders for both the pharmacist and the patient. This ensures timely prescription refills, helps maintain a consistent medication supply, and supports better medication adherence for improved health outcomes. Wearable devices like smartwatches and smartphones also integrate AI technology that may encourage behavioral changes and enhance adherence.10 For example, some smartwatches offer a time-to-stand reminder. If individuals have not moved within the first 50 minutes of an hour, the watch will remind them to stand. Simple alerts like these increase movement and encourage behavior changes.

     

    Beyond clinical applications, AI has the potential to transform pharmacy operations. AI technology may request and process prior authorizations (something of great interest to Dolly and Miley), manage the supply chain, optimize pharmacy revenue cycles, and track financial performance.8

     

    CONCLUSION

    AI technologies are likely to revolutionize healthcare by enhancing clinical decision-making, improving patient outcomes, and streamlining workflows. Through automation of routine tasks and data analysis, AI can help healthcare providers deliver more efficient care. However, significant barriers including algorithm transparency, bias, cost, and accountability concerns must be addressed before AI is widely adopted. Overcoming these challenges requires collaboration among healthcare providers, policy makers, and AI developers. Establishing clear guidelines and validation procedures will help ensure AI technologies are safe and used properly. With proper implementation and education, AI is a powerful tool that enhances healthcare professionals’ abilities. Dolly and Miley now appreciate that it cannot replace human skills like empathy, critical thinking, and personalized communication.

     

    PAUSE & PONDER: Take a moment and look at this list. Which of the following are AI powered? These are the answers to that we promised to provide!

    • Air conditioner
    • Automatic washing machine
    • Basic calculators
    • Customer service chat box
    • Email services
    • Facial recognition
    • Playlist recommendations
    • Purchase recommendations
    • Refrigerators
    • Social media
    • Television remote control
    • Voice assistants
    • Wearable fitness trackers

     

    Answers Examples
    Customer service chat box ·         Chatbots answering basic customer service questions
    Email services ·         Emails automatically categorized as spam
    Facial recognition ·         Unlocking devices

    ·         Password security

    ·         Tagging individuals in social media posts

    Media recommendations ·         Spotify or Apple Music playlists

    ·         Audiobook platforms

    ·         Streaming services

    Purchase recommendations ·         Social media advertisements

    ·         Web browser advertisements

    Social media ·         Facial recognition

    ·         “For you” page geared to user interests

    Voice assistants ·         Siri

    ·         Alexa

    ·         Google home

    Wearable fitness trackers ·         ECG monitoring

    ·         Fall detection

     

     

    Pharmacist and Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

    PHARMACIST AND PHARMACY TECHNICIAN LEARNING OBJECTIVES
    After completing this continuing education activity, learners will be able to
    • Recognize artificial intelligence (AI) and the models underlying these technologies
    • Describe the implications of AI within the healthcare and pharmacy fields
    • List the opportunities and challenges that AI introduces to healthcare and pharmacy services
    • Recognize AI’s impact on the pharmacy workforce and its implications in shaping the future of pharmacy practice

    1. An artificial intelligence developer uses an algorithm that mimics the human brain and consists of nodes that mimic human neurons to process and learn from data. What model is the developer using?
    A. Deep learning
    B. Neural network
    C. Rule-based expert system

    2. Which of the following is the BEST descriptor of a possibility associated with AI?
    A. Performs tasks in predictable and unpredictable conditions with minimal human oversight
    B. Performs tasks in predictable conditions only with minimal human oversight
    C. Performs tasks in unpredictable conditions only with direct human oversight

    3. An AI algorithm is designed with the following input and output: “if the patient has diarrhea and vomiting, then consider the possibility of norovirus infection.” What model does this rule represent?
    A. Deep learning
    B. Neural network
    C. Rule-based expert system

    4. When generative AI uses machine models to analyze data patterns and create content in healthcare, how might it enhance patient care?
    A. It can assist with medical image interpretation, inform disease diagnosis, and identify care gaps.
    B. It can replace the clinician’s need to be present at clinic appointments.
    C. It can make decisions for clinicians, write treatment plans, and prescribe medications.

    5. Effective diabetes management requires a collaborative, specialized approach. Since primary care alone is insufficient to handle this complex condition, which of the following current barriers to diabetes management could AI BEST help overcome?
    A. It can help urban areas that have unlimited access to care for diabetes management.
    B. It can help rural areas struggling with limited access to care for diabetes management.
    C. It can help primary care providers eliminate challenges in diagnosing patients with diabetes.

    6. Which of the following represents the MOST significant implication for AI models in cancer imaging?
    A. AI models can improve the efficiency, reproducibility, and quality of tumor measurements.
    B. AI models can improve the accuracy of tumor detection and consider patient’s medical history.
    C. AI models have the potential to enhance the accuracy in detection, monitoring, and make decisions for providers.

    7. Which of the following is a CHALLENGE associated with AI use in healthcare?
    A. Identifying patients by their unique identifiers may be impossible.
    B. Identifying solutions with good specificity and sensitivity is difficult.
    C. Identifying who holds responsibility when an error occurs may be unclear.

    8. Dr. Smith is interested in integrating AI technologies. He mentions difficulty reading patients’ notes and getting a complete understanding due to residents copying notes from previous days without updating important details. How can AI technologies BEST address this issue?
    A. NLP-based systems can transcribe interactions, such as medication reconciliations.
    B. NLP-based systems can prepare reports, such as patient notes within the EHR.
    C. NLP-based systems can analyze text, such as patient notes within the EHR.

    9. The Dolly Hospital is a 100- bed facility located 100 miles from the nearest large city. Which of the following is MOST likely a CHALLENGE for AI integration at this institution?
    A. They may struggle to secure the necessary funds.
    B. They may struggle to demonstrate a clear return on investment.
    C. They may struggle to obtain accurate cost avoidance data.

    10. Why is it UNLIKELY that AI will replace pharmacists and cause widespread job loss?
    A. Experts anticipate AI has reached its heyday and will be difficult to develop in new ways.
    B. Experts anticipate the federal government will implement laws preventing AI use in healthcare.
    C. Experts anticipate the pharmacy workforce will decline, making more jobs to be filled.

    11. With the integration of AI into healthcare, how is AI expected to complement pharmacists?
    A. By assisting with repetitive tasks, allowing pharmacists to focus on responsibilities that require human expertise
    B. By assisting with relationship-building, allowing pharmacists to focus on responsibilities that require human expertise
    C. By assisting with personalized communication, allowing pharmacists to focus on responsibilities that require human expertise

    12. Molly needs to provide discharge medication counseling to a patient but is pressed for time. She sends an AI robot to provide the counseling instead. However, the patient refuses this service. Why is it LIKELY that the patient declined the AI robot’s counseling service?
    A. The patient did not want to pay for AI’s automated labor.
    B. The patient did not want to accept AI technologies.
    C. The patient did not want AI-related errors in counseling.

    References

    Full List of References

    References

       

      1. What is Artificial Intelligence? National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). 2023. Accessed February 17, 2025. https://www.nasa.gov/what-is-artificial-intelligence/
      2. Kennedy B, Tyson A, Saks E. Public Awareness of Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Activities. Pew Research Center. 2023. Accessed February 17, 2025. https://www.pewresearch.org/science/2023/02/15/public-awareness-of-artificial-intelligence-in-everyday-activities/
      3. Roose K. The Shidt: When AI passes this test, look out. The New York Times. January 23, 2025. Accessed February 23, 2025. https://www.nytimes.com/2025/01/23/technology/ai-test-humanitys-last-exam.html?searchResultPosition=6
      4. Sommer J. Is Artificial Intelligence Really Worth the Hype? The New York Times. February 7, 2025. Accessed February 23, 2025. https://www.nytimes.com/2025/02/07/business/ai-deepseek-nvidia-tesla.html?searchResultPosition=7
      5. De Vynck G. AI’s next leap requires intimate access to your digital life. The Washington Post. January 5, 2025. Accessed February 23, 2025. https://www.washingtonpost.com/technology/2025/01/05/agents-ai-chatbots-google-mariner/
      6. Ranie L, Funk C, Anderson M, Tyson A. AI and Human Enhancement: Americans’ Openness Is Tempered by a Range of Concerns. Pew Research Center. 2022. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/2022/03/17/ai-and-human-enhancement-americans-openness-is-tempered-by-a-range-of-concerns/
      7. Catsaros O. Generative AI to Become $1.3 Trillion Market by 2031. Bloomberg. 2023. Accessed February 17, 2025. https://www.bloomberg.com/company/press/generative-ai-to-become-a-1-3-trillion-market-by-2032-research-finds/
      8. Nelson SD, Stump LS, Castro H. Navigating Generative AI: Opportunity and Risk. Am J Health-Syst Pharm. 2025;82(2):17-43. doi:10.1093/ajhp/zxae280
      9. Artificial Intelligence. U.S. Department of State. 2023. Accessed February 17, 2025. https://www.state.gov/artificial-intelligence/
      10. Davenport T, Kalakota R. The potential for artificial intelligence in healthcare. Future Healthc J. 2019;6(2):94-98. doi:10.7861/futurehosp.6-2-94
      11. NCI Dictionary of Cancer Terms. NIH. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.cancer.gov/publications/dictionaries/cancer-terms/def/precision-medicine#
      12. Lewontin M. How Google Photos uses machine learning to create customized albums. The Christian Science Monitor. 2016. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.csmonitor.com/Technology/2016/0324/How-Google-Photos-uses-machine-learning-to-create-customized-albums
      13. Johnson KB, Wei WQ, Weeraratne D, et al. Precision Medicine, AI, and the Future of Personalized Health Care. Clin Transl Sci. 2021;14(1):86-93. doi:10.1111/cts.12884
      14. Marr B. What is Deep Learning AI? A Simple Guide With 8 Practical Examples. Forbes. 2018. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.forbes.com/sites/bernardmarr/2018/10/01/what-is-deep-learning-ai-a-simple-guide-with-8-practical-examples/#
      15. Rule-Based System. OpenTrainAI. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.opentrain.ai/glossary/rule-based-system#:~:text=Examples/Use%20Cases:,a%20structured%20set%20of%20guidelines.
      16. Greenway N. Apple Watch Fall Detection—Which Apple Series Detects Best? Medical Alert Advice. 2024. Accessed February 20, 2025. https://www.medicalalertadvice.com/articles/apple-watch-fall-detection/#:~:text=Fall%20detection%20technology%20is%20not,%2C%20watch%2C%20or%20other%20device
      17. Manne R, Kantheti SC. Application of Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare: Chances and Challenges. Current Journal of Applied Science and Technology. 2021;40(6): 78-89. doi:0.9734/CJAST/2021/v40i631320
      18. Sheng B, Pushpanathan K, Guan Z, et al. Artificial intelligence for diabetes care: current and future prospects. The Lancet. 2024;12(8):569-595. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(24)00154-2
      19. Guan Z, Li H, Liu R, et al. Artificial intelligence in diabetes management: Advancements, opportunities, and challenges. Cell Rep Med. 2023;4(10):101213. doi:10.1016/j.xcrm.2023.101213
      20. Dugani SB, Mielke MM, Vella A. Burden and management of type 2 diabetes in rural United States. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2021;37(5):e3410. doi:10.1002/dmrr.3410
      21. Five key barriers to healthcare access in the United States. UpToDate, Wolters Kluwer. 2022. Accessed February 20, 2025. https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/expert-insights/five-key-barriers-to-healthcare-access-in-the-united-states
      22. Yang CC. Explainable Artificial Intelligence for Predictive Modeling in Healthcare. J Healthc Inform Res. 2022;6(2):228-239. doi:10.1007/s41666-022-00114-1
      23. Labib A, Rosen J, Yosipovitch G. Skin Manifestations of Diabetes Mellitus. Endotext [Internet]. 2022. Accessed February 19, 2025. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK481900/
      24. Shi T, Zhang B, Tang YY. An extensive analysis of various texture feature extractors to detect Diabetes Mellitus using facial specific regions. Computers in Biology and Medicine. 2017;83:69-83. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2017.02.005
      25. Li J, Yuan P, Hu X, et al. A tongue features fusion approach to predicting prediabetes and diabetes with machine learning. J Biomed Inform. 2021;115:103693. doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2021.103693
      26. Tomooka K, Saito I, Furukawa S, et al. Yellow Tongue Coating is Associated With Diabetes Mellitus Among Japanese Non-smoking Men and Women: The Toon Health Study. J Epidemiol. 2018;28(6):287-291. doi:10.2188/jea.JE20160169
      27. National Diabetes Statistics Report. CDC. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/php/data-research/index.html#:~:text=Total:%2038.4%20million%20people%20have,older%20(48.8%25)%20have%20prediabetes
      28. Contreras I, Vehi J. Artificial Intelligence for Diabetes Management and Decision Support: Literature Review. J Med Internet Res. 2018;20(5):e10775. Published 2018 May 30. doi:10.2196/10775
      29. Virdi N, Poon Y, Abaniel R, Bergenstal RM. Prevalence, Cost, and Burden of Diabetic Ketoacidosis. Diabetes Technol Ther. 2023;25(S3):S75-S84. doi:10.1089/dia.2023.0149
      30. What is Heart Failure? AHA. 2023. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/heart-failure/what-is-heart-failure
      31. Khan MS, Arshad MS, Greene SJ, et al. Artificial intelligence and heart failure: A state-of-the-art review. Eur J Heart Fail. 2023;25(9):1507-1525. doi:10.1002/ejhf.2994
      32. Yoon M, Park JJ, Hur T, et al. Application and Potential of Artificial Intelligence in Heart Failure: Past, Present, and Future. Int J Heart Fail. 2023;6(1):11-19. doi:10.36628/ijhf.2023.0050
      33. Choi DJ, Park JJ, Ali T, et al. Artificial intelligence for the diagnosis of heart failure. npj Digit Med. 2020;3(54). doi:10.1038/s41746-020-0261-3
      34. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP). CMS. 2024. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.cms.gov/medicare/quality/value-based-programs/hospital-readmissions
      35. Reduce heart failure hospitalizations in adults. Healthy People 2030. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://odphp.health.gov/healthypeople/objectives-and-data/browse-objectives/heart-disease-and-stroke/reduce-heart-failure-hospitalizations-adults-hds-09/data?group=None&from=2016&to=2020&state=United%20States&populations=#edit-submit
      36. Haas R, McGill SC. Artificial Intelligence for the Prediction of Sepsis in Adults. CADTH Horizon Scan [Internet]. 2022;2(3). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK596676/
      37. Schinkel M, van der Poll T, Wiersinga WJ. Artificial Intelligence for Early Sepsis Detection: A Word of Caution. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2023;207(7):853-854. doi:10.1164/rccm.202212-2284VP
      38. Adams R, Henry KE, Sridharan A, et al. Prospective, multi-site study of patient outcomes after implementation of the TREWS machine learning-based early warning system for sepsis. Nat Med. 2022;28:1455-1460. doi:10.1038/s41591-022-01894-0
      39. Kennedy JN, Rudd KE. A sepsis early warning system is associated with improved patient outcomes. Cell Rep Med. 2022;3(9):100746. doi:10.1016/j.xcrm.2022.100746
      40. Alert Fatigue. PSNet. 2019. Accessed February 19, 2025. https://psnet.ahrq.gov/primer/alert-fatigue#:~:text=The%20term%20%22alert%20fatigue%22%20describes,respond%20appropriately%20to%20such%20warnings.
      41. Li T, Wu B, Li L, et al. Automated Electronic Alert for the Care and Outcomes of Adults With Acute Kidney Injury: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Netw Open.2024;7(1):e2351710. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.51710
      42. Wilson FP, Martin M, Yamamoto Y, et al. Electronic health record alerts for acute kidney injury: multicenter, randomized clinical trial. BMJ. 2021;372:m4786. doi:10.1136/bmj.m4786
      43. Nelson SD. Artificial intelligence and the future of pharmacy. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2024;81(4):83-84. doi:10.1093/ajhp/zxad316
      44. Bi WL, Hosny A, Schabath MB, et al. Artificial intelligence in cancer imaging: Clinical challenges and applications. CA Cancer J Clin. 2019;69(2):127-157. doi:10.3322/caac.21552
      45. Hoang DT, Dinstag G, Shulman ED, et al. A deep-learning framework to predict cancer treatment response from histopathology images through imputed transcriptomics. Nat Cancer. 2024;5(9):1305-1317. doi:10.1038/s43018-024-00793-2
      46. Lim JI, Regillo CD, Sadda SR, et al. Artificial Intelligence Detection of Diabetic Retinopathy: Subgroup Comparison of the EyeArt System with Ophthalmologists' Dilated Examinations. Ophthalmol Sci. 2022;3(1):100228. doi:10.1016/j.xops.2022.100228
      47. Disease Screening – Statistics Teaching Tools. New York State Department of Health. Accessed February 18, 2025. https://www.health.ny.gov/diseases/chronic/discreen.htm#:~:text=Sensitivity%20refers%20to%20a%20test's,have%20a%20disease%20as%20negative.
      48. Smoke S. Artificial intelligence in pharmacy: A guide for clinicians. Am J Health-Syst Pharm. 2024;81(14):641–646. doi:10.1093/ajhp/zxae051
      49. Chalasani SH, Syed J, Ramesh M, Patil V, Pramod Kumar TM. Artificial intelligence in the field of pharmacy practice: A literature review. Explor Res Clin Soc Pharm. 2023;12:100346. doi:10.1016/j.rcsop.2023.100346
      50. Joukes E, Abu-Hanna A, Cornet R, de Keizer NF. Time Spent on Dedicated Patient Care and Documentation Tasks Before and After the Introduction of a Structured and Standardized Electronic Health Record. Appl Clin Inform. 2018;9(1):46-53. doi:10.1055/s-0037-1615747
      51. Nguyen J, Pepping CA. The application of ChatGPT in healthcare progress notes: A commentary from a clinical and research perspective. Clin Transl Med. 2023;13(7):e1324. doi:10.1002/ctm2.1324
      52. Schutz N, Olsen CA, McLaughlin AJ, et al. ASHP Statement on the Use of Artificial Intelligence in Pharmacy. Am J Health-Syst Pharm. 2020;77(23):2015-2018. doi:10.1093/ajhp/zxaa249
      53. Flynn A. Using artificial intelligence in health-system pharmacy practice: Finding new patterns that matter. Am J Health-Syst Pharm. 2019;76(9):622-627. doi:10.1093/ajhp/zxz018
      54. Amiodarone and Warfarin. Interactions Monograph. UpToDate Lexidrug. UpToDate Inc. Accessed March 27, 2025. https://online.lexi.com
      55. Yalçın N, Kaşıkcı M, Çelik HT, et al. An artificial intelligence approach to support detection of neonatal adverse drug reactions based on severity and Probability scores: a new risk score as web-tool. Children. 2022;9(12):1826. doi:10.3390/children9121826

      SMARTen Up: Asthma Management Guidelines

      Learning Objectives

       

      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

      1.     Describe the pathophysiology and severity classifications of asthma
      2.     Identify the class, mechanism of action, place in therapy, and potential side effects of asthma therapies
      3.     Recall updates in the 2020 NHLBI Guideline Update
      4.     State what SMART Therapy is, why it was added to the asthma guidelines, and how to apply it to patient cases

      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

      1.     List the basic symptoms and pathophysiology of asthma
      2.     Recall how patients are diagnosed with asthma and what the severities are.
      3.     Recognize common medications used for asthma
      4.     Explain SMART therapy and the pharmacy technician’s role in SMART

      drawing of lungs with the word ASTHMA ripped in the middle

      Release Date:

      Release Date: April 19, 2025

      Expiration Date: April 19, 2028

      Course Fee

      FREE

      ACPE UANs

      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-031-H01-P

      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-031-H01-T

      Session Codes

      Pharmacist: 22YC23-ABC35

      Pharmacy Technician: 22YC23-CBA84

      Accreditation Hours

      2.0 hours of CE

      Accreditation Statements

      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-22-023-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

       

      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

      Faculty

      Melanie Collins, MD
      Co-Director, Asthma Center
      Connecticut Children’s Medical Center
      Hartford, CT

      Jessica Hollenbach, PhD, AE-C
      Co-Director, Asthma Center
      Connecticut Children’s Medical Center
      Hartford, CT

      Lindsay Sawtelle, PharmD Candidate 2022
      University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy
      Storrs, CT

      Faculty Disclosure

      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

      Dr. Collins and Dr. Hollenbach have no relationship with ineligible companies and therefore have nothing to disclose.

      Lindsay Sawtelle acts as a consultant for GSK but there are no conflicts of interest.

      ABSTRACT

      Asthma is one of the most common chronic diseases. Patients with asthma may have respiratory symptoms that affect their ability to breathe, daily activities, and quality of life. Understanding asthma and its pathophysiology, diagnosis, severities, and medications are pertinent to managing the disease.

      This continuing education activity describes the 2020 update to the Asthma Management Guidelines by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI) expert panel recommendations. Single Maintenance and Reliever Therapy (SMART) is a guideline revision that impacts clinical practice significantly. Pharmacy personnel need to familiarize themselves with the guideline updates to navigate transformations in prescribing that will follow.

      CONTENT

      Content

      INTRODUCTION

      Let’s start this continuing education (CE) course with a story. A 13-year-old adolescent, Emily, had asthma exacerbations that were impacting her life. In addition to sitting out at her soccer games, she was having difficulty waking for school because her asthma exacerbations kept her up a few nights a week. Her physician prescribed a budesonide/formoterol (Symbicort) prescription for maintenance and reliever. When she and her mom went to pick up the prescription, their pharmacist told them this prescription was “inappropriate” and “dangerous” at the pick-up counter. This pharmacist likely frightened the patient and her mother. The patient would have been rightfully hesitant to take the prescription as the physician prescribed.

       

      Although the guidelines did not recommend using this combination for reliever and maintenance before 2020, the pharmacist was mistaken. This pharmacist didn’t know about new NHLBI guidelines for SMART therapy. This continuing education activity will explore a recent change to the asthma guidelines that helps aspiring soccer players like our Emily score a goal with their asthma. Staying up to date on guidelines is the only way pharmacists will keep their place as trusted healthcare professionals.

       

      BACKGROUND

      All pharmacy team members need to know about asthma because it is a common chronic disease in both children and adults. The Center for Disease Control (CDC) estimates that around 8% of the population has asthma. As a chronic disease affecting the airway and lungs, asthma is characterized by airway inflammation, bronchospasm, and mucus hypersecretion. These findings cause symptoms of difficulty breathing, wheezing, coughing, and chest tightness.1 Asthma’s symptoms can range from mild to severe and they fluctuate. Symptom worsening is called an asthma attack, flare, or exacerbation.2

       

      Asthma is often diagnosed in childhood but affects people of all ages. It is diagnosed more commonly in males during childhood, but its prevalence is equal in males and females by adulthood.1 Asthma seems to have a hereditary component, although many genes probably contribute to asthma.3 Family history and the presence of eczema are both risk factors for asthma.1 Other risk factors include exposure to environmental tobacco smoke, air pollutants, or allergens, such as pollen, dust, or workplace chemicals (see the SIDEBAR for information about household pests).1 Risk factors for asthma are often present in childhood. For example, exposure to cigarette smoke in the womb increases the probability infants will develop asthma. Young children with allergies or who have respiratory infections are also more likely to develop asthma.1

       

      Asthma Pathophysiology

      The bronchial tree is the branched system of cartilaginous tubes responsible for conducting gas to alveoli, the small air sacs that allow gas exchange, in the lungs. The word “tree” is an apt description because the lungs look like an upside-down tree, where the trachea is the trunk, and the bronchioles are the smallest terminal twigs. The bronchioles are the smallest bronchi and they facilitate gas exchange with alveoli, the air sacs in the lungs that exchange gas with the blood.4 Each layer of the bronchi has a smaller diameter than the one it stems from and has more smooth muscle fibers, just like the branches of a tree.5 Asthma primarily affects airways including the smooth muscle of the bronchi, where inflammation decreases the airway’s size, in turn increasing the work it takes to breathe.3

       

      In allergic asthma, an asthma exacerbation consists of an early phase and a late phase. IgE antibodies are responsible for the first phase.3 Environmental triggers cause plasma cells to release IgE antibodies, which bind to mast cells and basophils. Mast cells release cytokines, histamine, prostaglandins, and leukotrienes.3 Ultimately, smooth muscle contracts and the airway tightens, causing bronchoconstriction.6 Th2 lymphocytes sustain the inflammation by producing additional cytokines and maintaining the communication between cells.3 The late phase occurs over the next few hours as inflammatory cells localize to the lungs and cause bronchoconstriction and inflammation. The cells involved in this second phase include basophils, eosinophils, helper and memory T-cells, and neutrophils.3 These cells cause inflammation and further edema. Mucus worsens airway obstruction and difficulty breathing. Successful management of an asthma exacerbation requires recognition of both phases.

       

      Hyperresponsiveness of the bronchi is another mechanism of asthma’s pathophysiology. Hyperresponsiveness is excessive bronchoconstriction after inhalation of or exposure to triggers.7 Triggers can include smoke, exercise, emotion, cold temperatures, humidity, animals with fur, infections, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.8-11 This mechanism of excessive inflammation involves histamine and increased free intracellular calcium that increases smooth muscle contractility.12 Disease severity and therapeutic intervention are related to bronchial hyperresponsiveness.

       

       

      Rodent and Cockroaches Sidebar13-15

      The prevalence of asthma is highest in developed countries, especially in urban areas. In urban areas, up to 1 in 4 children may have asthma. Urban areas increase the risk of exposure to cockroaches and rodents, increasing allergen sensitization in these areas, ultimately leading to asthma. Mouse Mus m 1, mouse urinary protein (MUP), rat N 1, and cockroach (Bla g 1 and Bla g 2) are the responsible allergen proteins. Tests have confirmed high levels of these proteins in houses, schools, and daycares in urban locations.

       

      Multifamily homes, high population density, lower socioeconomic status, and poor physical condition of buildings are all settings that foster cockroach and rodent infestation. Sensitization to cockroaches and rodents is associated with wheezing and severe asthma morbidity. Most research done to date has been in children.

       

      Like people, pests need food, water, and shelter to live. They prefer to live in dark and damp areas. Pest mitigation strategies can decrease the likelihood of exposure to rodent and cockroach proteins:

       

      • Do not leave food containers open or dirty dishes out in the open.
      • Do not leave pet food and water out overnight.
      • Clean regularly. Pick up garbage, crumbs, and clean liquid spills.
      • Use trash cans with lids, bags that resist breaking, and do not allow them to overflow.
      • Check for plumbing leaks and moisture problems and fix any issues right away.
      • Seal cracks and openings around doors, windows, and foundations.
      • Use bait gel in cracks and traps rather than pesticides.

       

      Structural changes occur in the airway due to chronic inflammation and airway muscle hyperreactivity. This is known as airway remodeling. An asthmatic bronchiole is narrower than a normal bronchiole. Increased swelling, chronic inflammation, and mucus buildup from persistent airflow obstruction cause the narrowing.3 The narrowing of the lumen disrupts the normal replication of epithelial cells, compromising the layer’s structure and function.16 The hyperresponsiveness of the bronchioles leads to hypertrophied smooth muscle, disrupting the basement membrane. Irreversible obstruction of airflow is a consequence of airway remodeling.12 Effective treatment of asthma can prevent or delay airway remodeling.

       

      ASTHMA DIAGNOSIS

      The first step in diagnosing asthma is a focused medical history and physical examination. Symptoms consistent with asthma include episodes of cough, wheezing, difficulty breathing, and chest tightness. It is also notable if these symptoms worsen at night and awaken the patient, as they did for our patient Emily.17 The physical exam may show use of accessory muscles when breathing, sounds of wheezing during normal breathing, increased nasal secretion with mucosal swelling, or atopic dermatitis/eczema.17 Noting patient allergies or a family history of asthma helps establish a diagnosis.

       

      Spirometry can be used to evaluate asthma and monitor disease severity; it can also be used to monitor response to therapy in patients aged 5 and older.  Of note, it is not common to find many five-year-olds who are capable of reliably performing the test.17 Spirometry measures the air a patient breathes in and out. Specifically, spirometry measures the forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) and the forced vital capacity (FVC).18

      • FEV1: maximum amount of air a patient exhales in one second.
      • FVC: maximum amount of air exhaled when blowing out as fast as possible

       

      Comparing results against values normalized by age, height, weight, gender, and race is the only way to interpret them. An easy way to interpret results is based on the percent predicted; however, most pulmonologists now use z-scores to interpret spirometry.19 Physicians may have the patient repeat spirometry after taking a bronchodilator to evaluate for airway reversibility.

       

      Clinicians also use spirometry to evaluate if current therapy is controlling asthma effectively. The results of patients’ spirometry tests while on treatment guides doctors to increase or decrease the dose of asthma medications.18

       

      Airway hyperresponsiveness is measured using a methacholine test. The clinician uses spirometry to find the patient’s FEV1. The patient then uses a nebulizer and inhales increasingly larger doses of methacholine. The physician takes the FEV1 before and after each dose. The test is positive if the FEV1 drops 20% or more from the baseline FEV1. The test is negative if the maximum methacholine dose does not decrease the FEV1 by at least 20%.20 Regardless of asthma control and response to therapy, most people with asthma would have a positive methacholine challenge test.

       

      The 2020 NHLBI guideline update includes the conditional recommendation to use fractional exhaled nitrous oxide (FeNO) as a test to diagnose asthma.21 Nitric oxide (NO) is a gas produced by cells involved in inflammation. The higher the NO level, the more inflammation in the body. This test is plausible to use as an adjunct for patients aged 5 and older whose asthma diagnosis is uncertain using history, clinical course, and spirometry. Our patient in this CE case would not be a candidate for a FeNO test, as her asthma diagnoses are apparent without one. One should also note that most commercial insurances no longer cover this test.

       

      Asthma Severities

      The NHLBI classifies asthma as intermittent, mild persistent, moderate persistent, or severe persistent. Asthma symptoms before treatment determine the classification, but the patient’s classification may change over time. Patients are diagnosed with the asthma classification in which their most severe symptom falls.17 As you look at these classifications, think about Emily and decide where her asthma would fall.

      • Intermittent Asthma
        • Symptoms occur fewer than two days a week and do not interfere with normal activities
        • Nighttime symptoms occur fewer than two days a month
        • Lung function tests are normal when the patient is not having symptoms
      • Mild Persistent
        • Symptoms occur more than two days a week, but not every day. Attacks interfere with daily activities
        • Nighttime symptoms occur three to four times a month
        • Lung function tests are normal when the patient is not having symptoms
      • Moderate Persistent
        • Symptoms occur daily and interfere with daily activities
        • Nighttime symptoms occur more than once a week, but not daily
        • Lung function tests are abnormal
      • Severe Persistent
        • Symptoms occur daily and severely limit daily activities
        • Nighttime symptoms occur multiple times weekly
        • Lung function tests are abnormal

       

      The severity of asthma drives the treatment recommendations. Asthma classification can change over time. From our case, Emily likely has moderate persistent asthma. She is kept up a few times weekly by nighttime symptoms, interfering with her sleep. She also needs to sit out of soccer games and was having trouble in school due to her lack of sleep. Her symptoms limit her daily activities.

       

      Pause and Ponder: How would asthma attacks occurring nightly affect a patient’s quality of life?

       

      TREATMENT

       

      With the revision to the guidelines in 2020, several things have changed, and pharmacy staff need to be aware of the changes.

       

      Medications

      People can manage asthma with appropriate medications. Table 122-26 provides additional detail on the mechanism of action, pharmacology, and adverse events associated with preferred medications used to treat asthma. Inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) are the cornerstone of asthma therapy, and this has not changed with the updated guidelines, although use of biologic agents to control asthma is more prominent.23 ICS may be dosed once or twice daily but more often during symptomatic periods.24 Beclomethasone dipropionate, budesonide, ciclesonide, flunisolide, fluticasone propionate, and mometasone are all commonly used ICS.22 When dosed at equipotent doses, all corticosteroids are equally effective, but some individuals respond better to certain ICS than others.24 The dose of ICS can be titrated for symptom relief and spirometry response, but the dose response is relatively flat after moderate doses.25 A flat dose response is like continuing to eat when you are already full. When you are full, you likely have gotten all the calories you need from a meal, and now you are just increasing your chances of bellyache. Increasing the dose of ICS past moderate strengths does not continue to provide additional relief of asthma symptoms as before, and the risk of side effects increases. Some patients with severe asthma do escalate to high dose ICS.

       

      Table 1. Preferred Medications for Asthma Therapy22-26

       

      Medication Class Mechanism of Action Pharmacology  Adverse events
      ICS Inhibit production and release of signals allowing extravasation of immune cells into the airway. Decrease inflammatory response and airway hyperresponsiveness ·       1-2 Weeks of treatment for full effect

      ·       Goal is high pulmonary affinity with low systemic absorption

      ·       MDI vs. DPI may affect absorption

      ·       Metabolism and active metabolites may contribute to systemic effects

      Nasopharyngitis, headache, bronchitis, sinusitis, influenza, respiratory tract infection, back pain, toothache, abdominal pain, cough, oral candidiasis, rhinitis, and throat irritation
      Inhaled SABA

       

      Bind to beta-adrenergic receptors in the bronchiole. Ultimately leads to the relaxation of smooth muscle. The difference between short and long- acting agonists is the half-life. ·       Onset: Within minutes

      ·       Peak: 30 minutes

      ·       Bronchodilation: 4-6 hours

      Tremor, nervousness and insomnia in children, nausea, fever, bronchospasm, vomiting, headache, pain, dizziness, cough, dry mouth, sweating, chills, dyspepsia
      Inhaled LABA ·       Onset: 5-30 minutes

      ·       Peak: 15 minutes- 3 hours

      ·       Bronchodilation >12 hours

      Adverse events are same as short acting, but less likely. LABAs are more B2 selective and lipophilic, concentrating their effects in the lungs
      Inhaled SAMA Antagonize acetylcholine at muscarinic (M3) receptors, leading to decreased bronchoconstriction, mucus secretion and edema ·       Onset: Within 15 minutes

      ·       Peak: 1-2 hours

      ·       Bronchodilation: 6-8 hours

      Adverse events are related to systemic anticholinergic activity at all muscarinic receptors including urinary retention, dry mouth, headache, dizziness, sinusitis, dyspnea, back pain, cough
      Inhaled LAMA

       

      ·       Onset: 30 minutes

      ·       Peak: 3-4 hours

      ·       Bronchodilation: 12 to >24 hours

      B2: Beta-2 receptor, ICS: inhaled corticosteroids, DPI: dry powdered inhaler, LABA: long-acting beta agonist, LAMA: long-acting muscarinic antagonist, MDI: metered-dose inhaler, SABA: short-acting beta agonist, SAMA: short-acting muscarinic antagonist

       

      Patients use oral systemic corticosteroids for severe exacerbations or if they have a history of severe exacerbations or difficult-to-control asthma.21 Oral corticosteroids have many unfavorable adverse events that need to be considered by prescribing physicians.27 An increase in the release of cortisol from the adrenal glands through a negative feedback loop on the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis causes many of these adverse effects.27

      Systemic corticosteroid adverse events differ by duration of therapy27:

      • Short term: hyperglycemia, leukocytosis, mood alteration, sodium and fluid retention, increased weight gain, nocturnal enuresis
      • Long term: growth retardation, osteoporosis, skin thinning, impaired wound healing, bruising, cataracts, glaucoma, Cushingoid feature, increased weight gain, and immunosuppression

       

      ICS have little systemic absorption and are preferred for asthma control over oral corticosteroids. Patients taking higher doses of ICS have increased risk of systemic absorption and adrenal suppression. It is important to titrate to the lowest effective dose of ICS to avoid systemic absorption and adverse events. Corticosteroids have a dose-response relationship to adverse events.27 Clinicians must monitor for systemic side effects to determine the risk and benefit balance of both oral corticosteroids and ICS.

       

      While corticosteroids treat the inflammatory component of asthma, additional medications are needed to address airway hyperresponsiveness and can be either short or long-acting medications. “Quick-relief” and “relief” medications are common ways to refer to short-acting medications.22 Short-acting beta-agonists (SABAs) and inhaled short-acting muscarinic antagonists (SAMAs) are the two classes of relief medications. Patients use SABAs and SAMAs when experiencing symptoms or before exposure to triggers.

       

      SABAs are highly effective bronchodilators but have short durations of action.22 Typically, all patients with asthma are prescribed SABAs as a “relief” inhaler.22 Albuterol metered-dose inhalers (MDI) are the most used relief inhaler. Albuterol is dosed at one to two puffs every four to six hours as needed to control an asthma exacerbation.28 SABA use is changing in clinical practice. Newer research shows that SABAs are more effective when followed by an ICS.29 Even in patients with infrequent symptoms, a prescription for daily low-dose ICS reduces asthma symptoms and risk. Increased SABA use is associated with worse outcomes. A patient is at risk of severe asthma exacerbations and asthma mortality if they pick up three or more albuterol inhalers a year from the pharmacy, the equivalent of 1.6 puffs per day.29

       

      SAMAs can be used in place of SABAs but are less effective. SAMAs will be used if SABAs are not tolerated as relief therapy. Ipratropium is a commonly used SAMA. Emily, our patient in the CE case, does not have a SAMA prescription because she receives symptom relief when using albuterol. The APPENDIX describes the different types of inhalers and points that technicians can emphasize when patients pick up refills.

       

       

      Long-acting medications include long-acting beta-agonists (LABAs) and long-acting muscarinic antagonists (LAMAs). LABAs are never used alone in asthma therapy but are companions to inhaled corticosteroids (ICS).22 Patients should take these medications even when asthma symptoms are not present because they are maintenance therapy. All LABA medications have a boxed warning cautioning about the potential for severe asthma exacerbations. Some severe exacerbations, when using LABA monotherapy, have led to death.22 LABAs do not have the same association with severe exacerbations and death when used in a combination with ICS. Salmeterol and formoterol are the most frequently used LABAs.22 The two LABAs differ in their time of onset. Formoterol and salmeterol have an onset of 15 minutes and 45 minutes, respectively. Patients aged 6 and older can use tiotropium as an add-on LAMA in maintenance therapy.30 Table 228,30-46 gives an overview of the current inhaled therapies available in the US to treat asthma. You will find details about Emily’s long-acting therapy in the section where SMART is explained.

       

       

      Table 2. Asthma Inhalers 28,30-46

      Class Drug Brand Dosage Forms
      ICS Beclomethasone dipropionate QVAR Redihaler MDI
      Budesonide Pulmicort Flexhaler

      Generic

      DPI

      Nebulizer

      Ciclesonide Alvesco MDI
      Fluticasone propionate Flovent HFA

      Flovent Diskus

      Arnuity Ellipta

      Armon Air Digihaler

      MDI

      DPI

      DPI

      DPI

      Mometasone Asmanex HFA

      Asmanex

      MDI

      DPI

      SABA Albuterol ProAir

      Ventolin

      Proventil

      Generic

      DPI, MDI

      MDI

      MDI

      DPI, MDI

      Levalbuterol Xopenex HFA MDI
      LABA Formoterol Perforomist Nebulizer
      Salmeterol Serevent DPI
      SAMA Ipratropium Atrovent HFA

      Generic

      MDI

      Nebulizer

      LAMA Tiotropium Spiriva Respimat DPI

       

       

       

      Many patients require multiple medications for asthma management. Clinicians prescribe combination inhalers—inhalers that have two medications—to increase efficacy, patient adherence and ease of inhaler use. Patients experience less confusion about when and how to use their inhalers when using fewer products. Clinicians can assess patient adherence and correct use of medications when a patient is on combination products. With this information, clinicians can determine if the patient needs education or an increased medication dose. Table 3 47-52 shows the many combination products on the market.

       

      Think back to our case. This patient's prescription was for budesonide/formoterol. This therapy is an ICS and LABA combined therapy. The patient previously used a fluticasone inhaler once daily and albuterol as a relief inhaler. This new therapy would give the patient only one inhaler to control her asthma, avoiding inhaler confusion.  Also, as patients cannot exactly “feel” the inhaled corticosteroid inhaler making a “difference,” but patients can always feel a change with SABA/LABA therapy—the combination inhalers help patients to experience a positive effect while taking chronic medications.

       

       

      Table 3 Combination Products 47-52

       

      Budesonide/formoterol Symbicort MDI
      Fluticasone/salmeterol Advair DPI, MDI
      Fluticasone/vilanterol Breo Ellipta DPI
      Mometasone/formoterol Dulera MDI
      Budesonide/umeclidinium/ vilanterol Trelegy Ellipta MDI

       

       

      The 2020 NHLBI Guidelines for Asthma Management list the following medications as alternatives to the preferred therapies: leukotriene receptor antagonists (LTRA), cromolyn (Intal), theophylline, and immunotherapies. The guidelines list nedocromil (Tilade) as an alternative therapy, although the FDA has discontinued this medication. 21,53

       

      LTRAs include montelukast and zafirlukast. These medications antagonize the effects of pro-inflammatory chemicals called leukotrienes. LTRAs work to decrease the inflammatory component of asthma.22 Montelukast is indicated in patients aged 1 and older, is only dosed once a day, and does not have many drug interactions.54 Montelukast use is discouraged because of side effects and limited efficacy. Montelukast’s labeling includes a boxed warning because of potential neuropsychiatric adverse events.54

       

      Cromolyn is a nebulized solution approved for asthma prophylaxis. The approval is for patients aged 2 and older. It inhibits release of histamine and leukotrienes from mast cells.55

       

      Theophylline is an oral medication rarely used as maintenance therapy for asthma.  It has many side effects and requires titration via blood tests. It is a phosphodiesterase inhibitor and adenosine antagonist. Theophylline ultimately relaxes smooth muscles in the bronchial airway.22

       

      Immunotherapies are injectable monoclonal antibodies reserved for patients with severe and treatment-resistant asthma. Currently, omalizumab (Xolair) is the only biologic approved for asthma in patients as young as 4 years old. 21 The NHLBI 2020 guideline update does not contain specific recommendations for the use of biologics. The systematic reviews the panel examined to update the guidelines did not include the use of biologics. Anti-IgE (omalizumab), anti-IL5 (mepolizumab [Nucala], reslizumab [Cinqair]), anti IL5-R (benralizumab [Fasenra]), and anti-IL4 (dupilumab [Dupixent]) are other biologic treatments for asthma. Insurers typically require prescribers to document the patient’s allergen sensitization and phenotyping before approving immunotherapies. Patients will have to try other therapies and either be unresponsive or intolerant of them before trying biologics. Specialist supervision is needed.22

       

      Step Therapy Rationale

       

      The NHLBI Guidelines recommend a stepwise approach to the treatment of asthma. The recommendation guides initial asthma treatment based on the asthma severity and subsequent therapy if symptoms persist despite changes in asthma therapy.21 Table 4 represents a combination of the stepwise therapy recommendations across all age groups in the NHLBI Guidelines.21 For simplicity, the figure only shows the preferred medication recommendations. The full step therapy recommendations can be found in the full version of the NHLBI 2020 Update to the Asthma Management Guidelines.

      Table 4. Stepwise Approach to the Preferred Treatment of the Management of Asthma 21

       

      Intermittent Asthma Management of Persistent Asthma
      Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6
      Individuals Ages 0-4 years
      PRN SABA

      Short daily course of ICS at the start of respiratory tract infection

      Daily low-dose ICS

       

       

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily medium-dose ICS

       

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily medium dose ICS-LABA

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily high-dose ICS-LABA

       

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily high-dose ICS-LABA + oral systemic corticosteroid

       

      PRN SABA

      Individuals Ages 5-11 years
      SABA Daily low-dose ICS

       

       

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily and PRN combination low-dose ICS-formoterol Daily and PRN combination Daily high dose ICS-LABA

       

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily high-dose ICS-LABA + oral systemic corticosteroid

       

      PRN SABA

      Individuals Ages 12+
      SABA Daily low-dose ICS and PRN SABA or PRN concomitant ICS & SABA Daily and PRN combination low-dose ICS-formoterol Daily and PRN combination medium-dose ICS-formoterol Daily high dose ICS-LABA

       

       

       

      PRN SABA

      Daily high-dose ICS-LABA + oral systemic corticosteroid

       

       

      PRN SABA

       

      In Step 1—which addressed patients with intermittent asthma—patients only use a reliever inhaler to control intermittent asthma symptoms, meaning the patients will only use an inhaler when experiencing symptoms or for pre-treatment before exercise. A clinician would initiate ICS therapy in a patient with mild asthma on Step 2.17 A patient with moderate asthma would start therapy on Step 3 or Step 4.17 A patient with severe asthma would start therapy on Step 5 or Step 6.17

       

      Once treatment has started, a clinician should reassess the patient every two to six weeks to ensure control of asthma symptoms.21 If symptoms persist and asthma is uncontrolled, this would be an appropriate time to step-up therapy. Questioning patients about how frequently they use their reliever inhalers, or how many times they forgot to take their inhaler in the past week may help guide clinicians.17 More frequent use of the SABA, including using a reliever inhaler more than two days a week, would favor stepping up therapy. Appropriate use of asthma inhalers is critical to achieving control. Adherence to the regimen and proper technique are required to determine if the patient is using the medication correctly.21 Pharmacists can play an integral role in educating patients in proper inhaler technique.

       

      Objective measures, like spirometry, can also be used to assess control. Improvements in spirometry readings indicate better control of a patient’s asthma.21 Increased healthcare utilization, like emergency room visits for an exacerbation, is another way to determine if a patient’s asthma is under control.17 An increase in patients’ healthcare utilization suggests poorly controlled asthma. Mitigating the risk of severe exacerbations is another goal of achieving good asthma control.17 Any patient on step 3 or higher should consult with an asthma specialist for treatment.21

       

      If a patient has well-controlled asthma after three consecutive months on a medication, the patient also may step down on therapy.21 A patient would always only go down one step of treatment. A clinician would schedule follow-up in the same two-to-six-week timeframe to ensure a patient still has asthma control.17 The benefit of stepping down therapy is to lower the patient’s systemic ICS and LABA dose exposure, decreasing the risk of potential adverse events.

       

       

      2020 NHLBI Asthma Management Guideline Updates

      The 2020 NHLBI Guideline update focused on six select topics: intermittent ICS (e.g. SMART), LAMAs, indoor allergen mitigation, immunotherapy in the treatment of allergic asthma, FeNO testing, and bronchial thermoplasty (BT). A major update to the guideline that is changing clinical practice is SMART.

       

      Time to be SMART

      The 2020 NHLBI Asthma Management Guidelines recommend SMART in patients with moderate persistent asthma ages 4 and older. Keeping a patient's current regimen would be appropriate if asthma symptoms are well controlled. SMART employs a single ICS+formoterol combination inhaler product dosed daily and as needed for asthma exacerbations. This is a significant change, and all pharmacy staff need to be aware of it! SMART medications are FDA-approved in patients 12 and older. SMART is recommended off label in children aged 4 through 11.

       

      Before the 2020 update, patients with moderate persistent asthma would be on Step 3 or Step 4 therapy. Therapy consisted of a daily ICS inhaler for maintenance and a SABA inhaler for relief—two separate inhalers. If a patient was uncontrolled on ICS, a physician added a LABA to the regimen. SMART potentially transitions patients from three inhalers to one inhaler. An ICS+LABA combination has never been a reliever option before; the only option was SABA. The drastic change in recommendations is why the pharmacist in the CE case, unaware of this change, was hesitant to fill the prescription. It is an extreme change in therapy and based on outdated information, and he was understandably uncomfortable.

       

      It would be reasonable to switch patients who are uncontrolled on their current regimens or have had an exacerbation in the past year.21 It is also reasonable to discuss with patients or families who want to streamline their treatment regimens or those with difficulty adhering to their current regimens. Patients with uncontrolled moderate asthma should switch to SMART on the same treatment step they are currently on before moving up. For example, Emily in the CE case was on Step 4 of the 2007 guidelines, a medium-dose ICS and a LABA.17 After being transferred to SMART, her regimen includes a medium-dose ICS-formoterol. This is Step 4 of therapy in the 2020 guidelines.

       

      Along with an ICS, formoterol, a LABA, is being used as the reliever component of the regimen. Using formoterol is entirely different than our previous approaches where SABAs and SAMAs were the reliever medications. Formoterol’s onset is two to three minutes.56 Its duration of action is up to 12 hours, creating quick and durable smooth muscle relaxation.56 Formoterol is also an ideal drug because patients can use it more than twice daily. The maximum dosage of formoterol varies by age. Each inhalation of SMART will deliver 4.5 mcg of formoterol. Patients aged 4 to 11 can use eight puffs of formoterol daily (36 mcg).21 Patients aged 12 and older can use twelve puffs of their inhaler per day (54 mcg).21

       

      The two ICS currently used in SMART inhalers are budesonide and mometasone.57 A patient using a SMART inhaler as needed will also receive the long-term anti-inflammatory effects of an ICS with each use. SMART therapy aims to provide enough long-acting preventive medicine when symptoms occur to prevent them from recurring.57

       

      This treatment will be prescribed as one to two puffs once or twice daily for maintenance with one to two puffs as needed every five to 10 minutes for asthma symptoms. Age, asthma severity, and ICS dose in the inhaler determine the dosage and frequency a clinician prescribes.21 Pharmacists should ensure the maximum puffs on a patient’s prescription do not exceed the limit for their age.

       

      SMART reduces asthma exacerbations and decreases healthcare utilization while increasing quality of life and asthma control.21 SMART therapy also decreases patients’ systemic corticosteroid use. Patients who decrease their use of oral corticosteroids and maintain lower doses of ICS reduce the risk of corticosteroid-associated adverse events.57

       

      SMART may make asthma treatment easier for patients and families. Patients appreciate this one inhaler approach with a single prescription to refill and pickup.57 Having a single inhaler decreases confusion about which inhaler is responsible for maintenance and reliever. It also ensures the patients always have the correct inhaler in their possession. SMART may be especially beneficial for patients who regularly skip their maintenance inhaler when they do not have symptoms.57 These patients rely on their reliever inhalers. With SMART, if patients only take their reliever inhaler, they still receive anti-inflammatory medication.

       

      Costs, insurance formulary considerations, and intolerance are all reasons SMART may not be appropriate for some patients.21 Patients who overuse their SABA reliever inhalers may not be good candidates for SMART. Some patients use their reliever inhalers when they are anxious or feel short of breath, even when this is not asthma related.57 These patients are at risk of receiving ICS doses that are too high. Patients who use ICS-salmeterol as their maintenance should not use it as SMART.21 Patients using both inhalers will expose themselves to higher and potentially dangerous LABA & ICS doses.

       

      Pharmacists are responsible for reminding patients to use only their maximum daily puffs and to contact a physician if their asthma symptoms require them to exceed this maximum. The pharmacist should also consider the supply a patient will need using the medication for both maintenance and relief doses. Patients may need to pick up multiple inhalers monthly for adequate supply.21

       

      Pharmacy technicians will prevent errors if they can recognize SMART. These prescriptions will contain directions for daily use and as-needed use in the same inhaler. An example prescription is budesonide/formoterol 80/4.5, inhale 2 puffs twice daily and 1-2 puffs every 4 hours as needed for asthma exacerbations (maximum 12 puffs daily). Current evidence only recommends formoterol as the LABA in SMART. Knowing this, a technician can be on the lookout for the look-alike sound-alike medication salmeterol in combination inhalers which are not safe to use for SMART. A patient on SMART therapy will likely need all other prescriptions for asthma therapy put on hold. Let’s emphasize this point: Patients with automatic refills of a SABA or other maintenance medication will be at risk of over-treatment if they continue to take their old inhalers with SMART. If a patient with a SMART prescription comes into the pharmacy, it is important for the technician to recognize this to help prevent medication errors.

       

      Pause and ponder: Who makes the ideal candidate for SMART therapy?

       

      Additional Guideline Updates

      Intermittent ICS21

      The NHLBI organized the recommendations for the use of intermittent ICS by age. This update includes SMART.

       

      The guidelines recommend that from birth to age 4, children with recurrent wheezing related to respiratory tract infections (RTI), not currently on asthma therapy and with no symptoms between infections should use a seven-to-ten-day course of daily ICS when the RTI begins.21 It recommends combining ICS with as-needed quick-relief SABA therapy. This recommendation aims to decrease exacerbations, systemic corticosteroid use, and healthcare utilization.21 Healthcare utilization declines when caregivers have clear instructions for initiating ICS.

       

      Individuals aged 4 to 12 with mild to moderate persistent asthma who are currently taking daily ICS should not increase their regular daily ICS dose for short periods.21

       

      Individuals aged 12 and older with mild persistent asthma have two preferred treatments recommended as Step 2 of therapy21: either a daily low-dose ICS and as-needed SABA or an as-needed SABA and ICS delivered concomitantly, one after the other.21 SMART therapy is the preferred treatment in patients with moderate to severe asthma in patients 4 and older.21

       

      LAMAs

      The 2020 NHLBI guideline update changed the recommendation for LAMA use in patients 12 years and older with asthma not controlled by ICS therapy. The next appropriate step is to add a LABA to ICS rather than a LAMA, unless the patient is unable to tolerate, has a contraindication, or has an adherence barrier to a LABA.21 A prescriber may still add a LAMA onto the ICS+LABA combination for improved symptom control and increased quality of life.21 A patient on ICS+LABA and LAMA will require the use of multiple inhalers.

       

      Indoor Allergen Mitigation

      Some patients have an identified allergen component of their asthma. Patients may use mitigation strategies like air purifiers, impermeable pillows, mattress covers, and HEPA filters to reduce their risk of allergen exposure.21 The 2020 NHLBI guideline update recommends patients use multiple mitigation strategies, as one strategy alone likely will not improve outcomes.21 The guideline recommends integrated pest management in patients' homes who are allergic and exposed to rodents and cockroaches.21 If an individual does not have an allergy to indoor substances, the 2020 Update does not recommend home mitigation strategies.21

       

      Immunotherapy in the Treatment of Allergic Asthma

      Immunotherapy includes subcutaneous immunotherapy (SCIT) and sublingual immunotherapy (SLIT). The 2020 NHLBI guideline update recommends SCIT as an adjunct treatment in patients with demonstrated sensitization to allergens, but not when patients are experiencing asthma symptoms or have severe asthma.21

       

      FeNO Testing

      The 2020 NHLBI guideline update recommends FeNO measurement in patients older than 4 years with an uncertain asthma diagnosis after a medical examination, complete history, and spirometry testing.21

       

      Bronchial Thermoplasty

      BT is a procedure that removes muscle tissue from the airway using heat. The benefits in this procedure are small, the risks are moderate, and long-term outcomes are uncertain.21 The 2020 NHLBI guideline update conditionally recommends against this procedure.21 Patients who may consider BT must have a risk-benefits conversation with their provider.

       

      Conclusion

      The update to the 2020 NHLBI Asthma Management Guidelines offers new guidance to clinicians treating patients with asthma. Patients need to go to the pharmacy and pick up their evidence-based treatment without unnecessary intervention—or incorrect and possibly frightening information—from the pharmacist. Pharmacists should expect to see prescriptions of ICS-formoterol written for SMART. The patient case in this CE is an avoidable situation. Staying up to date with the current guidelines is a pharmacists’ responsibility. Technicians should work with patients and pharmacists to put outdated medication prescriptions on hold to avoid further medication errors.

       

      Pharmacy Technician Sidebar: Education on DPI/ MDI/ Nebulizer

       

      Proper inhaler technique is an essential aspect of asthma control. It may seem like a silly statement, but there are different kinds of inhalers and devices. Each inhaler requires patients to use specific inhalation techniques that deliver medications effectively. Some patients may have multiple inhalers, complicating their regimen and increasing the chance for error. Understanding the different types of inhalers highlights the importance of pharmacist counseling for patients who use inhalers. Below are explanations of the differences between using, cleaning, and storing a metered-dose inhaler (MDI), a dry powder inhaler (DPI), and a nebulizer. Pharmacy technicians can point out that every inhaler has an information sheet where patients can find specific and additional instructions. Technicians should encourage patients to read them.

       

      DPI58

      The DPI contains preset doses of medications in powder form. The medicine is released into the airways with deep, fast breaths. The DPI may be easier than the MDI for patient use.  However, patients with really low lung function or small children may not be able to generate enough inspiratory flow to effectively get the medications. Patients do not need to coordinate breathing and using the inhaler with a DPI .

       

      • Instructions for use:
        • Open the cover. Hold the inhaler as shown on instructions.
        • Load a dose of medicine as shown in your instructions. Do not tip or shake the inhaler.
        • Stand or sit up straight.
        • Holding the inhaler away from your mouth, breathe out completely to empty your lungs.
        • Place the mouthpiece of the inhaler in your mouth. Close your lips around it to form a tight seal.
        • Take a fast, deep, forceful breath in through your mouth. Take as big of a breath as possible.
        • Hold your breath and count to 10.
        • Take the inhaler out of your mouth. Breathe out slowly.
        • If you need more than one puff, wait 1 minute between puffs. Repeat steps 2-8 for each puff.
        • When you finish close the cover. Store in a cool, dry place.
        • If the medicine is an inhaled corticosteroid, rinse your mouth with water and spit it out. This helps prevent infection.
        • Some multi-dose DPI have a built-in counter to tell you how many doses are left. When the counter gets to “0,” throw it away. Arrange your refill pick-up before it gets to 0.
      • Instructions to clean the DPI
        • Wipe the mouthpiece at least once a week with a dry cloth
        • Do not use water to clean to DPI

       

      MDI59

      The MDI is a canister of medication placed into an actuator inhalation mouthpiece. Every use of the MDI delivers the correct amount of medication.

      • Instructions for use:
        • Take off the cap, shake the inhaler. Prime the inhaler (if needed)
        • If a spacer* is used, place the inhaler in the rubber ring on the end of a spacer
        • Stand or sit up straight
        • Breathe out completely to empty your lungs
        • Place the mouthpiece in your mouth and close your lips around it to form a tight seal
        • While breathing in, press down firmly on the top of the canister to release one “puff,” or dose of medication. Take as big of a breath as possible, breathing in slowly for 3-5 seconds.
        • Hold your breath and count to 10.
        • Take the mouthpiece out of your mouth. Release your breath.
        • If you need more than one puff, wait 1 minute between puffs. Repeat steps 3-8 for each puff.
        • Put the cap back on the inhaler.
        • If the medicine is an inhaled corticosteroid, rinse your mouth with water and spit it out.This helps prevent infection.
      • Important cleaning instructions:
        • Do not put the medicine canister in water
        • Do not brush or wipe the inside of the inhaler

      A “spacer” is a tube or chamber that adds distance between the mouth and the canister of medication. The device increases the ease of administering medication.

       

       

      Nebulizers60

      Nebulizers change liquid medication into an aerosol. Nebulizers come in both home and portable sizes. Nebulizers need a power source. They plug into a wall, have chargers, or need batteries replaced. Nebulizers take longer to use than MDI or DPI. They are also more laborious to use and store.

       

      • Instructions for use:
        • Wash hands well.
        • Put together the nebulizer machine, tubing, medicine cup, and mouthpiece or mask as shown in instructions.
        • Put the prescribed amount of medicine into the nebulizer cup.
        • Place the mouthpiece in your mouth and close your lips around it to form a tight seal. If a child wears a mask, make sure it fits in snugly around the child’s face and covers their mouth and nose.
        • Turn on the nebulizer machine. You will be able to see a light mist coming from the back of the tube or from the mask.
        • Take normal breaths through the mouth until the medicine cup is empty or the mist stops. This should take about 10 minutes.
        • Take the mouthpiece out of your mouth (or the child’s mouth) and turn off the machine.
        • If the medicine is an inhaled corticosteroid, rinse your mouth with water and spit it out. This helps prevent infection. If a child uses a mask, wash the face as well.
      • How to clean and store:
        • After each treatment
          • Wash hands well.
          • Wash the medicine cup and mouthpiece/ mask with warm water and mild soap.
          • Do not wash tubing.
          • Rinse well and shake off excess water.
          • Air dry parts on a paper towel.
        • Once a week:
          • Disinfect nebulizer parts to help kill any germs. Use the instructions that come with your device.
          • Do not wash or boil the tubing.
          • Air dry parts on a paper towel.
        • Between uses:
          • Store nebulizer parts in a dry, clean plastic storage bag.
          • If the same machine is used by more than one person, keep each person’s medicine cup, mouthpiece or mask, and tubing in a separate, labeled bag to prevent the spread of germs and medication errors.
          • Wipe surface with a clean, damp cloth as needed.
          • Replace parts as stated in the instructions or when they appear damaged.

       

      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

      This test is for viewing purposes only. If you would like to submit the test, go to the blue button at the top of the page or  Test/Evaluation Site.

       

         
        1. Which of the following Ig antibodies are responsible for the early phase of allergic asthma?
        a. IgA
        b. IgD
        c. IgE

        2. The mother of a 7-year-old patient takes him to the physician because she is concerned that he has asthma. The patient has attacks of wheezing two to three times a week when at recess or playing in the neighborhood. He sits out and cannot seem to catch his breath. The doctor suspects the patient has mild persistent asthma. When the patient is sitting in the office, he has no symptoms. But the doctor still initiates therapy according to the NHLBI guidelines. What objective measure can the doctor use to monitor his response to ICS therapy?
        a. Total IgE
        b. Spirometry
        c. X-Ray

        3. A patient presents to the pharmacy with a prescription for mometasone/formoterol (Dulera). What is the class combination used in this inhaler?
        a. ICS/LABA
        b. ICS/LAMA
        c. ICS/SABA

        4. A 16-year-old patient presents to the pharmacist complaining of side effects she thinks are related to her tiotropium (Spiriva Respimat inhaler). Her symptoms include extreme dry mouth, headache, and dizziness. The pharmacist asks how she has been using the medication. The patient responds that she uses it twice daily and sometimes when she develops symptoms during the school day. Why is the pharmacist concerned?
        a. The patient is overusing her rescue inhaler.
        b. These side effects are not related to the therapy.
        c. She is using her tiotropium inhaler incorrectly.

        5. Match the drug product with the correct mechanism of action.
        a. Albuterol/agonist of beta-adrenergic receptors in the bronchiole leading to smooth muscle relaxation
        b. Budesonide/agonist of beta-adrenergic receptors in the bronchiole. Ultimately leads to smooth muscle relaxation
        c. Ipratropium/agonist of beta-adrenergic receptors in the bronchiole. Ultimately leads to smooth muscle relaxation

        6. A 14-year-old patient presents to the physician with worsening shortness of breath and night-time awakenings. She has uncontrolled-moderate persistent asthma. She reports adherence to her medications and uses her inhalers properly. The patient is currently on a medium-dose ICS maintenance therapy and a SABA for rescue. What does the 2020 NHLBI Guideline recommend?
        a. Transitioning the patient to SMART therapy
        b. Considering bronchial thermoplasty as an option
        c. Using an FeNO test to confirm the asthma diagnosis

        7. Select the statement that correctly summarizes the 2020 NHLBI Guideline Update for using immunotherapy in the treatment of allergic asthma.
        a. All patients with documented allergic asthma should consider SCIT.
        b. SCIT is recommended as an adjunctive treatment in select patients.
        c. SCIT is recommended in all patients with severe asthma.

        8. Tom is an 8-year-old boy with moderate asthma. Tom also has type 2 diabetes and autism. He has frequent asthma exacerbations at school, requiring inhaler use. Tom presents to the doctor because he has been using his albuterol rescue inhaler multiple times during the week. His physician plans to switch his current regimen to SMART. Which of the following is an advantage the patient will have when switching to SMART?
        a. Tom will not need to have an inhaler at school to control his exacerbations
        b. SMART therapy will help lower Tom’s blood glucose, helping his diabetes
        c. Tom will only need to use one type of inhaler, simplifying administration

        9. Select the best way to describe SMART therapy.
        a. A patient uses a single inhaler made of a SABA/formoterol for asthma maintence and rescue treatment.
        b. A patient uses a single inhaler made of an ICS/formoterol for asthma maintenance and rescue treatment.
        c. A patient only needs to use a single medication for asthma once a day

        10. Lily is 14-year-old girl who has uncontrolled, moderate persistent asthma. She is currently prescribed a medium dose ICS inhaler with a SABA for rescue. When the pharmacist asks how she takes her medications, Lily admits that she forgets to take her ICS most days. In the morning when she wakes up, she doesn’t have symptoms. This leads her to using her SABA around eight times weekly when symptoms occur. Which of the following is a benefit Lily will receive switching to SMART?
        a. When Lily forgets her maintence dose, she still receives the ICS anti-inflammatory benefits when using the rescue dose
        b. Lily will save money switching to SMART
        c. Lily would not benefit from switching to SMART. It would be dangerous for her to switch because she currently overuses her SABA.

        Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

        This test is for viewing purposes only. If you would like to submit the test, go to the blue button at the top of the page or  Test/Evaluation Site.

         

           
          1. Select the correct symptoms associated with asthma.
          a. Sore throat, cough, burning while running
          b. Wheezing, coughing, chest tightness
          c. Difficulty breathing, sore throat, pain in chest

          2. Which of the following can trigger asthma?
          a. Smoke
          b. Light
          c. Salt Water

          3. Allie has had worsening asthma over the past 15 years. She has not been great at taking her medications and her asthma has never been controlled. Allie has chronic inflammation and hyperreactivity. Allie has structural changes in her lungs that includes the narrowing of her bronchioles. Allie has non-reversible obstruction. What is the term for Allie’s structural changes in her lungs?
          a. Allie has airway remodeling.
          b. Allie has overreactive T-cells.
          c. Allie has overgrown mast cells.

          4. Tyler is a 7-year-old boy presenting to the physician with asthma. When asked about his symptoms, Tyler says they occur every day. Because of his symptoms, Tyler cannot play outside with his friends sometimes. When asked if his symptoms keep him up at night, Tyler guesses once or twice a week, but not every night. What severity of asthma does Tyler have?
          a. Mild Persistent Asthma
          b. Moderate Persistent Asthma
          c. Severe Persistent Asthma

          5. Select the correct test that a physician could consider performing to get objective diagnostic information on cooperative patients 5 and older with asthma.
          a. Chest X-ray
          b. FeNO
          c. Spirometry

          6. A patient is coming into the pharmacy to pick up a medication for her asthma. Which medication is she picking up?
          a. Budesonide/formoterol (Symbicort)
          b. Umeclidinium (Incruse)
          c. Glycopyrrolate (Seebri NeoHaler)

          7. Which of the following represents a preferred asthma medication in the 2020 NHLBI Asthma management Guideline Update?
          a. Montelukast
          b. Theophylline
          c. Budesonide/formoterol

          8. David is a 13-year-old boy presenting to the pharmacy to pick up his new inhaler to begin SMART. Which prescription below is a recommended SMART therapy?
          a. Fluticasone/salmeterol 250/50 mcg: Inhale 2 puffs two times daily and 1-2 puffs as needed (up to 12 puffs daily).
          b. Budesonide/formoterol 80/4.5 mcg: Inhale 2 puffs two times daily and 1-2 puffs as needed (up to 12 puffs daily).
          c. Budesonide/formoterol 80/4.5 mcg: Inhale 2 puffs two times daily

          9. Select the best way to describe SMART therapy.
          a. A patient uses a single inhaler made of a SABA/formoterol for asthma maintenance and rescue treatment.
          b. A patient uses a single inhaler made of an ICS/formoterol for asthma maintenance and rescue treatment.
          c. A patient only needs to use a single medication for asthma once a day

          10. A mom presents with her son with his new prescription for budesonide/formoterol with directions you recognize as SMART. The patient has been picking up his asthma inhalers at your pharmacy for years. What is a step you can take to ensure this patient transitions safely to SMART?
          a. Confirm with the mother if the other asthma inhalers should be put on hold.
          b. Tell the family about a boxed warning in the product labeling
          c. Ask the patient if you can refill the albuterol that appears to be due for a refill.

          References

          Full List of References

          References

             

            1. National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute. Asthma. Updated 3 December 2020. Retrieved 9 March 2022, from https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health-topics/asthma
            2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Vital signs: asthma prevalence, disease characteristics, and self-management education: United States, 2001--2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2011 May 06;60(17):547-52.
            3. Sinyor B, Concepcion Perez L. Pathophysiology Of Asthma. [Updated 2021 May 9]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2022 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK551579/
            4. Chaudhry R, Bordoni B. StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing; Treasure Island (FL): Jul 31, 2021. Anatomy, Thorax, Lungs
            5. Patwa A, Shah A. Anatomy and physiology of respiratory system relevant to anaesthesia. Indian J Anaesth. 2015 Sep;59(9):533-41.
            6. Liu MC, Hubbard WC, Proud D, Stealey BA, Galli SJ, Kagey-Sobotka A, Bleecker ER, Lichtenstein LM. Immediate and late inflammatory responses to ragweed antigen challenge of the peripheral airways in allergic asthmatics. Cellular, mediator, and permeability changes. Am Rev Respir Dis. 1991 Jul;144(1):51-8.
            7. Sterk PJ, Fabbri LM, Quanjer P, Cockcroft DW, O'Byrne PM, Anderson SD, Juniper EF, Malo JL. Airway responsiveness: standardized challenge testing with pharmacological, physical and sensitizing stimuli in adults. Eur Respir J 1993;6(Suppl 16):53–83.
            8. Grootendorst DC, Rabe KF. Mechanisms of bronchial hyperreactivity in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Proc Am Thorac Soc. 2004;1(2):77-87. doi:10.1513/pats.2306025
            9. Vucević D, Radosavljević T, Mladenović D, Todorović V. Srp Arh Celok Lek. 2011;139(3-4):209-215. doi:10.2298/sarh1104209v
            10. D'Amato, M., Molino, A., Calabrese, G., Cecchi, L., Annesi-Maesano, I., & D'Amato, G. (2018). The impact of cold on the respiratory tract and its consequences to respiratory health. Clinical and translational allergy, 8, 20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13601-018-0208-9
            11. Sturtevant J. NSAID-induced bronchospasm--a common and serious problem. A report from MEDSAFE, the New Zealand Medicines and Medical Devices Safety Authority. N Z Dent J. 1999;95(421):84.
            12. Doeing DC, Solway J. Airway smooth muscle in the pathophysiology and treatment of asthma. J Appl Physiol (1985). 2013 Apr;114(7):834-43.
            13. Lilly CM. Diversity of asthma: evolving concepts of pathophysiology and lessons from genetics. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2005;115 suppl:S526–S531.
            14. Sheehan, W. J., Rangsithienchai, P. A., Wood, R. A., Rivard, D., Chinratanapisit, S., Perzanowski, M. S., Chew, G. L., Seltzer, J. M., Matsui, E. C., & Phipatanakul, W. (2010). Pest and allergen exposure and abatement in inner-city asthma: a work group report of the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology Indoor Allergy/Air Pollution Committee. The Journal of allergy and clinical immunology, 125(3), 575–581. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2010.01.023
            15. Indiana Department of Environmental Management. Integrated Pest Management. [Fact Sheet]. Accessed 28 March 22, https://www.in.gov/idem/files/factsheet_ipm.pdf
            16. Kudo M, Ishigatsubo Y, Aoki I. Pathology of asthma. Front Microbiol. 2013 Sep 10;4:263.
            17. National Institutes of Health (2007). National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Expert Panel Report 3: Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma (NIH Publication No. 08–5846). Available online: http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/asthma/index.htm.
            18. Irvin CG. Pulmonary function testing in asthma. UpToDate. Available at https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pulmonary-function-testing-in-asthma#H341135837. Accessed 3/9/2022.
            19. Johnson JD, Theurer WM. A stepwise approach to the interpretation of pulmonary function tests. Am Fam Physician. 2014;89(5):359-366.
            20. American Academy of Allergy Asthma & Immunology. Methacholine Challenge Test. Accessed 28 March 2022. https://www.aaaai.org/Tools-for-the-Public/Conditions-Library/Asthma/Methacholine-Challenge-Test
            21. National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute (2020). 2020 Focused updates to the Asthma Management Guidelines. Clinician’s Guide. (NIH Publication No. 20-HL-8141). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office
            22. Sharma S, Hashmi MF, Chakraborty RK. Asthma Medications. [Updated 2022 Feb 16]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2022 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK531455/
            23. Williams DM. Clinical Pharmacology of Corticosteroids. Respir Care. 2018;63(6):655-670. doi:10.4187/respcare.06314
            24. Phillips K, Oborne J, Lewis S, et al. Time course of action of two inhaled corticosteroids, fluticasone propionate and budesonide. Thorax 2004;59:26-30.
            25. Adams NP, Jones PW. The dose-response characteristics of inhaled corticosteroids when used to treat asthma: an overview of Cochrane systematic reviews. Respir Med. 2006;100(8):1297-1306. doi:10.1016/j.rmed.2006.04.015
            26. Ejiofor S, Turner AM. Pharmacotherapies for COPD. Clin Med Insights Circ Respir Pulm Med. 2013;7:17-34. Published 2013 Apr 25. doi:10.4137/CCRPM.S7211
            27. Pandya D, Puttanna A, Balagopal V. Systemic effects of inhaled corticosteroids: an overview. Open Respir Med J. 2014;8:59-65. Published 2014 Dec 31. doi:10.2174/1874306401408010059
            28. ProAir HFA (albuterol). Package insert. Teva Respiratory, LLC; 2016.
            29. Reddel HK, Bacharier LB, Bateman ED, et al. Global Initiative for Asthma Strategy 2021: Executive Summary and Rationale for Key Changes. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2022;205(1):17-35. doi:10.1164/rccm.202109-2205PP
            30. Spriva Respimat (tiotropium). Package insert Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc; 2017.
            31. QVAR (beclomethasone dipropionate HFA). Package insert. Teva Respiratory, LLC; 2014.
            32. Pulmicort Flexhaler (budesonide inhalation powder). Package insert. AstraZeneca; 2010.
            33. Alvesco (ciclesonide). Package insert. Sunovion Pharmaceuticals, Inc; 2012.
            34. Flovent HFA (Fluticasone propionate). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2010.
            35. Flovent Diskus (fluticasone propionate inhalation powder). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2014.
            36. Arnuity ellipta (fluticasone furoate inhalation powder). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2018.
            37. Armonair digihaler (fluticasone propionate). Package insert. Teva Pharmaceuticals; 2020.
            38. Asmanex HFA (mometasone furoate). Package insert. Merck & Co., Inc; 2014.
            39. Asmanex Twisthaler (mometasone furoate). Package insert. Schering Corporation; 2018.
            40. ProAir Respiclick (albuteral sulfate) inhalation powder. Package insert. Teva Respiratory, LLC; 2016.
            41. Ventolin HFA (albuterol sulfate). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2014.
            42. Proventil HFA (albuterol sulfate). Package insert. Merck & Co., Inc; 2012
            43. Xopenex HFA (levalbuterol tartrate) inhalation aerosol. Package insert. Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc; 2017.
            44. Performist (formoterol fumarate). Package Insert. Dey Pharma, L.P.; 2010
            45. Serevent Diskus (salmeterol xinafoate inhalation powder). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2006
            46. Atrovent HFA (ipratropium bromide). Package insert. BoehringerIngleim International GmbH; 2004.
            47. Symbicort (budesonide and formoterol fumarate dehydrate). Package insert. AstraZenexa; 2017
            48. Advair Diskus (Fluticasone propionate and salmeterol). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2008
            49. Advair HFA (Fluticasone propionate and salmeterol). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline; 2017.
            50. Breo Ellipta (fluticasone furoate and vilanterol inhalation powder). Package insert. GlaxoSmithKline. 2019.
            51. Dulera (mometasone furoate and formoterol fumarate dihydrate). Package insert. Merck & Co., Inc.; 2015.
            52. Trelegy Ellipta (fluticasone furoate, umeclidinium, and vilanterol inhalation powder). Package insert; 2020.
            53. Federal Drug Agency. Phase-Out of CFC Metered-Dose Inhalers Containing flunisolide, triamcinolone, metaproterenol, pirbuterol, albuterol and ipratropium in combination, cromolyn, and nedocromil - Questions and Answers. Available at https://www.fda.gov/drugs/information-drug-class/phase-out-cfc-metered-dose-inhalers-containing-flunisolide-triamcinolone-metaproterenol-pirbuterol-0. Accessed 3/10/22.
            54. Singulair (Montelukast). Package insert. Merck & co., Inc; 2012
            55. Intal (cromolyn sodium inhalation solution). Package Insert. King’s Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2003
            56. Anderson GP: Formoterol: pharmacology, molecular basis of agonism, and mechanism of long duration of a highly potent and selective beta 2-adrenoceptor agonist bronchodilator. Life Sci. 1993;52(26):2145-60. doi: 10.1016/0024-3205(93)90729-m.
            57. Fliesler N. SMART: A New approach to asthma Management. Boston Children’s Hospital. Available at: https://answers.childrenshospital.org/smart-asthma-inhaler. Accessed 12 March 2022.
            58. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute. (Updated 2021). How to Use a Dry Powder Inhaler. (NIH Publication No. 21-HL-8164). Retrieved from: https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health-topics/all-publications-and-resources/how-use-dry-powder-inhaler
            59. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute. (Updated 2021). How to Use a Dry Powder Inhaler. (NIH Publication No. 21-HL-8164). Retrieved from: https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health-topics/all-publications-and-resources/how-use-dry-powder-inhaler
            60. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute. (Updated 2021). How to Use a Nebulizer. (NIH Publication No. 21-HL-8163). Retrieved from: https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health-topics/all-publications-and-resources/how-use-nebulizer.

            Let’s Stop Moving: Management of Acute Diarrhea in the Ambulatory Setting

            Learning Objectives

            Pharmacist Learning Objectives:

            1. RECOGNIZE signs and symptoms associated with acute diarrhea, including those that require referral to a PCP or hospital
            2. IDENTIFY inappropriate oral rehydration techniques
            3. RECOGNIZE antidiarrheal misuse
            4. REVIEW the risks and benefits associated with the most commonly used strategies to manage diarrhea

             

            Pharmacy Technician Learning Objectives:

            1. LIST the basic pathology and symptoms of acute diarrhea
            2. RECALL treatments used in patients who have acute diarrhea
            3. IDENTIFY OTC products and dietary modifications that are useful in acute diarrhea
            4. IDENTIFY when to refer patients to the pharmacist for recommendations or referral

            man walking to toilet

            Release Date

            Release Date: November 15, 2024

            Expiration Date: November 15, 2027

            Course Fee

            Free

            Session Codes

            Pharmacist:  21YC62-YXW84

            Pharmacy Technician:  21YC62-WYX63

            ACPE UAN

            0009-0000-24-053-H01-P/T

            Accreditation Hours

            2.0 hours of CE

            Accreditation Statements

             

            The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit 2.0 hours (or 0.2 CEUS) for the online activity ACPE #0009-0000-24-053-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

             

            Faculty Disclosure

            In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

            Kathleen M. Gura, PharmD, BCNSP, FASHP, FASPEN, FPPA, FMSHP has no actual or potential conflicts of interest associated with this presentation.

            Faculty

            Kathleen M. Gura, PharmD, BCNSP, FASHP, FASPEN, FPPA, FMSHP

            Manager, Pharmacy Clinical Research Programs
            Clinical Pharmacy Specialist, Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition
            Boston Children’s Hospital
            Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
            Harvard Medical School

            Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

            This activity may contain discussion of off label/unapproved use of drugs. The content and views presented in this educational program are those of the faculty and do not necessarily represent those of the University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy. Please refer to the official prescribing information for each product for discussion of approved indications, contraindications, and warnings.

            ABSTRACT

            Although diarrhea is one of the most commonly managed medical conditions in the outpatient setting, it can be also be one of the most serious if treated inappropriately. In addition, new therapies and concerns with older ones have led to several new practice recommendations. Patients infected with coronavirus disease (COVID)-19, especially younger ones, may experience significant gastrointestinal (GI) symptoms. Unlike adults, children may present only with GI complications, such as diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, and severe abdominal pain. In one early study of patients with COVID-19, one third reported GI symptoms prior to the onset of fever or respiratory symptoms. Another challenge is the escalating opioid crisis and loperamide utilization as a drug of abuse. Patients addicted to opioids are now abusing over-the-counter (OTC) antidiarrheal medications, including loperamide, to help manage withdrawal symptoms. The purpose of this continuing education activity is to highlight several recent changes in diarrhea management and provide a general overview of the most commonly used OTC antidiarrheal agents.

            CONTENT

            Content

            “When you’re riding in a Chevy and you feel something heavy.

            When you’re sliding into home and your pants are full of foam.

            When you’re sitting in the bath and you feel something splash.”1

            No one likes to talk about it, but everyone knows what it is. Some call it "Montezuma's revenge," "the runs," or worse. Although diarrhea is one of the most commonly managed medical conditions in the outpatient setting, it can also be one of the most serious if treated inappropriately. In addition, concerns with older approaches to acute diarrhea have led to several new practice recommendations. The novel coronavirus disease-2019 (COVID-19) pandemic is also associated with a significant gastrointestinal (GI) component. In one early United States (U.S.) study of patients with COVID-19, one third reported GI symptoms prior to the onset of fever or respiratory symptoms.2

            Another challenge is the escalating opioid crisis. Patients addicted to opioids are now abusing over-the-counter (OTC) antidiarrheal medications, such as loperamide, to help manage withdrawal symptoms. The purpose of this activity is to highlight several recent changes in diarrhea management and provide an overview of commonly used OTC antidiarrheal agents and other treatment strategies.

            The classic definition of diarrhea is passage of loose or watery stools. Some have defined it as the passage of three or more watery stools per day, but it is difficult to define absolute limits. Acute diarrhea typically lasts one to two days (starting with the first loose stool, not when treatment starts). Patients and caregivers should raise concerns whenever stool patterns deviating from the norm are accompanied by other signs of illness, not just based on the stool frequency or water content. Table 1 summarizes the most common symptoms associated with acute diarrhea.

            Table 1. Symptoms Associated with Acute Diarrhea3

            • Abdominal pain
            • Cramping
            • Fecal incontinence
            • Fecal urgency
            • Nausea
            • Three or more loose, watery stools daily

            In the U.S., approximately 179 million cases of acute diarrhea occur annually.4 The following sections describe its many causes. In immunocompetent individuals, the primary etiology of infectious diarrhea includes foodborne pathogens and norovirus outbreaks.5

            Numerous factors predispose patients to developing acute diarrhea (see Table 2). Providers should not confuse acute diarrhea with chronic diarrhea (i.e., diarrhea lasting more than two weeks). In many instances, the etiology of acute diarrhea is unknown and it resolves without treatment. Acute diarrhea is most commonly infectious in nature or related to a medication adverse effect.

            Table 2. Causes of Acute Diarrhea

            Cause Description
            Excessive intake of artificial sweeteners Mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol (found in sugar-free products)
            Food intolerance Lactose intolerance
            Infections Bacterial (e.g., E. coli, Salmonella)
            Parasitic (e.g., Giardia, Cryptosporidium, E. histolytica)
            Viral (e.g., COVID-19, norovirus, rotavirus)
            Medications See Table 3
            Travel (typically to developing countries) Consuming food or drink contaminated by bacteria or parasites

            COVID-19 = coronavirus disease-19

            INFECTIOUS CAUSES OF DIARRHEA 

            Viral Gastroenteritis

            Acute infectious diarrhea is often viral, resulting in more than 1.5 million outpatient visits in the U.S. annually.5 Typically, patients with viral diarrhea experience low-grade fevers and watery, non-bloody diarrhea lasting one to two days. Rotavirus used to be the most common cause of diarrhea in the U.S., but as rotavirus vaccination rates have increased, norovirus has taken over this title. Infant rotavirus immunization starts as early as six weeks of age but no later than 15 weeks.6 Healthcare providers should administer the final dose in the immunization series by eight months of age. Infants infected with rotavirus prior to receiving the full vaccine course should still initiate or complete the recommended schedule, as initial infection confers only partial immunity.

            Norovirus-induced diarrhea is less severe than rotavirus, especially in children. More commonly known as the “cruise ship virus,” norovirus is now one of the leading causes of foodborne disease and a common cause of traveler’s diarrhea.7 Vomiting often accompanies diarrhea. In most cases, symptoms appear 12 to 48 hours after exposure and last one to three days, although the virus can continue to be shed in stools up to two weeks after resolution. Interestingly, not everyone is susceptible to norovirus infections. Individuals with type O blood are more prone to norovirus infections, while those with type B blood are least likely to contract them.8

            Bacterial Gastroenteritis

            It is sometimes difficult to distinguish between viral and bacterial gastroenteritis. Unlike viral gastroenteritis, bacterial infections associated with diarrhea have the potential to be more severe and are often associated with high fevers (exceeding 104oF), abdominal pain, and bloody stools.5 Vomiting is less common. The most common causes of bacterial gastroenteritis in the U.S. are non-typhoidal Salmonella and Campylobacter species.5 These usually occur after eating raw or undercooked poultry or something that came in contact with it. Reptiles, such as pet turtles, can also carry Salmonella in their stool and easily transmit the bacteria to their shells, tank water, and anywhere else they live and roam.9

            Bacterial gastroenteritis is usually mild and self-limiting, but infants younger than three months of age may experience severe complications that can result in hospitalization.6 In an otherwise healthy individual, bacterial gastroenteritis can resolve without any treatment. Antibiotics are reserved for treating diarrhea in immunocompromised patients, infants younger than three months of age, and patients who appear septic or toxic.5,6

            COVID-19-Related Diarrhea

            Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, respiratory symptoms have been the most common presentation of this viral illness. A growing number of patients, however, experience GI symptoms (e.g., anorexia, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), sometimes without respiratory symptoms. COVID-19-induced diarrhea can last one day to as long as two weeks.2 Although the mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of COVID-19-related diarrhea are still unknown, the virus is likely altering intestinal permeability resulting in enterocyte malabsorption.10

            Foodborne Disease

            Produce—especially leafy green vegetables—is the most common source of diarrhea due to foodborne pathogens.11 Spinach and lettuce purchased from grocery stores often come from developing countries where water contamination is common and produce does not undergo agricultural inspection. Diarrhea-producing E. coli or Salmonella are common pathogens. Contaminated poultry is associated with the highest proportion of diarrhea fatalities (19%), mainly due to Salmonella or Listeria infection.11

            To reduce this risk, consumers should soak leafy greens in water and rinse them thoroughly before eating. They must also use care when handling raw poultry. To prevent cross-contamination, cooks should prepare raw poultry separately from other foods. They should also clean food preparation surfaces and utensils (e.g., counters, cutting boards, forks, knives) and their hands with hot, soapy water after handling raw poultry. Finally, they must cook all raw poultry thoroughly. Updated weekly, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) provides extensive information on foodborne outbreak investigations on their website: https://www.cdc.gov/foodsafety/outbreaks/index.html.

            Traveler’s diarrhea—commonly caused by consuming contaminated food or drinking water in foreign countries—often appears within 10 days of travel to an area with poor public hygiene.12 In most cases, traveler’s diarrhea is not serious. However, in some instances, this type of diarrhea may last longer than usual due to infections with parasites and requires treatment with an antiprotozoal agent.13 Although it can occur anywhere, the areas of greatest risk are in Africa, Asia (except Japan and South Korea), Central and South America, Mexico, and the Middle East.14 The CDC publishes notices for travelers about potential health implications (e.g., disease outbreaks, gatherings, natural disasters) for destinations around the world, sorted by disease or country.15

             

            NON-INFECTIOUS CAUSES OF DIARRHEA

            Medication-Associated Diarrhea

            Many medications can cause diarrhea as a side effect, usually because they affect gut motility or microbe balance.

            Antibiotic-associated diarrhea

            Antibiotic-associated diarrhea (AAD) results from an imbalance of intestinal bacteria where opportunistic bacteria like C. difficile are allowed to thrive.16 AAD happens during a course of antibiotics or shortly afterward. The most commonly implicated antibiotics include clindamycin, macrolides, and other broad-spectrum antibiotics, but any antibiotic can disrupt the balance of non-pathogenic bacteria flora within the intestines.

            Pharmacy staff may field questions about fecal transplants (also known as “poop pills” or “poop with a purpose”). The formal name for this is fecal microbiota transplant (FMT), which entails transferring stool from a healthy individual to a patient infected with C. difficile. The goal is to restore the balance of bacteria in the infected patient’s gut. In patients with recurrent C. difficile infections, FMT may be more effective and significantly less expensive than a course of vancomycin.17 It is not an approved therapy, but the FDA does allow clinicians to use it investigationally to treat C. diff infections. It is not without risk, and patients have developed life-threatening infections from FMT contaminated with other pathogenic organisms.18

            PAUSE AND PONDER: How can Halloween candy and fruit juices predispose children to diarrhea?

            Table 3 lists drugs that can cause acute diarrhea. Pharmacists should refer patients to their prescribers to discuss therapeutic alternatives without diarrheal adverse effects. For example, magnesium-containing OTC antacids may cause diarrhea, but calcium carbonate and aluminum hydroxide do not, making them suitable alternatives. Likewise, herbals, such as St. John’s wort, aloe vera juice, and lobelia, have been linked with diarrhea.

            Table 3. Drugs Associated with Acute Diarrhea19

            Medication Class Examples
            Antibiotics ·         Cephalosporins (e.g., cefdinir, cefpodoxime)

            ·         Clindamycin

            ·         Macrolides (e.g., erythromycin, clarithromycin, azithromycin, fidaxomicin)

            ·         Penicillins (e.g., amoxicillin, ampicillin)

            Cancer chemotherapeutics ·         Cyclophosphamide

            ·         Daunorubicin

            ·         Epirubicin

            ·         Fluorouracil

            ·         Gemcitabine

            ·         Ixabepilone

            ·         Methotrexate

            ·         Vincristine

            Copper chelators ·         Dimercaprol

            ·         Penicillamine

            ·         Trientine

            Corticosteroids ·         Dexamethasone

            ·         Prednisone

            Digitalis glycosides ·         Digoxin
            Magnesium salts ·         Magnesium hydroxide (Phillips’ Milk of Magnesia, Ducolax Milk of Magnesia, Pedi-lax Chewable Tablets)
            Mood stabilizers ·         Lithium
            Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents ·         Ibuprofen

            ·         Meclofenamate sodium

            Proton Pump Inhibitors ·         Lansoprazole

            ·         Omeprazole

            ·         Pantoprazole

            Laxative-Associated Diarrhea

            Laxative-associated diarrhea is a specific form of medication-associated diarrhea.20 Excessive intake of laxatives could be accidental (e.g., not understanding the directions) or intentional (e.g., child abuse, bulimia, anorexia nervosa). For example, there are cases reports of parents hiding laxatives in children’s food and/or medication as part of an ill-advised prank or an abusive gesture, resulting in serious harm.21,22 A person buying multiple types and/or large quantities of laxatives or asking inappropriate questions about their use may be misusing them. Obtaining a thorough history and encouraging patients and caregivers to seek medical care is just as, if not more, important than recommending an antidiarrheal agent. When possible, pharmacy team members may want to discuss their observations regarding unusual laxative use with the patient’s PCP.

             

            Toddler Diarrhea

            Toddler diarrhea—also known as functional diarrhea or non-specific diarrhea of childhood—often occurs when children drink considerable amounts of hyperosmolar fluids, such as fruit juices. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, toddlers between one and three years of age should limit their juice intake to no more than four ounces per day.23 Toddler diarrhea management involves reducing the volume of fruit juices or other osmotically-active carbohydrate beverages that contain sorbitol or fructose. Similarly, children may develop self-limiting “Halloween diarrhea” after ingesting sorbitol- and fructose-rich candies.24

            Lactase Deficiency or Food Intolerance

            The brush border of the small intestine produces the enzyme lactase. It is necessary for breaking down lactose (“milk sugar”) to digest milk.​ Lactase deficiency can occur when an enteric (intestinal) infection causes mucosal (lining) injury. Approximately 68% of the world's population has some form of lactose malabsorption.25 Lactase deficiency is more prevalent in Asia and Africa, while it occurs less frequently in northern Europe where many people carry the gene that codes for lactase.26 About 36% of Americans have some form of lactose malabsorption.

            When lactose malabsorption occurs with a case of acute viral gastroenteritis, it tends to be mild and self-limiting. Regardless of the cause, when patients have inadequate lactase, ingested lactose is malabsorbed and gut bacteria use it as an energy source and to produce gas. Moreover, undigested lactose has an osmotic effect and pulls excessive water into the bowel, resulting in diarrhea.25 Patients experience abdominal pain, flatulence, or diarrhea within several hours of ingesting a significant lactose load, and it resolves after several days of avoiding lactose-containing foods.

            Other forms of food intolerance can also cause diarrhea. Drinking overly salted beverages and ingesting excessive fiber (e.g., sunflower seeds) can cause diarrhea.27 Hot peppers (e.g., jalapeño peppers, cayenne peppers, and some chili peppers) contain the chemical irritant capsaicin (responsible for the “burn") which can trigger diarrhea.28 Similarly, onions and large amounts of spices, fruits, and vegetables can also predispose patients to dietary diarrhea.27 Avoiding the causative food is the best approach to managing symptoms.

            PAUSE AND PONDER: How does an antidiarrheal alter the symptoms associated with diarrhea?

             

            DIARRHEA TREATMENT AND PREVENTION

            Some recommendations for diarrhea are the same across the board, while others are on a case-by-case basis. In cases of infectious diarrhea, all pharmacy staff should emphasize the need for good hand hygiene, especially after using the bathroom or performing diaper changes to protect others from becoming infected. People should wash their hands with soap and water for at least 15 to 30 seconds paying special attention to the fingernails, between fingers, and wrists. Alcohol-based hand sanitizers are ineffective at preventing all types of diarrhea (i.e., norovirus, Clostridiodes).29 People must also use soap and water to wash visibly soiled hands. In cases of COVID-19 infection, experts recommend using an alcohol-based rub that contains at least 60% alcohol in addition to soap and water.30 Pharmacy teams should be prepared to help patients and caregivers select appropriate diarrhea treatments.

            Oral Rehydration Solutions

            Provided they are able to drink, most patients with mild-to-moderate dehydration should use oral rehydration solutions (ORSs) to manage diarrhea symptoms. Although ORSs do not treat diarrhea, they help prevent dehydration and electrolyte losses. ORSs are safer, inexpensive alternatives to intravenous fluids. They contain dextrose and electrolytes to replace fluid and electrolytes. The dextrose in ORSs enables the intestine to absorb fluid and salts more effectively.31 Table 4 describes commonly-used ORS products. Breastfed infants should continue to drink breastmilk during the bout of diarrhea.

            Table 4. Comparison of Oral Rehydration Solutions31,32

              WHO Reduced-Osmolarity ORS Pedialyte Cerelyte 70 Gatorade G2 + ½ teaspoon table salt
            Glucose 28 g/L 25 g/L 40 g/L* 58 g/L 28 g/L
            Sodium 75 mEq/L 45 mEq/L 70 mEq/L 23 mEq/L 63 mEq/L
            Potassium 20 mEq/L 20 mEq/L 20 mEq/L < 1 mEq/L 3 mEq/L
            Citrate 10 mEq/L 30 mEq/L 30 mEq/L None None
            Chloride 65 mEq/L 35 mEq/L 60 mEq/L 17 mEq/L 32 mEq/L
            Osmolarity 311 mOsm/L 250 mOsm/L 220 mOsm/L 280-360 mOsm/L 254 mOsm/L

            G2 = G2 Gatorade; ORS = oral rehydration solution; WHO = World Health Organization

            *as rice base

            Pharmacy staff should advise patients to avoid tea, rice water, fruit juice, or gelatin as ORS substitutes, as they contain insufficient electrolytes and may be too hypertonic which could worsen diarrhea. Given the widespread availability of premixed products, people should not try to prepare their own ORS. Pharmacy staff should caution patients to avoid using sports drinks as ORS, as these products contain significant amounts of sugar and can exacerbate diarrhea. Furthermore, if the patient is experiencing significant vomiting or diarrhea, sports drinks contain inadequate amounts of electrolytes, such as sodium, and cannot effectively replace losses.

            In the event a commercial ORS product is unavailable, some have recommended adding table salt to G2 Gatorade (not regular Gatorade) to increase its sodium content to match traditional ORSs.32 This option, however, is prone to error and adding too much salt is just as detrimental as not adding enough. Some errors in making homemade ORS have been fatal.33

             

            Dietary Measures

            The practice of holding solid foods and dairy products for the first 24 hours after acute diarrhea onset has come under scrutiny.34 In patients who are adequately hydrated, food is allowed. Caregivers can provide bland, easily-digestible foods and beverages for the first 24 hours after diarrhea onset in patients with nausea or vomiting. Pharmacy teams should advise patients and caregivers to withhold food if antiemetics are unable to control vomiting.

            Individuals may read they should eliminate specific foods while they have diarrhea. Patients should avoid foods rich in fructose (e.g., fruit juices), as they are often difficult to digest.35 Similarly, sugar-sweetened drinks can worsen diarrhea, cramping, and flatulence. Most juices also contain little fiber and, in comparison to whole fruits, offer no nutritional advantage. Because they may stimulate bowel function, patients should avoid foods containing roughage (e.g., beans, Brussels sprouts, cabbage), as these may exacerbate diarrhea. Instead, during a bout of diarrhea, patients should follow a low-fiber diet limiting dietary fiber intake to 10 grams/day.36 Table 5 describes foods that are appropriate during episodes of diarrhea and foods to avoid.

            Table 5. Foods that Should Be Avoided or Allowed During Bouts of Diarrhea35, 36

            Foods to Avoid Foods That Are Permitted
            ·  Alcohol

            ·  Dairy products (if lactose intolerant)

            ·  Foods containing artificial sweeteners (sorbitol, mannitol, and xylitol)

            ·  Foods high in roughage (e.g., beans, broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower)

            ·  Fructose-containing products

            ·  Fruits (e.g., apples, peaches, pears) and fruit juices

            ·  High-fat, greasy foods

            ·  Spicy foods

            ·  Applesauce

            ·  Baked chicken with skin removed

            ·  Bananas

            ·  Boiled or baked potatoes with skin peeled

            ·  Bread or toast

            ·  Chicken soup

            ·  Hot cereals (e.g., cream of wheat, oatmeal)

            ·  Plain white rice

            ·  Unseasoned crackers

             

            Some people use astringent herbs and teas rich in tannins (e.g., blackberry, raspberry teas) as a treatment for diarrhea. When treating diarrhea, only dried berries or juice are recommended, as fresh berries may actually exacerbate symptoms.37 Moreover, patients should be aware that in large doses, blackberry tea might cause more GI upset and trigger nausea and vomiting. Pregnant women should use raspberry and raspberry leaf preparations with caution as they may stimulate contraction of uterine tissue.38

            BRAT Diet

            This diet is intended to manage diarrhea by providing a bland diet that may improve diarrhea symptoms. However, its low nutritional content has resulted in its abandonment.39 Similarly, only providing clear liquids for several days can potentially prolong the duration of diarrhea, a condition often referred to as “starvation stools.”40 This form of diarrhea is green and watery. The green bile is excreted into the stool when there is no food to digest. It is not harmful and management simply entails increasing food intake.41 Pharmacy teams should not recommend the BRAT diet to patients with diarrhea, as it is outdated.

            Probiotics and Prebiotics

            To prevent or treat antibiotic-associated diarrhea, healthcare providers often recommend probiotics (see Table 6 for examples). Probiotics—microorganisms that replace colonic bacteria—suppress pathogenic microorganisms’ growth thus restoring normal intestinal function. The most commonly used probiotics to decrease the duration and severity of diarrheal episodes include Saccharomyces boulardii, Lactobacillus GG, and Lactobacillus acidophilus. Some foods contain naturally-occurring probiotics, but probiotic supplements are also available.

            Table 6. Examples of Probiotics44

            Type Examples
            Probiotic-containing foods aged soft cheeses

            beet kvass

            cottage cheese

            dark chocolate

            green olives

            kefir

            kimchi

            kombucha

            miso

            natto

            pickles

            sauerkraut

            sourdough bread

            tempeh

            yogurt

            Align Resistance Formula

            Capsule

            10 Billion CFU of Saccharomyces boulardii CNCM1-1079
            Culturelle

            Capsule

            Lactobacillus GG 10 billion CFU

            Inulin (chicory root extract) 200 mg

            Vitamin C 3 mg

            FlorastorPre

            Capsule

            Prebiotic and probiotic blend:

            Saccharomyces boulardii lyo CNCM I-745 250 mg

            Prebiotic fiber (chicory root –inulin) 300 mg

            Physician’s Choice Probiotics 60 billion CFU (per serving) 10 Probiotic strains (220 mg):

            Lactobacillus casei

            Lactobacillus acidophilus

            Lactobacillus paracasei

            Lactobacillus salivarius

            Lactobacillus plantarum

            Lactobacillus bulgaricus

            Bifidobacterium lactis

            Bifidobacterium bifidum

            Bifidobacterium longum

            Bifidobacterium breve

            Prebiotic fiber blend:

            Jerusalem artichoke root 50 mg

            Gum Arabic (Fibergum Bio) 50 mg

            Chicory Root powder 50 mg

            One meta-analysis showed probiotic use may prevent antibiotic-induced diarrhea in adults but was not effective in those older than 65 years of age.42 To be most effective, patients should start probiotics early when signs of diarrhea first appear. Patients who are also receiving antibiotics should separate probiotic administration by at least two hours from the antibiotic dose. Evidence supporting probiotic use in managing viral diarrhea is mixed.43

            Typically used in combination with probiotics, prebiotics are oligosaccharides that stimulate growth of commensal intestinal bacteria (i.e., naturally-occurring flora that induce protective responses to prevent pathogen invasion and colonization). Data supporting the use of prebiotics to reduce severity or duration of diarrhea is weak, and they are not universally recommended.45 Currently, prebiotics are only available in combination products containing a probiotic.

            Bismuth Subsalicylate

            Patients use bismuth subsalicylate (Pepto-Bismol) to treat mild, nonspecific diarrhea. It has anti-secretory, anti-inflammatory, and antimicrobial properties.46 Developed more than 100 years ago by a physician to treat cholera, it was originally called Mixture Cholera Infantum.47 Despite its cheery pink color, pharmacy staff should remind patients and caregivers that bismuth subsalicylate can darken the stools and tongue with repeated use. Typical dosing for patients older than 12 years of age for acute diarrhea is 524 mg every 30 to 60 minutes or 1,050 mg every 60 minutes as needed for up to 2 days (maximum: 4,200 mg/24 hours).46,47  Most patients will experience relief within 30 to 60 minutes of a dose. Children and adolescents who have or are recovering from influenza or chicken pox should not use bismuth subsalicylate due to the association of Reye syndrome.46,47

            Patients with histories of salicylate allergy, coagulopathy, or ulcers should not use bismuth subsalicylate. Patients receiving anticoagulants or medications for gout or arthritis (e.g., allopurinol, colchicine, ibuprofen, indomethacin, naproxen) should also avoid it. It can bind with tetracyclines and may also interfere with GI contrast studies. Use of bismuth subsalicylate during a contrast study can potentially cause misinterpretation of images and decrease the test's sensitivity.48 Because it is hyperdense liquid, it can mimic the appearance of an acute GI bleed, which may lead to potential diagnostic errors. Patients taking bismuth subsalicylate must also stop using this product if they develop ringing or buzzing in the ears (i.e., tinnitus) because it indicates salicylate toxicity.

            Loperamide

            Loperamide (Imodium A-D) is an opioid-receptor agonist that inhibits peristalsis (muscle contractions in the GI tract) by acting directly on the musculature of both the small and large intestine.49 It has been available OTC since 1988. Typical OTC dosing is 4 mg, followed by 2 mg after each loose stool.49 At the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-recommended OTC maximum dose of 8 mg per day, it does not predispose patients to the usual side effects associated with opioid use (e.g., euphoria, lethargy, nausea, vomiting). Patients should limit use to fewer than two days unless they are receiving medical supervision. Most patients will see improvement in symptoms within one hour after a dose.49 Caregivers should not give loperamide to children younger than three years old, as there are case reports associating it with toxic megacolon (severe swelling of the colon) and ileus (intestinal obstruction).49

            When taken at recommended doses, loperamide does not cross the blood-brain barrier or yield the “high” seen with other opioids. However, at extremely excessive doses (i.e., more than 100 to 200 mg/day), loperamide enters the central nervous system and produces effects similar to those associated with centrally-acting opioids like heroin, hydrocodone, or morphine.49 Some individuals withdrawing from opioids use loperamide to ameliorate their symptoms, or simply to induce euphoria.

            Loperamide overdoses have been associated with serious cardiac complications, including arrhythmias, loss of consciousness or fainting, and myocardial infarction. Moreover, even standard doses of loperamide may interact with medications that can cause QT prolongation such as azole antifungal drugs and macrolide antibiotics. In response to these concerns, in September 2019, the FDA approved changes to OTC loperamide products. These changes limit each container to no more than 48 mg of loperamide and require the tablets and capsules to be individually packaged (i.e., unit-dosed).50

            Supplements

            Many patients prefer to use OTC supplements to prevent or treat diarrhea. For this indication, a variety of natural products and enzyme supplements are used.

            Lactase Enzymes

            For individuals prone to diarrhea due to lactose intolerance, lactase enzymes are beneficial for prevention.51 Most lactose intolerant individuals do not have to give up all dairy products, as they can manage their symptoms by using lactase supplements or lactase-fortified products. There are several ways to provide lactase, and Table 7 lists commonly available products. The typical dose of lactase supplementation to prevent diarrhea in intolerant individuals is 6000 to 9000 international units at the start of a lactose-containing meal.51 Some patients prefer to add lactase supplementation to milk. In this case, patients mix 2000 international units of a lactase solution into 500 mL of milk immediately before drinking.

            Table 7. Common Lactase Supplements

            Tablet, Oral

             

             

             

            Tablet Chewable, Oral

             

             

            Drops

            (added to liquid dairy products)

            Powder
            Lactaid: 3000 units

            Lactaid Fast Act: 9000 units

            Lactase Enzyme: 3000 units

            Lactase Fast Acting: 9000 units

            Surelac: 3000 units

            Lactaid Fast Act: 9000 units

            Milkaid:

            3000 units

            Elepure lactase drops:

            750 units per 5 drops

            Seeking Health Lactase Drops: 750 units per 7 drops

            Nutricost Lactase Powder: 10,000 units per 10 grams

            Zinc

            Zinc supplements reduce the duration of a diarrhea episode by 25% and are associated with a 30% reduction in stool volume.52 Zinc is available in a variety of salt forms, including zinc-gluconate, -acetate, -ascorbate, -chloride, and -sulfate. Providers may use zinc to manage acute diarrhea in children older than six months of age, but evidence supporting its efficacy is mixed. According to the World Health Organization, patients should start zinc supplementation in conjunction with ORS at the first sign of diarrhea, as it may shorten the duration and severity of episodes and prevent subsequent episodes.53 In infants younger than six months of age and children, providers sometimes use doses of 20 mg elemental zinc once daily for 10 to 14 days. The most common adverse reactions associated with oral zinc include dysgeusia (altered taste), mouth irritation, nausea, and vomiting.

            Goldenseal/Berberine

            Capsules of dried goldenseal appear to kill many bacteria that cause diarrhea, including E. coli. The key component in the herb is berberine. In addition to its antimicrobial effects, berberine may reduce diarrhea by enhancing sodium and water absorption by the intestinal lumen.54 In animal models, berberine appears to slow GI motility by activating opioid pathways.55

            Doses of goldenseal used in studies vary considerably, from 250 mg to 1 g administered three times daily.56 Studies of berberine taken alone used doses of 300 to 500 mg three times daily.57 Typically, patients take goldenseal capsules daily until diarrhea improves. Patients should be aware that, although rare, very high doses of goldenseal may cause anxiety, depression, nausea, paralysis, or seizures.58 Goldenseal may also affect the cytochrome P450 system and may alter patient response to medications metabolized by those enzymes.

            Psyllium

            Ground psyllium seeds are found in the flowering plant of the plantago genus absorb excess fluid in the intestines. Patients often use psyllium to treat constipation, so patients may be unaware that it can help with diarrhea too. Typical doses are one to three tablespoons mixed in water each day, but the product is also available as capsules and wafers.59 When taken concurrently, psyllium may bind with some medications (e.g., carbamazepine, lithium) and may decrease blood glucose levels, so caution is advised in patients taking antidiabetic agents. Adverse effects associated with psyllium use include bloating, flatulence, indigestion, nausea, and vomiting.

            PAUSE AND PONDER:  Why are sports drinks not used for fluid and electrolyte replacement in patients experiencing diarrhea?

            UNSAFE OR INEFFECTIVE TREATMENTS

            Complementary and alternative medicine refer to those medical products that are not standard of care. Many patients will use “home remedies” to manage their symptoms, employing special diets or supplements to manage bouts of diarrhea. In many instances, insufficient evidence exists to support their safety or efficacy. Pharmacy teams should be aware of the more commonly used remedies in their geographic locations (as they vary by population) and understand their limitations.60

            Wood-Tar Creosote

            Some alternative medicine circles use wood-tar creosote (found in a product called Seirogan) as an antidiarrheal treatment. Wood creosotes come from the resin of the leaves of the creosote bush and beechwood.61 In its classic form, it is a dark brown round pill, but a sugar-coated tablet is also available that masks its bitter taste and distinct medicinal odor. It is not a benign therapy, as ingesting high levels of creosote may cause burning in the mouth and throat or gastritis. Moreover, creosote may be carcinogenic with long-term use. Pharmacy teams should communicate these risks to patients seeking to use wood-tar creosote and encourage them to use a safer alternative.

            Attapulgite

            Attapulgite is a naturally-occurring, orally-administered clay named for the U.S. town of Attapulgus, Georgia, where it is abundant.62 It is a non-absorbable medication that adsorbs large numbers of bacteria and toxins and thereby reduces fluid loss.63 Its binding action reduces the frequency of bowel movements and improves the consistency of stools. Attapulgite can absorb eight times its weight in water. It used to be present in Kaopectate, but in 2003, the manufacturer reformulated the product and replaced attapulgite with bismuth subsalicylate as the active ingredient. The FDA did not include attapulgite as a monograph ingredient, citing that efficacy data was inadequate.64 Attapulgite is still used as a veterinary drug in the U.S. and is available in many countries as an OTC antidiarrheal.

            “RED FLAGS” TO REFER PATIENTS FOR MEDICAL ATTENTION

            Fluids and OTC antidiarrheal products cannot manage all cases of acute diarrhea. Cases accompanied by fever or excessive mucus in the stool suggest evaluation by a primary care provider (PCP) is necessary. Dehydration is another concern, especially in cases where patients report weight loss or decreased urine output (i.e., more than six hours since last urination, decreased number of wet diapers). If patients fail to improve despite oral rehydration, they should seek medical attention.

            Patients with a history of recent travel to an undeveloped country, backcountry camping, or consumption of processed meat may develop infectious or parasitic diarrhea. Children in daycare or using community swimming pools may also be at risk for contracting bacterial diarrhea, such as giardiasis. These patients should see their PCPs for further evaluation, as antimicrobial therapy might be necessary.

            Toxic exposures to contaminated food, plants, and other substances can cause diarrhea. Obtaining a good history and knowing when to refer patients to their PCPs or hospital is an important step in managing care. For example, profuse diarrhea that occurs with excessive salivation or tearing may be suggestive of organophosphate ingestion.65

            Although most acute diarrhea cases are self-limiting, children younger than three years of age and adults older than 60 with multiple co-morbidities should seek immediate medical care.66 Table 8 highlights other “Red Flags” that warrant immediate medical attention.

            Table 8. “Red Flag” Symptoms Indicating Patients Experiencing Diarrhea Should Seek Immediate Medical Attention3

            People of All Ages Infants/Young Children
            •  6 or more loose stools per day
            • Bloody, black, tarry, or pus-containing stools
            • Dizziness or lightheadedness
            • Fever > 102°F and chills
            • Severe pain in abdomen or rectum
            • Vomiting
            • Severe dehydration, evidenced by:
            • Dark urine
            • Decreased skin turgor
            • Fainting/lightheadedness
            • Oliguria (decreased urination)
            • Thirst/dry mouth
            • Severe fatigue
            • Sunken eyes/cheeks
            • Diarrhea persists > 24 hours
            • < 3 months old: seek medical attention at first signs of diarrhea
            • < 3 months old: any fever
            • Severe dehydration, evidenced by signs in left column, plus:
            • No tears when crying
            • No wet diapers for more than 3 hours
            • Sunken soft spot in an infant’s skull

            CONCLUSION

            There is no “one size fits all” approach to diarrhea treatment, and pharmacy teams should be prepared to assist patients in selecting the most appropriate approach to manage symptoms. Acute cases of diarrhea usually resolve on their own without treatment, but preventing dehydration is crucial. Before recommending an antidiarrheal agent, pharmacists should obtain a good medication history to avoid potential drug interactions and identify red flags. It is important to remind patients that anti-diarrheal treatments do not necessarily cure the diarrhea, but they help to lessen its severity and duration. Just as important as assisting patients in selecting the best therapy, pharmacy staff can identify when prompt medical attention is necessary. Abuse of antidiarrheal agents is possible, and pharmacists and technicians should be vigilant if they encounter unusual purchasing patterns involving these products.

            Post Test for Pharmacist

            Pharmacist Post-test Questions

            After completing this continuing education activity, the pharmacist will be able to:

            • RECOGNIZE signs and symptoms associated with acute diarrhea, including those that require referral to a PCP or hospital
            • IDENTIFY inappropriate oral rehydration techniques
            • RECOGNIZE antidiarrheal misuse
            • REVIEW the risks and benefits associated with the most commonly used strategies to manage diarrhea

             

            1. SK is a gardener who has been spraying his yard with weed killer. After all his hard work, he ate a gallon of ice cream and then developed diarrhea. His symptoms resolved upon avoiding dairy products. Which type of acute diarrhea did SK most likely experience?

            1. Halloween diarrhea
            2. Lactose intolerance
            3. Organophosphate toxicity

            2. Which is TRUE about acute diarrhea?

            1. It is treatable with stimulant laxatives
            2. It usually resolves within 24 to 48 hours
            3. It is associated with chronic disease (e.g., diabetes)

            3. Which anti-diarrheal agent is associated with tinnitus, potentially interacts with anticoagulants, and binds with tetracyclines?

            1. Bismuth subsalicylate
            2. Loperamide
            3. Lactobacillus GG

            4. Which statement is TRUE regarding the BRAT diet?

            1. It provides adequate calories to sustain an individual for several days to weeks
            2. Patients consume bananas, rice, applesauce, and tomatoes for two days
            3. It is no longer used to manage diarrhea because it is nutritionally inadequate

            5. JB woke up this morning experiencing diarrhea. He is afebrile and otherwise feels fine. What should JB’s first step be?

            1. Ensure adequate hydration
            2. Start taking a prebiotic
            3. Take 2mg of loperamide
              1. Several members of a patient's household are experiencing acute diarrhea. What should everyone do immediately?
              2. Ensure proper hand hygiene using alcohol-based hand sanitizer
              3. Stock plenty of fruit juice in the home for hydration
              4. Ensure proper hand hygiene using soap and water

              7. RK is a 50-year-old male who comes to your pharmacy looking for advice on how to manage his diarrhea that started two days ago. He has not been exposed to sick contacts or travelled. He did report that about a week ago, his PCP advised him to start taking omeprazole for acid reflux. RK is afebrile and does not complain of any additional symptoms. What is the best recommendation for RK?

              1. Offer to contact his PCP to discuss alternatives to omeprazole
              2. Suggest he discontinue omeprazole and use a magnesium-containing antacid
              3. Offer to contact his PCP for a prescription for an antibiotic

              8. MP is a 60-year-old male who has been experiencing diarrhea and self-treating at home. He now complains of black, tarry stools. Which antidiarrheal agent has MP likely been using to self-treat his symptoms?

              1. Psyllium seeds
              2. Bismuth subsalicylate
              3. Attapulgite clay

              9. SN is a 6-year-old whose classmate was diagnosed with COVID-19. SN later tests positive for COVID-19 herself, but she does not have any respiratory symptoms, only diarrhea. Her mother wants to know why COVID-19 causes diarrhea, but you explain to her that the mechanisms are still unknown. What is one proposed mechanism of COVID-19-associated diarrhea?

              1. Zinc toxicity related to COVID-19 treatment
              2. Viral associated osmotic diarrhea secondary to lactase deficiency
              3. Altered intestinal permeability causing enterocyte malabsorption

              10. MK was at your pharmacy yesterday and purchased three boxes of loperamide caplets, stating he must have eaten something that did not agree with him. When questioned, he said he was afebrile and felt otherwise fine. Today, he has returned to buy two more boxes of loperamide. What steps should you take?

              1. Suggest he see his PCP, as he must have an infectious form of diarrhea
              2. Observe his behavior, as he may be abusing the loperamide
              3. Suggest he also make a homemade oral hydration solution to prevent dehydration

              Post Test for Pharmacy Technician

              Pharmacy Technician Post-test Questions

              After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:

              • LIST the basic pathology and symptoms of acute diarrhea
              • RECALL treatments used in patients who have acute diarrhea
              • IDENTIFY OTC products and dietary modifications that are useful in acute diarrhea
              • IDENTIFY when to refer patients to the pharmacist for recommendations or referral

               

              1. What is the major difference between sports drinks (e.g., Gatorade) and oral rehydration solutions (e.g., Pedialyte)?

              1. Sports drinks have more sodium and less carbohydrates than ORSs
              2. Sports drinks have more carbohydrates and less sodium than ORSs
              3. There is no difference, patients can use both interchangeably

              2. Which of the following situations should prompt an adult patient with acute diarrhea to seek medical attention?

              1. Fever of more than 102°F
              2. Diarrhea has lasting more than 1 day
              3. Three loose stools in 1 day

              3. What is the maximum amount of loperamide allowed in an OTC container?

              1. Twelve 2-mg capsules
              2. Twenty-four 2-mg tablets
              3. Fifty 2-mg capsules

              4. Which of the following patients with diarrhea should you refer to the pharmacist for counseling?

              1. The mother of an afebrile toddler who drinks 4 ounces of apple juice daily
              2. A febrile patient who recently returned from a mission trip to Africa
              3. A lactose-intolerant teenager who ate ice cream and forgot to take a lactase supplement

              5. Which of the following is associated with laxative abuse-associated diarrhea?

              1. Anorexia nervosa
              2. Opioid addiction
              3. Ethanol intoxication

              6. What components are common to all oral rehydration solutions?

              1. Water, sodium, sugar, potassium
              2. Water, sodium, sugar, magnesium
              3. Water, sodium, potassium, magnesium

              7. How do bulk laxatives (e.g., psyllium) work to decrease diarrhea symptoms?

              1. They absorb excess intestinal fluid and increase stool bulk
              2. They possess antimicrobial and anti-secretory properties
              3. They adsorb bacteria and other toxins and reduce fluid loss

              8. Which of the following characteristics is associated with acute diarrhea?

              1. Excessive vomiting
              2. Lasts more than 2 weeks
              3. Often self-limiting

              9. What does the “BRAT” acronym refer to with respect to acute diarrhea?

              1. A brand of oral rehydration solution
              2. A diet of bananas, rice, applesauce, and toast
              3. A preferred diet for children who have diarrhea

              10. Which antidiarrheal product is prone to abuse?

              1. Attapulgite clay
              2. Berberine
              3. Loperamide

              References

              Full List of References

              1. Selzer A. Diarrhea song and diarrhea cha cha cha: The timeless classics. December 6, 2009. Accessed June 7, 2021. http://playgroundjungle.com/2009/12/diarrhea-song-and-diarrhea-cha-cha-cha-the-timeless-classics.html
              2. Han C, Duan C, Zhang S, et al. Digestive symptoms in COVID-19 patients with mild disease severity: clinical presentation, stool viral RNA testing, and outcomes. Am J Gastroenterol. 2020;115(6):916-923.
              3. Mayo Clinic. Diarrhea. Posted June 16, 2020. Accessed June 8, 2021. https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/diarrhea/symptoms-causes/syc-20352241
              4. DuPont HL. Acute infectious diarrhea in immunocompetent adults. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(16):1532-1540.
              5. Fleckenstein JM, Matthew Kuhlmann F, Sheikh A. Acute bacterial gastroenteritis. Gastroenterol Clin North Am. 2021;50(2):283-304.
              6. Cortese MM, Parashar UD; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevention of rotavirus gastroenteritis among infants and children: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR Recomm Rep. 2009;58(RR-2):1-25.
              7. Lindsay L, DuPont HL, Moe CL, et al. Estimating the incidence of norovirus acute gastroenteritis among US and European international travelers to areas of moderate to high risk of traveler's diarrhea: a prospective cohort study protocol. BMC Infect Dis. 2018;18(1):605.
              8. Wick JY. Norovirus: noxious in nursing facilities-almost unavoidable. Consult Pharm. 2012;27(2):98-104.
              9. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Salmonella outbreak linked to small turtles. June 17, 2021. Accessed July 3, 2021. https://www.cdc.gov/salmonella/typhimurium-02-21/index.html
              10. Perisetti A, Gajendran M, Mann R, et al. COVID-19 extrapulmonary illness - special gastrointestinal and hepatic considerations. Dis Mon. 2020;66(9):101064.
              11. Scallan E, Hoekstra RM, Angulo FJ, et al. Foodborne illness acquired in the United States — major pathogens. Emerg Infect Dis 2011;17(1):7-15.
              12. Leung AK, Robson WL, Davies HD. Traveler's diarrhea. Adv Ther. 2006;23(4):519-527.
              13. Leung AKC, Leung AAM, Wong AHC, Hon KL. Travelers' Diarrhea: A clinical review. Recent Pat Inflamm Allergy Drug Discov. 2019;13(1):38-48.
              14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Travelers' Diarrhea. Updated October 8, 2019. Accessed June 11, 2021. https://wwwnc.cdc.gov/travel/page/travelers-diarrhea
              15. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Travel Health Notices. Accessed June 8, 2021. https://wwwnc.cdc.gov/travel/notices
              16. Bhattacharyya M, Debnath AK, Todi SK. Clostridium difficile and antibiotic-associated diarrhea. Indian J Crit Care Med. 2020;24(Suppl 4):S162-S167.
              17. Shaffer SR, Witt J, Targownik LE, et al. Cost-effectiveness analysis of a fecal microbiota transplant center for treating recurrent C. difficile infection. J Infect. 2020;81(5):758-765.
              18. Fecal microbiota for transplantation: Safety alert - Risk of serious adverse events likely due to transmission of pathogenic organisms. Updated April 7, 2020. Accessed June 7, 2021. https://www.fda.gov/safety/medical-product-safety-information/fecal-microbiota-transplantation-safety-alert-risk-serious-adverse-events-likely-due-transmission
              19. Abraham B, Sellin JH. Drug-induced diarrhea. Curr Gastroenterol Rep. 2007;9(5):365-72.
              20. Roerig JL, Steffen KJ, Mitchell JE, Zunker C. Laxative abuse: epidemiology, diagnosis and management. 2010;70(12):1487-1503.
              21. Florida man is charged with child abuse after 'putting laxatives in teen's daily medication.' April 26, 2020. Accessed June 13, 2021. https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8258919/Florida-man-charged-child-abuse-putting-laxatives-teens-daily-medication.html
              22. Harness J. Yes, pranking your child with laxatives is child abuse. Posted August 12, 2018. Accessed June 13, 2021. https://vistacriminallaw.com/yes-pranking-your-child-with-laxatives-is-child-abuse/
              23. Heyman MB, Abrams SA; Section on Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition; Committee on Nutrition. Fruit juice in infants, children, and adolescents: Current recommendations. 2017;139(6):e20170967.
              24. Breitenbach RA. 'Halloween diarrhea'. An unexpected trick of sorbitol-containing candy. Postgrad Med. 1992;92(5):63-66.
              25. Di Costanzo M, Berni Canani R. Lactose intolerance: common misunderstandings. Ann Nutr Metab. 2018;73(Suppl 4):30-37.
              26. Storhaug CL, Fosse SK, Fadnes LT. Country, regional, and global estimates for lactose malabsorption in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet. Gastroenterology & Hepatology. 2017;2(10):738-746.
              27. Ohtsuka Y. Food intolerance and mucosal inflammation. Pediatr Int. 2015;57(1):22-29.
              28. Snyman T, Stewart MJ, Steenkamp V. A fatal case of pepper poisoning. Forensic Sci Int. 2001;124(1):43-46.
              29. Stadler RN, Tschudin-Sutter S. What is new with hand hygiene? Curr Opin Infect Dis. 2020;33(4):327-332.
              30. S. Food and Drug Administration. Hand Sanitizers | COVID-19. Updated January 19, 2021. Accessed June 8, 2021. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/coronavirus-covid-19-drugs/hand-sanitizers-covid-19
              31. Nalin D. Issues and controversies in the evolution of oral rehydration therapy (ORT). Trop Med Infect Dis. 2021;6(1):34.
              32. Stewart C. Oral rehydration solution (ORS) recipes. Updated August 15, 2014. Accessed May 30, 2021. http://www.moljinar.com/page6/files/ORS%20Formula.pdf
              33. Cleary TG, Cleary KR, DuPont HL, et al. The relationship of oral rehydration solution to hypernatremia in infantile diarrhea. J Pediatr. 1981;99(5):739-741.
              34. MacGillivray S, Fahey T, McGuire W. Lactose avoidance for young children with acute diarrhoea. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013;2013(10):CD005433.
              35. Hoekstra JH, van den Aker JH, Hartemink R, Kneepkens CM. Fruit juice malabsorption: not only fructose. Acta Paediatr. 1995 Nov;84(11):1241-4.
              36. Vanhauwaert E, Matthys C, Verdonck L, De Preter V. Low-residue and low-fiber diets in gastrointestinal disease management. Adv Nutr. 2015;6(6):820-7.
              37. Patel AV, Rojas-Vera J, Dacke CG. Therapeutic constituents and actions of Rubus species. Curr Med Chem. 2004;11(11):1501-1512.
              38. Holst L, Haavik S, Nordeng H. Raspberry leaf--should it be recommended to pregnant women? Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2009;15(4):204-208.
              39. Salfi SF, Holt K. The role of probiotics in diarrheal management. Holist Nurs Pract. 2012;26(3):142-9.
              40. Benninga MA, Faure C, Hyman PE, St James Roberts I, et al. Childhood functional gastrointestinal disorders: neonate/toddler. 2016: S0016-5085(16)00182-7.
              41. Roediger WE. Metabolic basis of starvation diarrhoea: implications for treatment. Lancet. 1986;1(8489):1082-4.
              42. Jafarnejad S, Shab-Bidar S, Speakman JR, et al. Probiotics reduce the risk of antibiotic-associated diarrhea in adults (18-64 Years) but not the elderly (>65 Years): A meta-Analysis. Nutr Clin Pract. 2016;31(4):502-513.
              43. Ansari F, Pashazadeh F, Nourollahi E, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis: The effectiveness of probiotics for viral gastroenteritis. Curr Pharm Biotechnol. 2020;21(11):1042-1051.
              44. Marco ML, Heeney D, Binda S, et al. Health benefits of fermented foods: microbiota and beyond. Curr Opin Biotechnol. 2017;44:94-102.
              45. Brüssow H. Probiotics and prebiotics in clinical tests: an update. 2019;8:F1000 Faculty Rev-1157.
              46. Brum JM, Gibb RD, Ramsey DL, et al. Systematic review and meta-analyses assessment of the clinical efficacy of bismuth subsalicylate for prevention and treatment of infectious diarrhea. Dig Dis Sci. 2021;66(7):2323-2335.
              47. The History of Pepto-Bismol. Accessed June 12, 2021. https://pepto-bismol.com/en-us/article/the-history-of-pepto
              48. Shahnazarian V, Ramai D, Sunkara T, et al. Pepto-Bismol tablets resembling foreign bodies on abdominal imaging. Cureus. 2018;10(1):e2102.
              49. Wu PE, Juurlink DN. Clinical Review: Loperamide toxicity. Ann Emerg Med. 2017;70(2):245-252.
              50. S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Drug Safety Podcast: FDA limits packaging for anti-diarrhea medicine loperamide (Imodium) to encourage safe use. Updated February 6, 2018. Accessed May 30, 2021. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/fda-drug-safety-podcasts/fda-drug-safety-podcast-fda-limits-packaging-anti-diarrhea-medicine-loperamide-imodium-encourage
              51. Ianiro G, Pecere S, Giorgio V, et al. Digestive enzyme supplementation in gastrointestinal diseases. Curr Drug Metab. 2016;17(2):187-193.
              52. Bajait C, Thawani V. Role of zinc in pediatric diarrhea. Indian J Pharmacol. 2011;43(3):232-235.
              53. World Health Organization (WHO); UNICEF. Clinical management of acute diarrhoea. 2004. Accessed May 30, 2021. https://www.who.int/maternal_child_adolescent/documents/who_fch_cah_04_7/en/
              54. Schor J. Clinical Applications for Berberine. Natural Medicine Journal. 2012;4(12). Accessed May 31, 2021. http://naturalmedicinejournal.com/journal/2012-12/clinical-applications-berberine
              55. Feng Y, Li Y, Chen C, et al. Inhibiting roles of berberine in gut movement of rodents are related to activation of the endogenous opioid system. Phytother Res. 2013;27(10):1564-1571.
              56. Abidi P, Chen W, Kraemer FB, et al. The medicinal plant goldenseal is a natural LDL-lowering agent with multiple bioactive components and new action mechanisms. J Lipid Res. 2006;47(10):2134-2147.
              57. Meng S, Wang LS, Huang ZQ, et al. Berberine ameliorates inflammation in patients with acute coronary syndrome following percutaneous coronary intervention. Clin Exp Pharmacol Physiol. 2012;39(5):406-411.
              58. Rhizoma Hydrastis. In: WHO Monographs On Selected Medicinal Plants. Vol 3. World Health Organization. 2001:194-203. Accessed July 3, 2021. http://digicollection.org/hss/documents/s14213e/s14213e.pdf
              59. Ford AC, Moayyedi P, Lacy BE, et al; Task Force on the Management of Functional Bowel Disorders. American College of Gastroenterology monograph on the management of irritable bowel syndrome and chronic idiopathic constipation. Am J Gastroenterol. 2014;109(suppl 1): S2-S26.
              60. Clarke TC, Black LI, Stussman BJ, Barnes PM, et al. Trends in the use of complementary health approaches among adults: United States, 2002-2012. Natl Health Stat Report. 2015;79:1-16..
              61. The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry: Creosote. March 28, 2014. Accessed June 10, 2021. https://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxprofiles/tp85-c2.pdf
              62. Palygorskite Wikipedia. Last edited June 8, 2021. Accessed June 11, 2021. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palygorskite
              63. Zaid MR, Hasan M, Khan AA. Attapulgite in the treatment of acute diarrhoea: a double-blind placebo-controlled study. J Diarrhoeal Dis Res. 1995;13(1):44-46.
              64. Kim-Jung LY, Holquist C, Phillips J. FDA Safety Page. Kaopectate reformulation and upcoming labeling changes. Drug Topics 2014;April 19, 58-60. https://www.fda.gov/media/72651/download. Accessed July 5, 2021.
              65. Basrai Z, Koh C, Celedon M, Warren J. Clinical effects from household insecticide: pyrethroid or organophosphate toxicity?. BMJ Case Rep. 2019;12(11):e230966.
              66. Gale AR, Wilson M. Diarrhea: Initial evaluation and treatment in the emergency department. Emerg Med Clin North Am. 2016;34(2):293-308.

              Beyond Memory Loss: Mastering the Management of Behavioral Symptoms in Dementia-RECORDED WEBINAR

              About this Course

              This course is a recorded (home study version) of the 2024 CE Finale Encore Webinars.

               

              Learning Objectives

              Upon completion of this application based CE Activity, a pharmacist will be able to:

              1.      Identify clinical characteristics of the behavioral symptoms of dementia (BSD) including agitation, psychosis, and sleep disturbances
              2.      Discuss medications currently used in the management of BSD along with emerging pharmacologic therapy options
              3.      Determine the most appropriate pharmacologic treatment option for a patient with behavioral symptoms of dementia based on patient-specific factors

              Release and Expiration Dates

              Released:  December 13, 2024
              Expires:  December 13, 2027

              Course Fee

              $17 Pharmacist

              ACPE UAN

              0009-0000-24-048-H01-P

              Session Code

              24RW48-YXF98

              Accreditation Hours

              1.0 hours of CE

              Additional Information

               

              How to Complete Evaluation:  When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the BLUE take test/evaluation button.  Don't forget to use the session code above, or that was sent to you in your confirmation email NOT the one on the presentation!

              Accreditation Statement

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

              Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive up to 1.0 CE Hours (or 0.1 CEUs)  for completing the activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-048-H01-P, passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Faculty

              Kristin Waters, PharmD, BCPS, BCPP
              Assistant Clinical Professor
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              • Dr. Waters is on the Johnson and Johnson speakers' bureau, but the information discussed here has no overlap. All financial relationships with ineligible companies have been mitigated.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Content

              Handouts

              Post Test

                Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia Assessment Questions

                1. Which of the following is a symptom of agitation in dementia?
                1. Hallucinations
                2. Restless leg syndrome
                3. Throwing objects

                 

                1. A 64-year-old patient has a PMH of AD, hypertension, urinary incontinence, and insomnia. Recently, they have been increasingly agitated throughout both the day and night. Symptoms primarily include pacing and verbally repeating the same phrases many times. Non-pharmacologic intervention is mildly effective, but the patient’s caregiver is requesting pharmacologic intervention as well.

                Current medications:

                Amlodipine 10 mg po daily

                Oxybutynin 10 mg po daily

                Diphenhydramine 25 mg po nightly prn insomnia

                Cetirizine 10 mg po daily

                Melatonin 6 mg po nightly Which of the following is the best first step in managing the patient’s agitation?

                1. Discontinue melatonin
                2. Reduce anticholinergic load
                3. Reduce dose of amlodipine

                 

                3. The patient and caregiver agree to discontinuation of the cetirizine and diphenhydramine. They feel strongly that the oxybutynin improves their quality of life by allowing them to not become incontinent of urine overnight. Unfortunately, several weeks later the agitation symptoms persist. Which of the following is the best recommendations at this time?

                a. Initiate citalopram

                b. Initiate haloperidol

                c. Initiate risperidone

                1. A 71-year-old patient with vascular dementia recently started insisting that unknown people were living in his attic. He says he can hear the intruders talking during the night but they hide whenever someone goes up to check. The patient is extremely distressed about this and is trying to obtain a firearm to protect his family from these intruders.

                Which of the following pharmacologic recommendations may be appropriate?

                1. Brexpiprazole
                2. Trazodone
                3. Haloperidol

                 

                1. The patient’s symptoms improve significantly after starting brexpiprazole. However, he is still very restless at night and wakes up frequently. He reports being “exhausted” each day. Which of the following would be the best pharmacologic option?
                1. Melatonin
                2. Eszopiclone
                3. Suvorexant

                 

                6. Which medication approved for Parkinson’s disease psychosis has demonstrated the ability to prolong time to relapse of psychosis in Alzheimer’s disease?

                a. Brexpiprazole

                b. Pimavanserin

                c. Dexmedetomidine

                 

                7. Which of the following behavioral symptoms of dementia is the most common?

                a. Apathy

                b. Psychosis

                c. Anxiety

                VIDEO

                DON’T SKIP A BEAT: TAKING THE PULSE OF ATRIAL FIBRILLATION

                Learning Objectives

                  After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                •        Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
                •        Discuss pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for atrial fibrillation
                •        Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
                •        Identify interventions that could improve outcomes in atrial fibrillation patients
                After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:
                •        Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
                •        Discuss pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for atrial fibrillation
                •        Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
                •        Identify programs designed to promote medication adherence in patients with atrial fibrillation

                Anatomical structure of the heart centered in front of multiple electrocardiogram readings.

                Release Date:

                Release Date:  January 15, 2025

                Expiration Date: January 15, 2028

                Course Fee

                Pharmacist $7

                Pharmacy Technician $4

                There is no funding for this CPE activity.

                ACPE UANs

                Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-001-H01-P

                Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-001-H01-T

                Session Codes

                Pharmacist:  25YC01-DSB29

                Pharmacy Technician:  25YC01-BSD92

                Accreditation Hours

                2.0 hours of CE

                Accreditation Statements

                The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-001-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                 

                Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                Faculty

                Brian L. Gaul, B.S., PharmD, RPh
                Freelance Medical Writer
                Gaul Communications
                Tomah, WI


                 

                Faculty Disclosure

                In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                Dr. Gaul has no financial relationships with ineligible companies.

                ABSTRACT

                Atrial fibrillation (AFib) is a growing problem in the United States and globally. AFib occurs when the electric impulses of the heart’s upper chambers become chaotic and irregular. The result is a fast heart rate, pooling of blood in the atria, and erratic pumping of blood by the ventricles. The treatments for AFib include rate-control medications, rhythm-control drugs, anticoagulants, and nonpharmacologic procedures. A standardized scoring system determines the need for anticoagulation, with direct oral anticoagulants preferred over warfarin in most cases. Providers choose rate-control medications like beta-blockers, calcium channel blockers, and digoxin in selected patients; however, they may opt for rhythm-control antiarrhythmics like flecainide, sotalol, and dofetilide for others. Nonpharmacologic options include cardiac ablation, Watchman LLA and AtriClip devices, and electrical cardioversion. Pharmacists are well-positioned to monitor therapy, adjust anticoagulant dosing, and assist in the diagnosis of patients with AFib. Pharmacy technicians can coordinate compliance mechanisms like medication synchronization and refill reminders.

                CONTENT

                Content

                INTRODUCTION

                “My heart feels like it is pounding out of my chest.”

                Dan Reeves, a 79-year-old white male, makes this statement to the pharmacy technician at the counter while waiting to pick up his prescriptions for flecainide and apixaban. He has his hand over his chest and states he feels tired and short of breath when doing any activity. The pharmacy technician requests help from the pharmacist, who notes that Daniel is showing signs of an arrhythmia. A check of his records shows that he is two weeks late for his refill of flecainide, a medicine to treat atrial fibrillation (AFib). Upon questioning by the pharmacist, Dan says the doctor has told him how important it is to take the medication properly. However, he admits that he sometimes forgets to take the second dose at bedtime.

                 

                AFib is the most common type of sustained heart rhythm disorder, also called an arrhythmia.1 It occurs when the heart's electrical activity is abnormal or irregular, usually resulting in a fast heart rate.1 If the rate does not return to normal, it can lead to stroke, heart failure, or other medical problems.2 AFib is a leading cause of stroke.1

                 

                An estimated 2.3 million people in the United States have AFib, according to the most recent data available.3 Given the association between advanced age and AFib occurrence, an estimated 5.6 million will experience AFib by the year 2050.3 It affects fewer than 1% of people under the age of 60 to 65 but 8% to 10% of those older than 80.3 It happens more often in males and Caucasians.1

                 

                Risk factors for developing AFib include the following1:

                • Advancing age
                • Chronic Inflammation
                • Congenital heart disease
                • Endocrine disorders
                • Genetic factors
                • High blood pressure
                • Increased alcohol consumption
                • Neurological disorders
                • Obstructive sleep apnea
                • Underlying heart and lung disease.

                 

                Athletes who overtrain in intense cardiovascular sports, like competitive bikers and marathon runners, also are at an increased risk of developing AFib (see SIDEBAR).

                 

                SIDEBAR: IS OVERTRAINING TO BLAME FOR AFIB IN ATHLETES?

                According to studies, the prevalence of AFib in athletes is about 2 to 10 times higher than in the general population.4 Most cases occur in endurance athletes, such as marathoners, and may result from overtraining. In one study, a group of middle-aged men who ran marathons had a higher incidence of AFib than their sedentary counterparts.5 The disease also occurs five times more often in aging cyclists (average age of 66 years old) who continue training.6 The duration and intensity of exercise correlate to the development of paroxysmal AFib.4

                 

                Reports cite “irrational” regimens involving overtraining as the primary factors, along with obesity and diabetes.4 Treatment consists of removing the physical stress and prescribing flecainide or propafenone.7 Athletes may return to training in four to six weeks but should remain on a beta-blocker to prevent recurrence.8,9 Providers should consider the cardioselectivity of the beta-blocker and the athlete’s sport when choosing a therapy.4 Prevention and treatment of future episodes may include a “pill-in-pocket” approach or cardiac ablation.7

                 

                AFib occurs when electrical impulses in the heart’s upper chambers, called the atria, come from multiple foci, rather than just the sinoatrial (SA) node. The atrial and ventricular depolarization rate becomes rapid and chaotic rather than their normal, consistent firing and propagation (called normal sinus rhythm).10,11 When different atrial defibrillation waves collide, they cancel each other out meaning no one pacemaker exists. This causes the atrial chambers to quiver, or “fibrillate” instead of contracting in a normal manner from the top of the atria to the bottom. As a result, blood pools in the left atrial appendage (a tissue sack attached to the left atria) which can lead to blood clots. The clots may dislodge from the left atrial appendage, travel to the brain, and cause embolic strokes.11

                 

                The atrial depolarizations bombard the atrioventricular (AV) node separating the atria from the ventricle with approximately 300 depolarization stimuli per minute. The AV node tries to prevent some of these depolarizations from reaching the ventricles, but the resulting ventricular contractions become faster than normal and irregularly spaced.11

                 

                PATHOGENESIS

                In a normal heart, electrical impulses travel in a coordinated way through the heart’s pacemaker, the SA node, through the atrial tissue, and to the AV node.13 The AV node slows the impulse before it travels to and depolarizes the ventricles.14 When the SA node in a normal heart initiates a depolarization wave, it spreads across the atria from top to bottom. Once the cells depolarize, it cannot depolarize again for a while, and this is called the effective refractory period. Immediately after the refractory period, the tissue is in a vulnerable period because the electrical charge of the cells is normalized but the amount of sodium in the cell is too high and the potassium inside the cell is too low. If another depolarization stimuli hits tissue in the vulnerable period, fibrillation occurs. However, this is rare in normal hearts because it is impossible for the wave of depolarization to circle behind the effective refractory tissue to hit other tissue in the vulnerable period. However, when there is a mixing of electrically active and inactive cells together, the single wave of depolarization becomes fractionated into multiple wavelets in three-dimensional space and one of the wavelets can emerge and hit tissue in the vulnerable period.

                 

                AFib originates in the pulmonary vein-atrial border 95% of the time because the pulmonary vein contains electrically active atrial cells and inactive pulmonary vein cells that are intermingled.12 However, in people with longstanding AFib, the stress kills atrial cells, which are replaced by electrically inactive connective tissue, and the anatomic milieu is created to have AFib generated in the body of the atria itself. Patients with AFib may present to healthcare providers with or without symptoms.1 Patients may experience chest pain, palpitations, a fast heart rate, shortness of breath, nausea, dizziness, sweating, or general fatigue when they have symptoms.1 The ventricular rate for a patient with AFib is 110 to 140 beats per minute (BPM).1

                 

                When AFib occurs, the heart can usually quickly abolish it on its own but as periods of AFib continue to occur, subsequent AFib episodes last longer and longer until eventually AFib just continues.

                 

                Providers classify AFib into five types1:

                • Paroxysmal AFib will revert to normal sinus rhythm in less than seven days with no antiarrhythmic medication or electrical cardioversion.
                • Persistent AFib occurs and then persists, requiring intervention with antiarrhythmic medication or electrical cardioversion.
                • Long-standing persistent AFib exists for longer than 12 months, either due to failure to attempt cardioversion or failure of cardioversion.
                • Permanent AFib is unresponsive to antiarrhythmic medication or electrical cardioversion and continues for the rest of the patient’s life.
                • Non-valvular occurs without rheumatic mitral valve disease, mitral valve repair, or prosthetic heart valves.

                 

                AFib can be viewed on an electrocardiogram (ECG), which will show an “irregularly irregular” pattern with no discernable P-waves and irregular RR spacing during rest (see SIDEBAR).1 Failure to detect paroxysmal AFib on an ECG doesn’t preclude having the arrhythmia because normal sinus rhythm can intersperse between the arrhythmic episodes. In that case, a patient may wear a Holter monitor (a small portable ECG machine) continuously for a few days or a patch monitor with 30-day readouts to detect the arrhythmia.10,15

                 

                SIDEBAR: ECG Interpretation 10116,17

                An ECG is a visual representation of the heart's electrical activity. For a 12 lead ECG, six electrodes are placed on the chest and four on the limbs before connecting them to an ECG machine, which produces a readout. A normal ECG consists of a small P-wave, a large and narrow QRS complex, and a T-wave. The P-wave is a small, positive, smooth wave that reflects atrial depolarization, which precedes contraction of the atria. The QRS complex represents depolarization of the ventricles which precedes ventricular contraction. The T-wave follows the QRS complex and reflects rapid repolarization.17 Abnormal results from an ECG are a sign of potential heart problems like arrhythmias, ischemia or infarction, or even ventricular hypertrophy.

                 

                TREATMENT OF AFIB

                The goals for treating AFib include reducing symptoms, preventing clots, and reducing the risk of heart failure and other cardiac complications.10 According to the 2023 American Heart Association/American College of Cardiology/American College of Chest Physicians/Heart Rhythm Society (multi-society) guidelines, patient-specific factors direct the choice of antiarrhythmic agent.2 Among those factors is heart failure, cardiovascular disease, or other health conditions. Treatment also varies based on where providers discovered the AFib: in the inpatient or outpatient setting.2

                 

                PHARMACOLOGIC AGENTS

                The multi-society guidelines divide the agents for treating AFib into rate control and rhythm control medications.2 Rate control agents control the ventricular rate when patients are in AFib for better symptom management.18 Rhythm control medications restore and maintain normal sinus rhythm.10

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: What medications treat AFib symptoms most effectively?

                 

                Providers may choose from a wide range of medications, with the treatment choice often determined by the patient’s clinical picture and the setting in which the AFib occurs.

                 

                RATE CONTROL MEDICATIONS

                Rate control medications slow the impulses through the AV node, reducing the rate of contraction of the ventricles.18 While the number of ventricular contractions per minute decrease (allowing for better ventricular filling with blood during diastole), the RR spacing remains irregular. This irregularity coupled with the loss of atrial contraction in AFib reduces the cardiac output versus normal sinus rhythm. The goal is better symptom control with limited adverse effects. (See Table 1.)10

                 

                Table 1. Rate Control Medications in AFib

                Class Drugs Notes
                Beta-blockers Atenolol

                Bisoprolol

                Carvedilol

                Metoprolol

                Nadolol

                Pindolol

                Propranolol

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 

                l

                Metoprolol succinate (the XL form) and tartrate (the immediate release form), as well as bisoprolol are beta-1 selective; metoprolol succinate, bisoprolol, and carvedilol are preferred choices for patients with heart failure.
                Nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers DilTIAZem

                Verapamil

                Dihydropyridine CCBs do not block the AV node.
                Cardiac glycosides Digoxin Not as effective as beta-blockers or non-DHP CCBs during exercise or stress and has a narrow therapeutic index; may use in combination with other rate control agents.
                Class III antiarrhythmic Amiodarone Has antiadrenergic effects similar to beta-blockers and non-DHP CCBs; many drug interactions and adverse effects; good choice in patients with heart failure.
                ABBREVIATIONS: CCBs = calcium channel blockers; DHP = dihydropyridine

                 

                Beta-Blockers

                Beta-blockers inhibit the activity of the beta-1 adrenoceptor at the AV node, slowing conduction (negative dromotropic effect).18 Providers may choose from various options, including atenolol, bisoprolol, carvedilol, metoprolol (succinate and tartrate), and propranolol. Atenolol, bisoprolol, and metoprolol are the cardioselective beta-blockers, which means they less potently block the beta-2 adrenoceptors in the lungs.19 While all beta-blockers can cause drops in the Forced Expiratory Volume in 1-second (FEV-1) in asthmatic patients, the cardioselective agents do so to a lesser extent. Their effects are readily reversed with standard dosing of inhaled beta-2 agonists. All beta-blockers control the ventricular rate, and the multi-society guidelines consider them first-line therapy.2

                 

                Non-Dihydropyridine Calcium Channel Blockers

                The multi-society guidelines also list non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers dilTIAZem and verapamil as first-line for treating AFib.2 They block the L-type calcium channel to produce their negative dromotropic effects and like the beta-blockers have negative chronotropic and inotropic effects, meaning they slow the SA nodal firing rate and decrease the force of muscle contraction, respectively.18 They provide reasonable rate control and improve AFib-related symptoms compared to beta-blockers.2 The multi-society guidelines note that dilTIAZem and verapamil are contraindicated in patients with pre-existing heart failure.18 However, if the signs and symptoms of heart failure are solely due to the AFib and no other underlying diseases, verapamil and dilTIAZem can be used.

                 

                The Institute for Safe Medication Practices lists the generic name dilTIAZem on the look-alike sound-alike list due to the potential for confusion with diazePAM.20 The organization recommends the use of TALLman lettering to distinguish the two drugs.20

                 

                Digoxin

                Digoxin provides a negative dromotropic and chronotropic effects but does not provide a negative inotropic effect. The inotropic effect can be neutral at serum concentration below 1.2 nanograms/mL but can be positive at higher concentrations.18 Since digoxin slows AV nodal conduction through enhancing the parasympathetic nervous system, it does not work as well in times of higher sympathetic outflow like exercise or stress. The multi-society guidelines indicate providers may use digoxin with other rate control medications because it will not augment the negative inotropic effects of beta-blockers or non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers.2 The guidelines also recommend digoxin in patients who do not tolerate or have an inadequate response from other rate control agents.2,18 It is a narrow therapeutic index medication, with the recommended serum digoxin level for AFib being <1.2 nanograms/mL.2 Providers should use digoxin cautiously with verapamil, since verapamil is a P-glycoprotein inhibitor and the combination may therefore increase digoxin levels (see SIDEBAR).18 However, digoxin may be a good initial choice for acute rate control in heart failure patients with AFib since the negative dromotropic effects of beta-blockers and nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers could induce decompensated heart failure.2 If patients start with low dose beta-blockers and digoxin in heart failure patients, as the beta-blocker dose is increased to therapeutic levels (doubled every two weeks until therapeutic doses are achieved) the digoxin level can be reduced.  

                 

                SIDEBAR: DIGOXIN IN AFIB: FRIEND OR FOE?

                Digoxin is the oldest medication used today in AFib, with records of its use as early as 1250 AD.21 Dr. William Withering first described its good and bad effects in 1785.22 Providers still prescribe it today; however, its use has decreased in the 21st century.23 In AFib, the multi-society guidelines recommend it as a rate control agent.2 The guidelines suggest using it with either beta-blockers or non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers or as a standalone medication if the other rate control options are not tolerated.2

                 

                Digoxin has a wide variety of adverse effects triggered by toxicity. These include arrhythmias, GI symptoms like anorexia, fatigue, and nausea, and central nervous system issues like mental status changes and visual disturbances.24 Elevated drug levels cause the most toxic effects, often triggered by drug interactions. Other antiarrhythmics like amiodarone, dronedarone, flecainide, non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers, propafenone, and quinidine may block P-glycoprotein and increase digoxin blood levels as a result.25,26 Antibiotics like macrolides and tetracyclines may have similar effects.25

                 

                According to reports, toxicity occurs in about 13 to 25 percent of digoxin patients.25 It happens more often with blood levels greater than 2.0 nanograms/milliliter.25 While providers may stop digoxin and provide supportive therapy in milder cases, severe cases require digoxin-specific antibody fragments (digoxin-fab).22 Derived from sheep, digoxin-fab is an intravenous medication that works in 30 to 45 minutes to reverse digoxin toxicity.27 According to reports, providers use it in about 20% of cases of digoxin toxicity.28

                 

                Other Rate Control Options

                The multi-society guidelines recommend amiodarone, dronedarone, and sotalol for rate control, but only in extreme circumstances. Providers sometimes order amiodarone as a last resort in a hospital setting. Still, it should be used sparingly due to its many drug interactions and adverse effect profile.2 Dronedarone has a chemical structure similar to amiodarone, except that it does not contain iodine, making it safer.10 However, the guidelines do not recommend its use in patients with heart failure or permanent AFib due to the risk of death.2,18 Sotalol is both a beta-blocker and a potassium-channel blocker that also exerts rhythm control properties.18 While it is a negative dromotropic agent, it can also prolong the QTc interval on the ECG, which may lead to a life-threatening arrhythmia called Torsade de Pointes.18

                 

                In Torsade de Pointes, the ventricles beat in a fast, irregular manner.29 Torsade de Pointes means “twisting of the points” in French. It refers to a characteristic twisting pattern of QRS complexes around the ECG baseline.29 QRS complexes are specific waves or deflections on the ECG, representing electrical activation of the ventricles.14 Symptoms of Torsade de Pointes may include dizziness, fainting, or palpitations, or it may not present with symptoms.29 The syndrome can be short-lived and self-limiting or life-threatening.29

                 

                RHYTHM CONTROL MEDICATIONS

                The Vaughan Williams classification system divides commonly prescribed rhythm control agents into two classes.10 Miles Vaughan Williams, a British pharmacologist and fellow at Hertford College in Oxford, created the classification system in 1970.30 Medications in Class Ic block sodium channels in the heart.10 Class III medications alter potassium channels.10 (see Table 2.)

                 

                Table 2. Rhythm Control Medications in AFib

                Agent Vaughan Williams

                Class

                Dose Notes
                Flecainide 1c 50-150 mg po q12h Not indicated in patients with structural heart disease* (may cause arrhythmias); pill-in-pocket dose: 300 mg
                Propafenone 1c 150-300 mg po q8h or 225-425 mg SR po q12h Weak calcium channel blocking and beta-blocking properties; not for use in patients with structural heart disease;* pill-in-pocket dose: 600 mg
                Amiodarone III 400-800 mg po daily for 3-4 weeks, then 100-400 mg daily Also has rate control action; toxicity and drug interactions a concern; IV dosing: 5-7 mg/kg up to 1500 mg every 24 hours
                Sotalol III 80-240 mg po q12h Also has beta-blocking action useful for rate control; requires dosing based on kidney function; potential for life-threatening arrhythmias
                Dofetilide III 125-500 mg po BID Strict dosing based on renal function, body size and age; started with patient in hospital on telemetry for 3 days
                Dronedarone III 400 mg po BID Contraindicated in patients with permanent AFib or decompensated heart failure
                ABBREVIATIONS: AFib = atrial fibrillation; BID = twice daily; IV = intravenous; SR = sustained release

                *Denotes heart failure, post-myocardial infarction, or left ventricular hypertrophy.

                 

                Flecainide

                Flecainide, a Class 1c agent, is effective in treating paroxysmal AFib in patients without heart disease.10 However, it can trigger other arrhythmias; the multi-society guidelines recommend ECG monitoring at initiation and dose changes.2 Providers should avoid flecainide in patients with structural heart disease or enlarged left ventricles.10 Given twice daily for chronic use, it also may serve as a “pill-in-pocket” option at a larger, loading dose to convert an AFib episode to normal sinus rhythm.10

                 

                Providers sometimes give patients “pill-in-pocket” prescriptions, which may be taken at the time of an acute AFib episode to return the heart rate to normal sinus rhythm.2 Typically, the approach is first tested under the supervision of a provider before the prescription is written for the patient. Providers instruct the patient to carry the dose with them and take it if and when symptoms occur.2

                 

                Propafenone

                Providers use propafenone, another Class 1c agent, in paroxysmal and sustained AFib.10 It blocks sodium channels and has weak calcium channel-blocking and beta-blocking properties.10 Like flecainide, it can cause arrhythmias, and the multi-society guidelines recommend ECG monitoring at initiation, dosing changes, and periodically during treatment.2 Providers prescribe propafenone every 8 to 12 hours as a chronic medication. They may prescribe larger doses in a “pill-in-pocket” approach to convert recent-onset AFib to normal sinus rhythm.10

                 

                Dofetilide

                Dofetilide is a Class III agent that blocks IKr, a key potassium channel in the heart.10 It limits the maximum frequency of electrical impulses without slowing conduction through the AV node.10 It can cause dangerous arrhythmias, including Torsade de Pointes.2 As a result, the multi-society guidelines recommend providers place patients under observation with ECG monitoring for three days when starting this medication.2 The initial period requires a hospitalization that lasts at least 12 hours after the patient converts to normal sinus rhythm.2 The guidelines indicate providers should monitor potassium and magnesium blood levels due to the risk of arrhythmia.2 Providers must dose dofetilide based on kidney function.10

                 

                Sotalol

                Sotalol, another Class III antiarrhythmic, is a beta-1 and beta-2 blocker.10 It prolongs the length of electrical impulses to control heart rhythm.10 Like dofetilide, it can cause dangerous arrhythmias, including Torsade de Pointes.2 The multi-society guidelines recommend three days of inpatient ECG monitoring for patients who start sotalol. The guidelines also suggest regular monitoring of potassium and magnesium levels.2 Providers must dose sotalol based on renal function.10

                 

                Amiodarone

                While amiodarone is more effective at preventing recurrent AFib episodes than sotalol, dotetilide, and dronedarone, the multi-society guidelines recommend these other options preferably for most patients, although it is a first line option (along with dofetilide) in heart failure.2 Amiodarone is a Class III drug that blocks both IKr and IKs potassium channels and exhibits rate control properties.10 It blocks sodium and calcium channels and displays antiadrenergic properties as well.10 The multi-society guidelines note that amiodarone has a long list of adverse effects and drug interactions, making it a poor choice for chronic therapy.2 The adverse effects include thyroid disorders (see SIDEBAR), lung toxicity, liver toxicity, photosensitivity, blue-green skin discoloration, corneal microdeposits, peripheral neuropathy, and the potential for Torsade de Pointes.16 However, the balance of IKr and IKs potassium channel blockade means it is less likely to cause Torsade de Pointes than Class III antiarrhythmics like dofetilide and sotalol.2 Amiodarone (like dronedarone) blocks many CYP P450 isoenzymes and P-glycoprotein. Notable drug interactions include atorvastatin, calcium-channel blockers, beta-blockers, digoxin, fluoroquinolone and macrolide antibiotics, phenytoin, simvastatin, and warfarin.35

                 

                SIDEBAR: THE TROUBLESOME ‘I’ IN AMIODARONE

                The antiarrhythmic amiodarone comprises 37% iodine (element ‘I’ on the periodic chart) by weight.31 The iodine content and the molecule's shape can cause problems for patients prone to thyroid disorders.31 Depending on the patient’s susceptibility, amiodarone may cause low thyroid, called hypothyroidism, or a high thyroid condition, called thyrotoxicosis.31

                 

                Each 200 mg of amiodarone contains 75 mg of iodine, with 7 mg of free iodine released when enzymes process the medicine.31 The free iodine is much more than the recommended daily requirement of 0.15-0.3 mg, which leads to iodine overload.31

                 

                Iodine is critical in creating and processing thyroid hormones T3 and T4. Excess iodine in patients may lead to an overproduction of thyroid hormone, especially in the short to moderate term. Thyrotoxicosis may also occur due to direct damage to the thyroid, which is called thyroiditis.33 The consequences of thyrotoxicosis may be severe, including arrhythmias.33 Treatment of thyrotoxicosis depends on its subtype but may include methimazole, prednisone, or propylthiouracil.31,34

                 

                With longer term use of amiodarone, the thyroid produces similar or slightly higher levels of T4 hormone but this T4 is shunted to reverse T3 (rT3) which is biologically inactive, instead of to T3 which is more potent than T4. It is this reduction in T3 that drives signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism in susceptible patients.31 The treatment of hypothyroidism is the use of levothyroxine, following guidelines for its use in low thyroid conditions.33 In cases in which providers stop amiodarone, thyroid function may return to normal.31

                 

                Dronedarone

                Like amiodarone, dronedarone is a Class III antiarrhythmic that blocks sodium and calcium channels and features beta-blocking properties.10 It resembles amiodarone in chemical structure but lacks iodine. The absence of iodine makes it safer, removing or reducing thyroid, lung, and liver effects.10 Dronedarone has shown modest benefits for patients with non-permanent AFib.10 It is contraindicated in permanent AFib or New York Heart Association Class III to IV heart failure.2,10,18

                 

                CONSIDERATIONS IN CHOICE OF RATE OR RHYTHM CONTROL

                Prescribers sometimes face difficult choices between rate control or rhythm control. Many factors affect the decision, including the patient’s clinical picture. How old is the patient? How severe are the symptoms? Does the patient have heart disease?

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: In what situations would prescribers use rate and rhythm control?

                 

                The goals of rate control include treating symptoms, preserving heart function, and improving quality of life.18 Providers prefer this strategy in older patients (age greater than 80 years) with no or mild symptoms.18 Rate control also may be the only option if rhythm control fails or the risks of it outweigh the benefits.18 Finally, rate control is more cost-effective due to the medications' wide availability and low cost.36

                 

                However, the correct degree of rate control has been debated. Previous sources have recommended a goal ventricular rate of less than 80 bpm at rest in symptomatic patients, but newer recommendations suggest a more lenient approach of less than 110 bpm.2 A recent study showed no difference in outcomes with the more lenient strategy, which the multi-society guidelines currently favor.2,37 As a general rule, all AFib patients should have a ventricular rate less than 110 bpm; those who can tolerate lower heart rates should get the opportunity to see if this reduces their hemodynamic symptoms during AFib. Once a patient’s ventricular rate is below 80 bpm though, further heart rate reductions are unlikely to provide additional value and they should consider a rhythm control strategy.

                 

                Rhythm control is preferred in most cases, even though it hasn’t shown an advantage over rate control in risk of death.1,10 It prevents stroke and improves quality of life but might increase the risk of hospitalization, especially due to ventricular arrhythmias such as Torsade de Pointes.38,39 Rhythm control is also the best option in patients with a recent diagnosis and in the case of AFib combined with heart failure.2 It reduces symptoms and slows disease progress from paroxysmal AFib to more sustained forms of the arrhythmia.2 Remember that rhythm control medication is overlaid upon rate control medication, one does not replace the other.

                 

                ANTICOAGULANTS

                To reduce the risk of stroke in patients with AFib, the multi-society guidelines recommend the use of anticoagulation in select cases.2 Determining the need for anticoagulation involves a risk assessment using a scoring system – the CHA2D2-Vasc (see Table 3).2 In men, a score of 0 indicates low risk, 1 low-moderate risk, and 2 or more is moderate-high risk.1 In women, a score of 0 or 1 is low risk, a score of 2 is low-moderate risk, and a score of 3 or more is moderate-high risk.2 Providers should start anticoagulation in patients with moderate-high risk and consider it in patients with low-moderate risk.1 When uncertain about whether the benefits of anticoagulation are greater than the risk of bleeding, providers may use the HAS-BLED scoring system; however, the multi-society guidelines indicate it should not replace clinical judgment.2 HAS-BLED considers age, renal and kidney function, stroke history, and other factors to determine the risk of bleeding events with anticoagulation.40

                 

                Table 3. CHA2DS2-VASc Scoring Considerations

                Condition Score
                Congestive Heart Failure 1
                Hypertension 1
                Age > 75 2
                Diabetes 1
                Stroke/TIA 2
                Vascular Disease 1
                Age 65-74 1
                Sex category (female sex) 1

                 

                Providers prescribe direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) and warfarin for anticoagulation (see Table 4).1,2 In patients with AFib and no signs of stroke, providers should start anticoagulation immediately.2 The standard for patients with a transient ischemic attack or stroke is the “1-3-6-12” rule. Providers should start anticoagulation in 1 day after a transient ischemic attack and 3, 6, and 12 days after mild, moderate, or severe strokes, respectively.41 This is because there is an increased risk of cerebral bleeding after a stroke for a short period of time and anticoagulation would exacerbate it.

                 

                Table 4. Anticoagulants

                Class Agents Dosing Notes
                Vitamin K antagonists Warfarin Dependent on INR Frequent monitoring and dosing changes; drug and food interactions; required anticoagulant if patient has mitral stenosis or mechanical valves
                Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) Apixaban 5 mg po BID Renal dosing: 2.5 mg po BID in patients with > 2 of the following: age > 80 yr, body weight < 60 kg, creatinine level > 1.5 mg/dl
                Dabigatran 150 mg po BID Renal dosing: 75 mg po BID in patients with CrCl of 15-30 mL/min
                Edoxaban 60 mg po daily Renal dosing: 30 mg po daily in patients with CrCl of 15-50 mL/min
                Rivaroxaban 20 mg po daily Take with food; renal dosing: 15 mg po daily in patients with CrCl of 15-50 mL/min
                ABBREVIATIONS: BID = twice daily; CrCl = creatinine clearance; DOACs = direct oral anticoagulants; INR = international normalized ratio

                 

                DOACs

                In most cases, providers prescribe DOACs, including apixaban, dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban.2 Studies show that each is equal to, if not superior to, warfarin in preventing stroke and has less bleeding.2 DOACs have fewer drug and food adverse effects, cost more than warfarin, but do not have INR laboratory costs. Dabigatran binds to thrombin (Factor IIa) in the coagulation cascade, and prevents it from activating coagulation factors.42 Apixaban, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban are Factor Xa inhibitors and prevent the cleavage of prothrombin to thrombin.43-45

                 

                Warfarin

                Warfarin is a Vitamin K antagonist.2 Researchers believe it competitively inhibits the vitamin K epoxide reductase complex 1 (VKORC1), which is important for activating Vitamin K in the body.46 Without active Vitamin K, Factors VII, IX, X, and II cannot be activated. Warfarin has long been a standard of anticoagulant therapy, although its many drug and food interactions and the need for regular monitoring make its use challenging for clinicians and patients alike.2 However, providers still use warfarin for the treatment of AFib in patients with mechanical heart valves or mitral stenosis.2 The goal international normalized ratio (INR) for AFib is 2.0 to 3.0 in most cases, except in the presence of certain mechanical heart valves where the INR is 2.5 to 3.5.10

                 

                CONSIDERATIONS IN THE SELECTION OF ANTICOAGULANTS

                The choice of anticoagulant depends on several factors. Despite their high costs, the multi-society guidelines consider DOACs first-line therapy due to their advantages over warfarin.2 Compared to warfarin, DOACs have lower bleeding risks, fewer drug and food interactions, no dietary restrictions, and require less therapeutic monitoring.2 Providers must adjust DOACs based on renal function.2 However, warfarin is the only anticoagulant indicated for patients with mitral stenosis or mechanical heart valves.2 Multi-society guidelines do not recommend antiplatelet drugs such as aspirin or P2Y12 inhibitors as a substitute for anticoagulants in treating AFib.2

                In patients with both AFib and coronary artery disease, the use of an oral anticoagulant can be used alone to treat both. If the patient requires dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT), after an acute coronary syndrome or the use of a drug eluting stent, but also has AFib, there is a new recommendation. Instead of 6-12 months of DAPT plus an anticoagulant, they recommend a single month of triple therapy, and then 5 months of the P2Y12 inhibitor + oral anticoagulant followed by the oral anticoagulant alone.

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: What are the recommendations for reversing anticoagulation with warfarin and DOACs?

                 

                Providers must also consider reversal of anticoagulation in the case of bleeding. Removal of the offending drug works in some cases, but providers have options in life-threatening instances. They may reverse warfarin by administering Vitamin K and 4-factor proprotein complex concentrate (PCC) in an acute setting.2 Reversal of DOACs occurs in only 2% to 4% of cases.2 Providers reverse dabigatran using idarucizumab.2 Andexanet-α reverses apixaban, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban.2 Providers administer PCC, idarucizumab, and andexanet-α intravenously.

                 

                NONPHARMACOLOGIC INTERVENTIONS

                Electrical Cardioversion

                Providers may attempt electrical cardioversion in emergencies or when medications fail to treat AFib adequately.2 The procedure is completed in an outpatient facility. Providers place electrode pads on the patient’s chest and back and connect them to a cardioversion machine.47 The patient receives anesthesia, and providers administer a high-voltage shock. The shock resets the heart to its normal sinus rhythm. Providers monitor patients for several hours and then patients may go home if they experience no complications.47

                The multi-society guidelines recommend anticoagulation therapy three weeks before and four weeks after electrical cardioversion if AFib has been present for more than 48 hours (or an unknown period).2 The anticoagulant reduces the risk that a clot may be formed during or after the procedure that can be dislodged and cause medical problems.48 Even after the AFib is shocked to normal sinus rhythm, it takes a few weeks for the atria to fully start contracting normally again.

                 

                Catheter Ablation

                Catheter ablation involves the insertion of small tubes directed through the veins to the heart. The ends of the tubes contain electrodes that damage the diseased heart tissue that is causing abnormal electrical pulses.49 Heat (radiofrequency ablation) or cold (cryoablation) from the electrodes destroy the tissue.50 As a result, ectopic foci or re-entry circuits are eliminated, and normal electrical conduction resumes. Young, healthy patients are good candidates for catheter ablation and the procedure is much more effective in patients with paroxysmal AFib.10 The multi-society guidelines recommend catheter abation when antiarrhythmic therapy is ineffective, not tolerated, or non-preferred.2 Catheter ablation can be curative of AFib in 70% of cases but may take as many as three attempts to fully resolve the arrhythmia.10 Providers should continue anticoagulation during and after the procedure unless it is clear that the procedure was curative months down the line.2

                 

                Watchman LAA Device and AtriClip

                In patients who require anticoagulation, but the risk of bleeding outpaces the potential benefits, there are devices that occlude the left atrial appendage (LAA, the pouch on the left atria where most of the clots form in AFib). The Watchman LAA device is placed inside the atria and then opens like an umbrella to block off the LAA. The AtriClip is a clamp that is applied to close off the LAA from the outside of the heart during open heart surgery. In this case, the clots still form in the LAA but cannot get out in the circulation. If a patient is having nonadherence to oral anticoagulation due to bleeding, this is a potential option that a pharmacist could recommend a patient discuss with their cardiologist.

                 

                TREATMENT IN THE ACUTE SETTING

                Providers in an acute setting order beta-blockers or non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers as the first-line treatment.2 If ineffective, digoxin is the next choice. Amiodarone is also an option, but only if the previous treatments fail. Providers should not use dilTIAZem and verapamil in patients with poor left ventricular function or heart failure.2

                 

                Providers may attempt electrical or pharmacologic cardioversion in the acute setting, especially in unstable patients.2 Providers use one of three intravenous medications in pharmacologic conversion. The multi-society guidelines recommend ordering ibutilide if patients do not have reduced ventricular function or risk for Torsade de Pointes.2 Ibutilide is a Class III antiarrhythmic available only in an intravenous form that quickly restores normal sinus rhythm.10 Providers may also order amiodarone; however, converting to sinus rhythm takes longer than other antiarrhythmics (8 to 12 hours).2 The multi-society guidelines suggest procainamide as another option.2 It is a Class 1a antiarrhythmic that quickly restores normal sinus rhythm; however, the multi-society guidelines discourage its long-term use due to its many adverse effects.2,10 Procainamide may cause low blood pressure, nausea, vomiting, and a Lupus-like syndrome.10 Providers should avoid using it in patients with heart failure, and it can prolong the QTc interval, potentially leading to Torsade de Pointes.10

                 

                LIFESTYLE MODIFICATIONS

                The multi-society guidelines recommend lifestyle modifications for patients with factors that may influence the disease course.2 Providers should recommend weight loss in overweight and obese patients and moderate to vigorous exercise for all AFib patients. The guidelines also recommend screening for sleep apnea with appropriate treatment if it is found. Finally, providers should counsel patients to reduce or eliminate alcohol and tobacco use.2

                 

                AFIB AND HEART FAILURE

                Several factors complicate the management of AFib in the presence of heart failure.2 Providers should consider the degree of left ventricular dysfunction, which determines the type of heart failure and limits the choice of antiarrhythmic.2,51

                 

                The multi-society guidelines recommend rhythm control over rate control in AFib with heart failure.2 However, the multi-society guidelines recommend against certain rhythm control agents—namely, flecainide, dronedarone, and propafenone—in patients with heart failure.2 Digoxin may be an appropriate choice for rate control, as it has a role in treating both diseases while non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers should not be used.2 Beta-blockers can be used, and actually provide enhanced survival in heart failure patients, but need to be started with low doses and then slowly titrated up to therapeutic doses.

                 

                Besides treating AFib, an evaluation of the patient should reveal whether their profile meets guideline-directed medical therapy for heart failure.2 In the case of heart failure with reduced ejection fraction, this includes one of three approved beta-blockers: bisoprolol, metoprolol, or carvedilol.51 It also includes mineralocorticoid antagonists like spironolactone, a sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitor, and either an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, angiotensin II receptor blocker, or sacubitril/valsartan.51

                 

                DIGITAL HEALTH AND AFIB

                Smartphones, smartwatches, and handheld devices show promise for uncovering asymptomatic AFib.52 In approximately one-quarter of patients with asymptomatic disease, providers do not discover AFib until patients suffer a stroke.53 In recent years, smart devices have provided a solution – ECG monitors. The devices use a technology called photoplethysmography (PPG) sensor technology.52 Reflected light from the device measures changes in blood flow from the irregular heart rate.52

                 

                Specific versions of the Apple Watch, the Garmin Venu, and the Samsung Galaxy all use PPG technology to look for irregular heart rhythms.52 Fitbit also has PPG capabilities in its Charge and Sense models.52 A meta-analysis showed that smartphones detect AFib with a sensitivity of 94% and a specificity of 96%.54 Sensitivity means that if a patient is having AFib, the device will detect it 94% of the time. Specificity means that in 4% of cases, when AFib is found, it is due to something other than AFib. PPG technology is equally as effective at detecting AFib as a single-lead ECG.54 Another meta-analysis confirmed that smartwatches were not inferior to medical-grade devices.55

                 

                Some limitations of using smart devices in ECG monitoring include the potential for false positives, disparities in access, and the possibility patients will overload providers with consumer data. ECG monitors may incorrectly indicate positives, especially for young, healthy patients.53 AFib patients older than 65 with a low educational and socioeconomic status often do not own smart devices.56 Experts also worry about the possibility of consumer data overwhelming the overworked healthcare system.52

                 

                Investigators are examining the possibility that mobile ECG monitoring can reduce stroke risk?52. A large initial trial of 75-year-old patients using a Zenicor-ECG device twice daily for two weeks revealed a small but significant reduction in endpoints, which included strokes, at five-year follow-up.57

                 

                Application stores feature digital apps to help manage AFib.58 The apps allow patients to record appointments, feelings, symptoms, and questions for their doctors, among other things. App quality varies, and providers should advise patients to check ratings and reviews and provide recommendations.58

                 

                PHARMACY TEAM IMPACT ON AFIB MANAGEMENT

                Nearly 90% of Americans live within five miles of a community pharmacy.59 That fact makes pharmacists one of the most accessible healthcare providers.60 Pharmacists and technicians can leverage their familiarity with their customers in several ways.

                 

                For pharmacists, managing and monitoring anticoagulation is the most obvious intervention that can improve outcomes. Providers and administrators often ask pharmacists to dose INRs for warfarin patients in clinics, hospitals, and outpatient settings. Pharmacists may monitor for bleeding complications, both with warfarin and DOACs.

                 

                Pharmacist medication review activities may catch meaningful drug-drug and drug-food interactions in AFib patients. Pharmacists can also monitor for the toxic effects of medications like digoxin and amiodarone and report any observations to providers. Even common agents like beta-blockers and calcium channel blockers may cause troublesome interactions in patients with complicated clinical pictures. Pharmacists may catch these problems and intervene with the prescriber.

                 

                Pharmacists can collaborate with pharmacy technicians to improve patient adherence to medications. While technicians may coordinate the adherence programs, pharmacists counsel patients on the importance of following providers’ medication orders and communicate nonadherence to the prescriber.

                 

                Pharmacists also may counsel patients on lifestyle modifications. If a pharmacy has a smoking cessation program, for example, the pharmacist may refer AFib patients to it. The pharmacist may also counsel on the need for weight loss or exercise and help the patient set goals.

                 

                Finally, the advent of portable ECG monitors allows pharmacists to set up screening programs for asymptomatic or suspected AFib. The AliveCor KardiaMobile is a single-lead ECG that connects through a smartphone. Pharmacists may use it to collect ECGs and triage patients. A cardiologist then confirms any positive result and refers the patient for treatment.61

                 

                Pharmacy technicians may also help manage AFib. Technicians often coordinate medication adherence programs, such as automated refill reminders, medication synchronization, and compliance packaging. Pharmacy technicians can then inform the pharmacist of cases of nonadherence.

                 

                Technicians may also coordinate filling pill-in-pocket prescriptions for medications like flecainide or propafenone. They can also use TALLman lettering for sound-alike look-alike medications and place dosing labels on shelving for narrow therapeutic index medications like warfarin or digoxin.20

                 

                Finally, technicians can inform pharmacists when AFib patients try to purchase inappropriate over-the-counter or herbal medications. Decongestants like pseudoephedrine can increase heart rate, and herbals like St. John's wort and hawthorn can interact with antiarrhythmics.62,63 Medications like non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications, aspirin, and herbals like vitamin E supplements, ginseng, and ginkgo biloba may interfere with anticoagulation.62,631

                 

                Finally, pharmacies can foster knowledge and understanding of the disease by hosting community events in coordination with local healthcare providers. For example, a pharmacy could hold an event during AFib awareness month in September. Pharmacy staff could invite representatives from local clinics and cardiologists’ offices.

                 

                CONCLUSION

                AFib is the most common type of heart rhythm disorder or arrhythmia, and its incidence and prevalence continue to grow as the population ages. Goals for AFib patients include prevention of stroke, control of heart failure symptoms, and improvement in quality of life. Rate and rhythm control antiarrhythmics can treat AFib. The rate control strategies help with symptoms by controlling the ventricular rate. Rhythm control medications restore the normal sinus rhythm, but providers must carefully choose and monitor them due to their side effects and contraindications. Providers prefer rhythm control agents in many patients due to their ability to reduce the risk of stroke and improve quality of life. Anticoagulation is indicated in cases of higher stroke risk; providers should choose DOACs over warfarin in most cases, except for patients with mitral stenosis or mechanical heart valves.

                 

                Beta-blockers and calcium channel blockers are the first choices in the acute setting, followed by digoxin. Providers have limited options in both rate and rhythm control in patients with heart failure. Beta-blockers, digoxin, dofetilide, sotalol, and amiodarone provide options. Pharmacists can play essential roles in managing and monitoring anticoagulation, performing drug use reviews and adherence monitoring, and screening patients for asymptomatic cases. Pharmacy technicians can aid pharmacists by coordinating adherence mechanisms, filling pill-in-pocket refills, and notifying the pharmacist of patients' improper OTC or herbal selections.

                 

                Now let’s return to our patient case. Dan’s uncontrolled AFib requires a quick call to his cardiologist, who suggests he go to a local emergency room for examination. The pharmacy staff offers to put his apixaban, flecainide, and other medications on a medication synchronization program with refill reminders. They also suggest that he invest in a digital device that monitors ECG. He promises to go straight to the emergency room.

                Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                Pharmacist Post-Test
                After completing this education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                1. Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
                2. Discuss pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for atrial fibrillation
                3. Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
                4. Identify interventions that could improve outcomes in atrial fibrillation patients

                1. What symptoms do patients experience from the heart's abnormal or irregular electrical activity that is seen in atrial fibrillation?
                A. slow heart rate
                B. fast heart rate
                C. fewer clots

                2. What is the type of atrial fibrillation that recurs and persists, requiring intervention with medications or procedures?
                A. persistent
                B. paroxysmal
                C. permanent

                3. Beta-blockers and non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers like dilTIAZem and verapamil are first-line rate control medications for atrial fibrillation. If they fail or are contraindicated, what is the next best choice for rate control?
                A. digoxin
                B. flecainide
                C. amlodipine

                4. Which Class III antiarrhythmic blocks a key potassium channel and requires 3 days of observation with ECG monitoring when it is started?
                A. flecainide
                B. propafenone
                C. dofetilide

                5. What Class III antiarrhythmic is considered a last resort despite its rate and rhythm-control properties due to its drug interactions and adverse effects, including triggering thyroid disease?
                A. metoprolol succinate
                B. dronedarone
                C. amiodarone

                6. What does the CHA2D2-VASc scoring system measure?
                A. Risk of heart failure with atrial fibrillation
                B. Proper starting dose of warfarin
                C. Risk of stroke in atrial fibrillation

                7. You are a pharmacist dosing and monitoring warfarin in an anticoagulation clinic. Alfred Pennington arrives for his international normalized ratio (INR) test and warfarin dosing adjustment. You notice that he has atrial fibrillation, but he does not have mitral stenosis or mechanical heart valves. What is the next step?
                A. Contact his provider and suggest switching to a DOAC like apixaban
                B. Do nothing special; check his INR and change the dose if necessary
                C. Counsel Alfred on the drug and food interactions with warfarin without calling his provider

                8. Which of the following is an advantage of direct oral anticoagulants over warfarin in atrial fibrillation patients?
                A. fewer drug and food interactions
                B. lower cost
                C. more therapeutic monitoring

                9. Which medication quickly restores normal sinus rhythm during a pharmacological cardioversion in the acute setting?
                A. Digoxin
                B. Ibutilide
                C. Verapamil

                10. Judy James is in the pharmacy to pick up her prescription for Verapamil when she asks for the pharmacist. She states that she has been feeling nauseated (nauseous?) and fatigued lately and that her vision “isn’t right.” You check her profile and note that she is an atrial fibrillation patient who is also on digoxin. What do you do next?
                A. You tell her to discontinue the digoxin as it may be causing an interaction with the verapamil.
                B. Since you suspect digoxin toxicity, you call Judy’s provider and suggest that they do a digoxin level test (?)
                C. You tell Judy that these are normal side effects of her medications and that she shouldn’t worry about them

                Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                Pharmacy Technician Post-Test
                After completing this education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
                1. Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
                2. Discuss pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment options for atrial fibrillation
                3. Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
                4. Identify programs designed to promote medication adherence in patients with atrial fibrillation
                1. What symptoms do patients experience from the heart's abnormal or irregular electrical activity that is seen in atrial fibrillation?
                A. slow heart rate
                B. fast heart rate
                C. fewer clots

                2. What is the type of atrial fibrillation that recurs and persists, requiring intervention with medications or procedures?
                A. persistent
                B. paroxysmal
                C. permanent

                3. Beta-blockers and non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers like dilTIAZem and verapamil are first-line rate control medications for atrial fibrillation. If they fail or are contraindicated, what is the next best choice for rate control?
                A. digoxin
                B. flecainide
                C. amlodipine

                4. Which Class III antiarrhythmic blocks a key potassium channel and requires 3 days of observation with ECG monitoring when it is started?
                A. flecainide
                B. propafenone
                C. dofetilide

                5. What Class III antiarrhythmic is considered a last resort due to its drug interactions and adverse effects, including triggering thyroid disease?
                A. metoprolol succinate
                B. dronedarone
                C. amiodarone

                6. What does the CHA2D2-VASc scoring system measure?
                A. Risk of heart failure with atrial fibrillation
                B. Proper starting dose of warfarin
                C. Risk of stroke in atrial fibrillation

                7. Wayne Peters comes to the pharmacy counter to pick up his prescription for apixaban. You know that Wayne has had problems with atrial fibrillation in the past, and the pharmacist has told you that apixaban reduces his risk of stroke. Wayne mentions that he occasionally forgets to take the second dose of apixaban. What can you suggest to help him remember?
                A. Ask his wife to remind him to take his second daily dose
                B. Suggest he enroll in the pharmacy’s compliance packaging system
                C. Tell him to set a reminder on his phone

                8. Which of the following is an advantage of direct oral anticoagulants over warfarin in atrial fibrillation patients?
                A. fewer drug and food interactions
                B. lower cost
                C. more therapeutic monitoring
                9. Which medication quickly restores normal sinus rhythm during a pharmacological cardioversion in the acute setting?
                A. Digoxin
                B. Ibutilide
                C. Verapamil

                10. You are coordinating the week’s medication synchronization patients, and you notice that John Denner’s dofetilide is not synced with his other medications. The pharmacist has told you he has both atrial fibrillation and heart failure. The pharmacist said the dofetilide controls his heart rhythm and prevents his heart failure from worsening. What is the next step?
                A. Coordinate with the pharmacist on next steps to determine if he should be taking the medication
                B. Assume he should be on the dofetilide and sync with his other medications
                C. Assume the medication has been discontinued and don’t include it in the sync

                References

                Full List of References

                REFERENCES

                  1. Nesheiwat Z, Goyal A, Jagtap M. Atrial Fibrillation. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; April 26, 2023.
                  2. Joglar JA, Chung MK, Armbruster AL, et al. 2023 ACC/AHA/ACCP/HRS Guideline for the Diagnosis and Management of Atrial Fibrillation: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Joint Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines [published correction appears in Circulation. 2024 Jan 2;149(1):e167. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001207] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2024 Feb 27;149(9):e936. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001218] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2024 Jun 11;149(24):e1413. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001263]. Circulation. 2024;149(1):e1-e156. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000001193
                  3. Kannel WB, Benjamin EJ. Current perceptions of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation. Cardiol Clin. 2009;27(1):13-vii. doi:10.1016/j.ccl.2008.09.015
                  4. Achkasov E, Bondarev S, Smirnov V, et al. Atrial Fibrillation in Athletes-Features of Development, Current Approaches to the Treatment, and Prevention of Complications. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(24):4890. Published 2019 Dec 4. doi:10.3390/ijerph16244890
                  5. Molina L, Mont L, Marrugat J, et al. Long-term endurance sport practice increases the incidence of lone atrial fibrillation in men: a follow-up study. Europace. 2008;10(5):618-623. doi:10.1093/europace/eun071
                  6. Baldesberger S, Bauersfeld U, Candinas R, et al. Sinus node disease and arrhythmias in the long-term follow-up of former professional cyclists. Eur Heart J. 2008;29(1):71-78. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehm555
                  7. Rao P, Shipon D. American College of Cardiology. Latest in Cardiology: Atrial Fibrillation in Competitive Athletes. Accessed 9/9/2024. https://www.acc.org/Latest-in-Cardiology/Articles/2019/08/16/08/20/Atrial-Fibrillation-in-Competitive-Athletes
                  8. Bondarev, S.A. Drug correction of a pathological sports heart. Therapeutist 2018, 5, 36–43.
                  9. Wheeler MT, Heidenreich PA, Froelicher VF, Hlatky MA, Ashley EA. Cost-effectiveness of preparticipation screening for prevention of sudden cardiac death in young athletes. Ann Intern Med. 2010;152(5):276-286. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-152-5-201003020-00005
                  10. Al-Khatib SM. Atrial Fibrillation [published correction appears in Ann Intern Med. 2023 Sep;176(9):1288. doi: 10.7326/L23-0291]. Ann Intern Med. 2023;176(7):ITC97-ITC112. doi:10.7326/AITC202307180
                  11. What is Afib? John Hopkins Medicine. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/conditions-and-diseases/atrial-fibrillation
                  12. Brundel BJJM, Ai X, Hills MT, Kuipers MF, Lip GYH, de Groot NMS. Atrial fibrillation. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2022;8(1):21. Published 2022 Apr 7. doi:10.1038/s41572-022-00347-9
                  13. Heart Conduction System (Cardiac Conduction). Cleveland Clinic. Accessed 9/11/2024. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/body/21648-heart-conduction-system
                  14. Priest BT, McDermott JS. Cardiac ion channels. Channels (Austin). 2015;9(6):352-359. doi:10.1080/19336950.2015.1076597
                  15. Zimetbaum P, Goldman A. Ambulatory arrhythmia monitoring: choosing the right device. Circulation. 2010;122(16):1629-1636. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.109.925610
                  16. Electrocardiogram. John Hopkins Medicine. Accessed 9/27/2024. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/treatment-tests-and-therapies/electrocardiogram
                  17. ECG Interpretation: Characteristics of the Normal ECG (P-wave, QRS complex, ST segment, T-wavve) EKG and ECHO Learning. Accessed 9/12/2024 https://ecgwaves.com/topic/ecg-normal-p-wave-qrs-complex-st-segment-t-wave-j-point/
                  18. Alobaida M, Alrumayh A. Rate control strategies for atrial fibrillation. Ann Med. 2021;53(1):682-692. doi:10.1080/07853890.2021.1930137
                  19. Tucker WD, Sankar P, Theetha Kariyanna P. Selective Beta-1 Blockers. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; January 30, 2023.
                  20. FDA and ISMP Lists of Look-Alike Drug Names with Recommended Tall Man Letters. Institute for Safe Medication Practices. Accessed 9/12/24. https://www.ismp.org/sites/default/files/attachments/2017-11/tallmanletters.pdf
                  21. Khandelwal R, Vagha JD, Meshram RJ, Patel A. A Comprehensive Review on Unveiling the Journey of Digoxin: Past, Present, and Future Perspectives. Cureus. 2024;16(3):e56755. Published 2024 Mar 23. doi:10.7759/cureus.56755
                  22. Crane AD, Militello M, Faulx MD. Digoxin is still useful, but is still causing toxicity. Cleve Clin J Med. 2024;91(8):489-499. Published 2024 Aug 1. doi:10.3949/ccjm.91a.23105
                  23. Angraal S, Nuti SV, Masoudi FA, et al. Digoxin Use and Associated Adverse Events Among Older Adults. Am J Med. 2019;132(10):1191-1198. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2019.04.022
                  24. Beller GA, Smith TW, Abelmann WH, Haber E, Hood WB Jr. Digitalis intoxication. A prospective clinical study with serum level correlations. N Engl J Med. 1971;284(18):989-997. doi:10.1056/NEJM197105062841801
                  25. Smith TW, Antman EM, Friedman PL, Blatt CM, Marsh JD. Digitalis glycosides: mechanisms and manifestations of toxicity. Part I. Prog Cardiovasc Dis. 1984;26(5):413-458. doi:10.1016/0033-0620(84)90012-4
                  26. Fromm MF, Kim RB, Stein CM, Wilkinson GR, Roden DM. Inhibition of P-glycoprotein-mediated drug transport: A unifying mechanism to explain the interaction between digoxin and quinidine [seecomments]. Circulation. 1999;99(4):552-557. doi:10.1161/01.cir.99.4.552
                  27. Chan BS, Buckley NA. Digoxin-specific antibody fragments in the treatment of digoxin toxicity. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2014;52(8):824-836. doi:10.3109/15563650.2014.943907
                  28. Hauptman PJ, Blume SW, Lewis EF, Ward S. Digoxin Toxicity and Use of Digoxin Immune Fab: Insights From a National Hospital Database. JACC Heart Fail. 2016;4(5):357-364. doi:10.1016/j.jchf.2016.01.011
                  29. Cohagan B, Brandis D. Torsade de Pointes. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; August 8, 2023.
                  30. Edward Miles Vaughan Williams. Royal College of Physicians. Accesssed 9/12/2024. https://history.rcplondon.ac.uk/inspiring-physicians/edward-miles-vaughan-williams
                  31. Ylli D, Wartofsky L, Burman KD. Evaluation and Treatment of Amiodarone-Induced Thyroid Disorders. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2021;106(1):226-236. doi:10.1210/clinem/dgaa686
                  32. Cohen-Lehman J, Dahl P, Danzi S, Klein I. Effects of amiodarone therapy on thyroid function. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2010;6(1):34-41. doi:10.1038/nrendo.2009.225
                  33. Jonklaas J, Bianco AC, Bauer AJ, et al. Guidelines for the treatment of hypothyroidism: prepared by the american thyroid association task force on thyroid hormone replacement. Thyroid. 2014;24(12):1670-1751. doi:10.1089/thy.2014.0028
                  34. Bogazzi F, Tomisti L, Rossi G, et al. Glucocorticoids are preferable to thionamides as first-line treatment for amiodarone-induced thyrotoxicosis due to destructive thyroiditis: a matched retrospective cohort study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2009;94(10):3757-3762. doi:10.1210/jc.2009-0940
                  35. Cordarone. Prescribing Information. Pfzier Wyeth Pharmaceuticals Inc. Accessed 9/11/2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2018/018972s054lbl.pdf
                  36. Perez A, Touchette DR, DiDomenico RJ, Stamos TD, Walton SM. Comparison of rate control versus rhythm control for management of atrial fibrillation in patients with coexisting heart failure: a cost-effectiveness analysis. Pharmacotherapy. 2011;31(6):552-565. doi:10.1592/phco.31.6.552
                  37. Smit MD, Crijns HJ, Tijssen JG, et al. Effect of lenient versus strict rate control on cardiac remodeling in patients with atrial fibrillation data of the RACE II (RAte Control Efficacy in permanent atrial fibrillation II) study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2011;58(9):942-949. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2011.04.030
                  38. Tsadok MA, Jackevicius CA, Essebag V, et al. Rhythm versus rate control therapy and subsequent stroke or transient ischemic attack in patients with atrial fibrillation. Circulation. 2012;126(23):2680-2687. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.112.092494
                  39. Ha AC, Breithardt G, Camm AJ, et al. Health-related quality of life in patients with atrial fibrillation treated with rhythm control versus rate control: insights from a prospective international registry (Registry on Cardiac Rhythm Disorders Assessing the Control of Atrial Fibrillation: RECORD-AF). Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7(6):896-904. doi:10.1161/HCQ.0000000000000011
                  40. Gorman EW, Perkel D, Dennis D, Yates J, Heidel RE, Wortham D. Validation Of The HAS-BLED Tool In Atrial Fibrillation Patients Receiving Rivaroxaban. J Atr Fibrillation. 2016;9(2):1461. Published 2016 Aug 31. doi:10.4022/jafib.1461
                  41. Fischer U, Koga M, Strbian D, et al. Early versus Later Anticoagulation for Stroke with Atrial Fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2023;388(26):2411-2421. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2303048
                  42. Pradaxa. Prescribing Information. Boehringer-Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://content.boehringer-ingelheim.com/DAM/c669f898-0c4e-45a2-ba55-af1e011fdf63/pradaxa%20capsules-us-pi.pdf
                  43. Eliquis. Prescribing Information. Bristol-Myers Squibb. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_eliquis.pdf
                  44. Savaysa. Prescribing Information. Daiichi Sankyo, Inc. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://daiichisankyo.us/prescribing-information-portlet/getPIContent?productName=Savaysa&inline=true
                  45. Xarelto. Prescribing Information. Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://www.janssenlabels.com/package-insert/product-monograph/prescribing-informatio.RELTO-pi.pdf
                  46. Coumadin. Prescribing Information. Bristol-Myers Squibb. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2011/009218s107lbl.pdf
                  47. Electrical Cardioversion. John Hopkins Medicine. Accessed 9/11/2024. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/treatment-tests-and-therapies/electrical-cardioversion
                  48. Lucà F, Giubilato S, Di Fusco SA, et al. Anticoagulation in Atrial Fibrillation Cardioversion: What Is Crucial to Take into Account. J Clin Med. 2021;10(15):3212. Published 2021 Jul 21. doi:10.3390/jcm10153212
                  49. Ghzally Y, Ahmed I, Gerasimon G. Catheter Ablation. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; July 30, 2023.
                  50. Catheter Ablation. Cleveland Clinic. Accessed 9/12/2024. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/treatments/16851-catheter-ablation
                  51. Heidenreich PA, Bozkurt B, Aguilar D, et al. 2022 AHA/ACC/HFSA Guideline for the Management of Heart Failure: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Joint Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines [published correction appears in Circulation. 2022 May 3;145(18):e1033. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001073] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2022 Sep 27;146(13):e185. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001097] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2023 Apr 4;147(14):e674. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001142]. Circulation. 2022;145(18):e895-e1032. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000001063
                  52. Mohamoud A, Jensen J, Buda KG. Consumer-grade wearable cardiac monitors: What they do well, and what needs work. Cleve Clin J Med. 2024;91(1):23-29. Published 2024 Jan 2. doi:10.3949/ccjm.91a.23030
                  53. Jaakkola J, Mustonen P, Kiviniemi T, et al. Stroke as the First Manifestation of Atrial Fibrillation. PLoS One. 2016;11(12):e0168010. Published 2016 Dec 9. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0168010
                  54. Prasitlumkum N, Cheungpasitporn W, Chokesuwattanaskul A, et al. Diagnostic accuracy of smart gadgets/wearable devices in detecting atrial fibrillation: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Arch Cardiovasc Dis. 2021;114(1):4-16. doi:10.1016/j.acvd.2020.05.015
                  55. Elbey MA, Young D, Kanuri SH, et al. Diagnostic Utility of Smartwatch Technology for Atrial Fibrillation Detection - A Systematic Analysis. J Atr Fibrillation. 2021;13(6):20200446. Published 2021 Apr 30. doi:10.4022/jafib.20200446
                  56. Dhingra LS, Aminorroaya A, Oikonomou EK, et al. Use of Wearable Devices in Individuals With or at Risk for Cardiovascular Disease in the US, 2019 to 2020. JAMA Netw Open. 2023;6(6):e2316634. Published 2023 Jun 1. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.16634
                  57. Svennberg E, Friberg L, Frykman V, Al-Khalili F, Engdahl J, Rosenqvist M. Clinical outcomes in systematic screening for atrial fibrillation (STROKESTOP): a multicentre, parallel group, unmasked, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2021;398(10310):1498-1506. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(21)01637-8
                  58. Turchioe MR, Jimenez V, Isaac S, Alshalabi M, Slotwiner D, Creber RM. Review of mobile applications for the detection and management of atrial fibrillation [published correction appears in Heart Rhythm O2. 2021 Feb 19;2(1):111-112. doi: 10.1016/j.hroo.2020.12.001]. Heart Rhythm O2. 2020;1(1):35-43. doi:10.1016/j.hroo.2020.02.005
                  59. National Association of Chain Drug Stores. Re: Health Care Workshop, Project No. P131207. Accessed 10/3/2024. https://www.nacds.org/ceo/2014/0508/supplemental_comments.pdf
                  60. Kelling, Sarah K. Exploring Accessibility of Community Pharmacy Services. Innov. Pharm. 2015;6(3):1-4. doi:10.24926/iip.v6i3.392
                  61. Ritchie LA, Penson PE, Akpan A, Lip GYH, Lane DA. Integrated Care for Atrial Fibrillation Management: The Role of the Pharmacist. Am J Med. 2022;135(12):1410-1426. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2022.07.014
                  62. 6 Drugs to Avoid if You Have Atrial Fibrillation. My Heart Disease Team. Accessed 9/12/2024. https://www.myheartdiseaseteam.com/resources/drugs-to-avoid-if-you-have-atrial-fibrillation
                  63. What supplements should you not take with Afib. Medical News Today. Accessed 9/12/2024. https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/supplements-to-avoid-with-afib

                   

                   

                   

                   

                  Hemorrhoids: A Sensitive Subject

                  Learning Objectives

                    After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                  1. DISCUSS the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the grading system of hemorrhoid severity
                  2. RECALL chronic and acute medical conditions and disease states that may contribute to the frequency and severity of hemorrhoids
                  3. DESCRIBE pharmacotherapy and procedures available for the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease
                  4. ANALYZE a patient's need for referral to a medical professional or self-care based on patient interview
                  After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:
                  1. DESCRIBE the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the associated signs and symptoms
                  2.RECALL available over the counter and prescription treatment options
                  3.DISCUSS lifestyle modifications, dietary changes, and self-care options to relieve symptoms and reduce occurrences of hemorrhoids
                  4. EMPLOY interview techniques to assess a patient's need for referral to a health care professional for evaluation

                  Male pharmacist counseling an elderly female patient on a medication.

                  Release Date:

                  Release Date:  December 15, 2024

                  Expiration Date: December 15, 2027

                  Course Fee

                  Pharmacist $7

                  Pharmacy Technician $4

                  There is no funding for this CPE activity.

                  ACPE UANs

                  Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-052-H01-P

                  Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-052-H01-T

                  Session Codes

                  Pharmacist:  24YC52-HLK20

                  Pharmacy Technician:  24YC52-KLH18

                  Accreditation Hours

                  2.0 hours of CE

                  Accreditation Statements

                  The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-052-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                   

                  Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                  The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                  Faculty

                  Catherine Koivisto, RPh
                  Wal-Mart Pharmacy
                  Woodstock, CT


                   

                  Faculty Disclosure

                  In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                  Dr. Koivisto has no financial relationships with ineligible companies.

                  ABSTRACT

                  Hemorrhoids are completely natural anatomical structures that aid in the process of defecation. Hemorrhoidal disease results when hemorrhoids bleed or become swollen and prolapsed, leading to irritation and discomfort. Hemorrhoidal disease affects millions of people across the globe. Lifestyle changes and dietary modifications are often sufficient to resolve less severe cases. Over-the-counter treatment options provide moderate relief. More serious cases may require in-office or surgical procedures for removal. Certain acute and chronic medical conditions may contribute to the occurrence of hemorrhoidal disease. Situations exist in which symptoms of hemorrhoidal disease may mask underlying disease states leading to misdiagnosis and life-threatening complications. Patients may be reluctant to seek advice due to the sensitive nature of the topic. When patients do seek help, the pharmacy team can remind them that it is quite a common issue that should be addressed.

                  CONTENT

                  Content

                  INTRODUCTION

                  Hemorrhoids are often the “butt” of a joke. Some people also use the term “hemorrhoid” in a derogatory fashion to describe someone or something that is a “pain in the butt.” While amusing in this sense, hemorrhoids are no laughing matter. Hemorrhoids have plagued millions of adults from all levels of society and have been a documented complaint throughout the history of medicine. Fortunately, hemorrhoids are typically mild and manageable and may resolve without intervention.

                  With access to medication profiles, community pharmacists often have insight into a patients’ overall health and wellness. This gives them the unique advantage of knowing what disease states patients may have, and current medications that may put patients at a higher risk for hemorrhoidal disease. When patients seek advice on their first experience with hemorrhoids or express frustration over a recurring struggle with hemorrhoids, pharmacists need sufficient background knowledge to make an appropriate recommendation. Pharmacists should make the decision to suggest self-care or over-the-counter (OTC) treatment as opposed to referral to a physician based on information provided by the patient. Patients may be hesitant to discuss such a delicate topic. Pharmacists should be compassionate, discreet, and respectful when counseling. Emphasizing the incredibly widespread occurrence of hemorrhoids will help reduce any anxiety associated with addressing the issue. Patients may first approach technicians asking for guidance with products the pharmacy has available. Technicians need to be able to assist in locating products or referring to the pharmacist for recommendations.

                  Hemorrhoids affect a staggering number of people. Approximately 10 million people report the presence of hemorrhoids annually. That is roughly 4.4% of the population.1 An exact number is difficult to determine, as patients often do not report the issue or seek medical care unless they are symptomatic.2 Hemorrhoids primarily affect adults between the ages of 45 to 65 years. When considering healthy adults, the incidence between sexes is similar.1 It is rare for hemorrhoids to occur in patients younger than the age of 20. Hemorrhoids occur more often in White people than in Black people. Socioeconomic status also impacts the likelihood of hemorrhoids with those of a higher socioeconomic status having a higher incidence.3 This may explain the higher prevalence of hemorrhoids in developed countries compared to developing countries. Some researchers speculate that cultural differences in toilet habits in developing countries play a part in the reduced frequency.4

                  ANATOMY AND PATHOLOGY

                  Hemorrhoids occur naturally. They provide a cushion which, along with the internal anal sphincter, aids in defecation. The dentate line is an anatomical structure that separates the rectum and the anus. Internal hemorrhoids develop above the dentate line. Internal hemorrhoids can swell, then prolapse and appear below the dentate line. When this occurs, they are now considered external hemorrhoids. The hemorrhoidal plexus is a group of blood vessels that provides the blood supply. The hemorrhoidal plexus is also classified as external or internal depending on its physical relation to the dentate line.5

                  Hemorrhoids are typically asymptomatic, but hemorrhoidal disease is the condition that arises when hemorrhoids become symptomatic. Hemorrhoidal disease results from enlarged and displaced hemorrhoids, which are a consequence of weakened supportive connective tissue.6 If the connective tissue becomes compromised, it can cause prolapse of the hemorrhoidal tissue. The most reported initial symptom is bright red blood in the stool. Patients also complain of itching and fecal soiling (involuntary or voluntary passing of stool into inappropriate places).7

                  Risk factors that play a part in connective tissue weakening include constipation, sedentary lifestyle, dietary choices, certain acute and chronic medical conditions, toilet habits, and family history. Constipation is the most discussed risk factor for hemorrhoidal disease. Constipation typically leads to straining during defecation and longer amounts of time spent on the toilet. In addition to reading, the modern-day habit of scrolling on cell phones while on the toilet compounds the issue.8,9

                  Hemorrhoidal disease involves the pathological progression of hemorrhoids to a potentially serious situation where rectal bleeding occurs, and pain and irritation develop. Whether in conjunction with a chronic disease or because of an acute condition, hemorrhoidal disease can significantly impact a patient's quality of life. Treatment options range from simple to complex and sometimes even outright bizarre. In some instances, hemorrhoids may not respond to conservative measures. In-office procedures and surgical options are available for more critical cases. Practitioners elect the appropriate procedure based on hemorrhoid classification and patient eligibility depending on the presence or absence of contraindications.

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: What characteristics differentiate the types of hemorrhoids?

                  Hemorrhoids Can Be Internal or External

                  Internal hemorrhoids (i.e., those that develop proximal to the dentate line) are typically not painful and rarely clot or thrombose (a clot that reduces but does not obstruct blood flow).10 Bleeding is the primary sign that internal hemorrhoids exist and most often occurs with defecation.1 Internal and external hemorrhoids also differ symptomatically. Patients tend to self-report external hemorrhoids more often than internal hemorrhoids because of the general discomfort they experience. Somatic nerves, which supply the perianal skin, innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in pain.1

                  The Goligher system, first proposed in 1980, further classifies and categorizes internal hemorrhoids based on severity and degree of prolapse.11 Table 1 describes four grades of internal hemorrhoids based on this classification.12

                  TABLE 1. The Goligher system12
                  GRADE Description
                  1 Bleeding, non-prolapsed
                  2 Prolapse on straining, but reduce spontaneously
                  3 Prolapse, requires manual reduction
                  4 Irreducibly prolapsing

                   

                  The Goligher system, while widely used, may be outdated and has its limitations. It does not consider the patient’s level of discomfort or related symptoms such as pain, itching, and soiling. The Goligher system also fails to account for other physical characteristics of the hemorrhoids, such as if they are isolated or circumferential (located around the anus). Providers should include these factors as part of the decision-making process when selecting treatment or determining if surgical intervention is necessary.13

                  The first and second stages typically necessitate medical treatment or in-office procedures, and the third and fourth stages often require conventional surgery. Personal, subjective matters are not part of the Goligher classification process. Given these inadequacies, subject matter experts have attempted to revamp the classification process to be more inclusive so that patient-specific criteria determines the treatment plan.11

                  Another classification system known as “BPRST” evaluates five characteristics: Bleeding, Prolapse, Reduction, Skin tags, and Thrombosis. 11

                  • Bleeding: assigned a 0 or 1 depending on the presence or absence of bleeding (e.g, B0 or B1)
                  • Prolapse: assigned a 0, 1, 2, etc. depending on the presence of prolapse and the number of piles affected. P0, P1, etc.
                  • Reduction: assigned a 0, 1, 2 according to reducibility. 0 for spontaneous, 1 for manual, 2 for irreducible.
                  • Skin Tags: assigned 0 or 1 for existence of symptomatic skin tags.
                  • Thrombosis: assigned 0 for absence of thrombosis and 1 for acute thrombosis.

                  The assessing clinician determines the presence or absence of these characteristics and quantifies them when appropriate. The BPRST classification system places patients into one of three clinical stages based on those physical findings. The clinical stage the patient is in determines recommended treatment options.

                  “A/CTC” or Anatomical/Clinical-Therapeutic Classification aims to find a correlation between anatomical features, symptoms, existing disease states, contraindications, and specific treatment or surgery. This process cross-references patient characteristics against the indications for each procedure to find the best procedure for each patient, ensuring a successful outcome. This method also reduces the chances of recurrence and complications by matching patients to the most appropriate procedures based on individual situations rather than by a single feature.14

                  In addition to lifestyle factors, certain acute and chronic medical conditions can also elevate a person’s risk of hemorrhoidal disease. One of the most problematic acute conditions is pregnancy. Hemorrhoids occur frequently during pregnancy, becoming more common during the third trimester. This is because increased intra-abdominal pressure occurs with enlargement of the uterus resulting in increased vascular engorgement (increased fluid in the uterus that causes tissues to swell or stretch). As the fetus grows and develops, the uterus also grows resulting in added weight increasing the pressure. This causes engorgement of the blood vessels. Frequently, hemorrhoids continue into the post-partum period, as the straining and pushing during labor and delivery further aggravates existing hemorrhoids.15

                  Chronic medical conditions can also make patients more vulnerable to hemorrhoidal disease. Typically, chronic conditions that result in hemorrhoidal disease are those that increase frequency of either constipation or incontinence (inability to control defecation), like Crohn’s disease or ulcerative colitis.16 Additionally, a condition called neurogenic bowel dysfunction can occur in patients suffering from Parkinson’s disease or multiple sclerosis and those with spinal cord injuries. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction results in constipation and fecal incontinence. Parkinsons patients may experience this bowel dysfunction before the onset of neurological symptoms.17

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: What situations or consequences may arise when symptoms are assumed to be hemorrhoids?

                  Medical Conditions Masquerading as Hemorrhoids

                  Hemorrhoids are such a common issue that the possibility exists for underlying serious issues being overlooked or misdiagnosed. Misdiagnosis can have life threatening consequences. Hemorrhoids can mask symptoms of colon cancer causing a delay in or complete failure to make a diagnosis.18 When a family history of colon cancer exists or in the presence of problematic symptoms such as pain, tenderness, dark red blood, or anemia, experts recommend a colonoscopy to rule out colorectal cancer.10 For example, a case study describes a patient who presented with rectal bleeding and pain during defecation and was sadly misdiagnosed and treated for prolapsed hemorrhoids when the correct diagnosis was anal canal melanoma, an extremely rare cancer.19

                  Crohn’s disease—a chronic inflammatory bowel disease affecting digestive tract—presents with signs and symptoms that can be confused with hemorrhoids.20 Crohn’s disease can affect different areas of the gastrointestinal tract resulting in differences in presentation. Symptoms may include chronic constipation and diarrhea, both of which can contribute to the occurrence of hemorrhoids. Along with constipation and diarrhea, skin tags (small, benign skin growths that are not harmful but may be removed for cosmetic or irritation reasons) are also commonly associated with Crohn’s disease. The appearance of skin tags can be confused with hemorrhoids. Clinical signs of skin tags can include rectal bleeding that occurs with defecation and spotting of blood that occurs with straining, which are also symptoms of hemorrhoidal disease.20

                  Patients with cirrhosis of the liver (scarring and dysfunction from chronic damage) can suffer from a correlating condition called portal hypertension (elevated blood pressure in the veins that drain blood from the stomach, intestines, pancreas, and spleen into the liver). Portal hypertension can lead to anorectal varices. Anorectal varices can bleed, thereby mimicking bleeding from hemorrhoids. It is important to ensure that the cause of bleeding is determined to be hemorrhoids as opposed to anorectal varices so that an underlying condition such as cirrhosis is not overlooked.9

                  Less commonly reported anorectal issues misdiagnosed as hemorrhoids include21

                  • anal fissure: a tear in the lining of the anus that can cause pain and bleeding during bowel movements
                  • rectal prolapse: a condition where the rectum protrudes through the anus
                  • anorectal abscess: pus filled mass in the anorectal area caused by infection
                  • perianal necrotizing fasciitis: bacterial infection that destroys soft tissue
                  • proctitis: inflammation in the rectum. Unprotected anal receptive intercourse can result in sexually transmitted proctitis. Symptoms of sexually transmitted proctitis include anal pain and discharge resembling hemorrhoidal symptoms.

                  CONSERVATIVE HEMORRHOID MANAGEMENT

                  Pharmacologic Treatment

                  For patients who seek medical advice for hemorrhoids, multiple options are available for treatment.22 Depending on hemorrhoid severity or grade, the choices differ. Upon recognizing a benign case of hemorrhoids, the clinician and the patient may decide against any treatment at all using shared decision-making. Patients who are bothered by irritation and swelling can use at-home care or OTC preparations. OTC preparations typically consist of a combination of topical steroids to help with inflammation, anesthetics or numbing agents, vasoconstrictors to reduce blood flow, astringents, analgesics for pain, an antipruritic to help with itch, protectants to prevent further irritation, and a keratolytic to dissolve flaky or scaly skin.22

                  In the community pharmacy, hemorrhoidal treatments are most often located with products used to treat mild gastrointestinal issues. One size does not fit all when it comes to hemorrhoidal treatment: individual patient factors impact product selection. Prescription strength products are also available but typically contain a similar combination of ingredients as the OTC options. (See Table 2.)

                  Table 2. Active Ingredients of Hemorrhoidal Treatments22

                  Ingredient(s) Class Routes of Administration RX and/

                  or OTC

                  Comments
                  Phenylephrine Vasoconstrictor Suppository

                  Ointment

                  Gel

                  OTC Caution use in patients with BPH, CVD, HTN, thyroid disease
                  Benzocaine

                  Dibucaine

                  Lidocaine

                  Pramoxine

                  Anesthetics

                   

                  Cream

                  Ointment

                  Gel

                  RX and OTC Possibility of allergic reactions; may mask pain related to more serious condition; often used in combination products.
                  Calamine

                  Witch Hazel

                  Zinc oxide

                  Astringents Wipe

                  Suppository

                  Cream

                  Ointment

                  OTC Witch hazel for external use only; can cause dryness
                  Hydrocortisone Corticosteroid Cream

                  Ointment

                  Suppository

                  Foam

                  RX and OTC The only corticosteroid approved for use; available in RX strength suppository and in combination with pramoxine as RX foam
                  Cocoa butter

                  Glycerin

                  Lanolin

                  Mineral oil

                  Protectants Cream

                  Suppository

                  Ointment

                  OTC Primarily only in combination products

                  ABBREVIATIONS: BPH: benign prostatic hyperplasia, CVD: Cardiovascular disease, HTN: Hypertension

                   

                  While topical treatments, lifestyle changes, and surgical or office-based procedures are the standard of care, oral therapy also has a place in the treatment of internal hemorrhoids. The primary class of oral therapy is phlebotonics. Phlebotonics contain plant-based ingredients called flavonoids. Researchers theorize they improve vascular tone, reduce inflammation and edema, and enhance lymphatic drainage.23

                  Micronized purified flavonoid fraction (MPFF) is an example of an available phlebotonic. It is an oral supplement used in the management of hemorrhoidal disease to effectively relieve acute symptoms including pain, itching, and bleeding.12 MPFF can also be used to help with bleeding, swelling and discharge following hemorrhoidectomy. MPFF contains the flavonoids diosmin and hesperidin. The optimal dose of this product is unclear, but doses range from 1000 mg per day in divided doses for a short duration (3 months) to 1000 mg three times daily for acute hemorrhoid flares, gradually tapering to 1000 mg twice daily. Diosmin should not be used in children or in pregnant women due to the lack of data supporting the safety of use in these populations.24 MPFF can be found in OTC supplements in lower concentrations. These supplements claim to be beneficial for hemorrhoids and vein health. A search of “MPFF” at online retailers reveals a multitude of supplements with varying concentrations of MPFF.

                  Calcium dobesilate, which is typically used for chronic venous insufficiency and diabetic retinopathy, has shown some efficacy in reducing inflammation and bleeding in acute incidents of hemorrhoidal disease.12 Calcium dobesilate with fiber supplementation reduces inflammation of hemorrhoids.25 Although not available in the United States, calcium dobesilate is a synthetic compound available in many other countries.26

                  Non-Pharmacologic Treatment and Prevention

                  At-home care is a good option for occasional hemorrhoid flare-ups. For patients who deal with hemorrhoids chronically, prevention is key. Simple lifestyle changes can often have a significant impact on hemorrhoid recurrence and frequency. Addressing any existing primary risk factors is the best place to start. The most common recommendations include increasing hydration, increasing fiber intake, and reducing strain while defecating.10

                  Constipation leads to straining and more time spent on the toilet. Fiber intake and hydration are essential in preventing constipation. Dietary fiber is severely lacking in the modern American diet. Current guidelines recommend 25 to 40 grams of fiber per day, but most Americans average an intake of less than half that amount.27 Fiber supplementation reduces the risk of bleeding by as much as 50%.10 Increasing hydration is also essential to improving bowel consistency and maintaining soft stools.

                  Individuals affected by hemorrhoids should also limit alcohol and caffeine consumption due to their dehydrating characteristics. Spicy foods may be problematic for some patients, but a direct correlation has not been found.12,28

                  Research also implicates sedentary lifestyle as a contributor to the risk of hemorrhoidal disease. In addition to improving overall health, physical activity also reduces the risks of obesity and constipation. Patients who are overweight or obese are more likely to develop hemorrhoids and hemorrhoidal disease and would benefit from aerobic exercise such as walking or swimming. The choice of activity should not put further pressure on the anal veins. Therefore, activities that involve heavy lifting should be avoided.29 Table 3 summarizes the “dos and don’ts” of conservative hemorrhoid management.

                  Table 3. Dos and Don’ts of Hemorrhoidal Disease27,29,30

                                   Do               Don’t
                  • Increase aerobic exercise
                  • Increase hydration
                  • Increase fiber intake
                  • Mimic the squatting position when on the toilet
                  • Use soft toilet paper
                  • Use salt or sitz baths for good hygiene
                  • Use ice packs or cold compresses
                  • Wear cotton underwear

                   

                   

                  • Use donut cushions
                  • Spend long periods of time on the toilet reading, scrolling on phone, etc.
                  • Use laxatives chronically (can lead to constipation)
                  • Conduct activities that can worsen pressure in anal veins (e.g., horseback riding, cycling, heavy lifting, rowing)
                  • Use topical steroids for long periods of time (can cause thinning of perianal skin and dermatitis)
                  • Use harsh cleansing wipes

                   

                   

                  IN-OFFICE AND SURGICAL PROCEDURES

                  Surgeries and less complex procedures performed in the practitioner’s office are available for those patients who fail conservative therapies. Out of the population of patients seeking treatment for hemorrhoids, roughly 10% will require surgical intervention.31 The severity or grade of the internal hemorrhoid, the patient’s degree of discomfort, and individual patient characteristics such as correlating disease states or risk factors determine the choice of procedure. Diet and lifestyle changes should be recommended to all patients and may be sufficient to resolve symptoms in patients with grade 1 hemorrhoids. Minimally invasive treatment options are available for patients with persistent symptoms in grade 2 hemorrhoids. Those patients with grades 3 or 4 appear to benefit most from surgical procedures. Surgery continues to be the standard treatment for these patients.32 The procedures differ significantly in recovery time required, possibility of recurrence, and degree of pain.2,33

                  External hemorrhoidal thrombosis is approached differently and can cause extreme pain. Conservative measures are similar to those recommended for internal hemorrhoids and include sitz baths, increased dietary fiber, analgesics, and increased fluid intake.34 Surgical treatment—either drainage or excision—is the best recommendation when severe pain is present and conservative methods are unsuccessful. Recurrence is frequent following excision of external hemorrhoidal thrombosis but patients typically experience a higher incidence of pain following the procedure.34 The following procedures are indicated for internal hemorrhoids.

                  In-Office Procedures

                  Rubber band ligation is an option for hemorrhoids grades 1 through 3 and is often the first choice when patients seek medical intervention for hemorrhoids. One advantage of rubber band ligation is that it can be performed in the practitioner’s office. As the name implies, it involves putting a small rubber band around a hemorrhoid to cut off its blood supply. This results in fibrosis and eventually (after about a week), the hemorrhoid dries, hardens, and falls off. Post procedure complications include bleeding and pain that can be severe lasting for a couple of days. Bleeding can be problematic for patients on antithrombotic medication (blood thinners), and pelvic sepsis (infection) is a rare complication. Recurrence rates range from 6.6% to 18%, however long-term efficacy is superior to sclerotherapy and infrared coagulation.35

                  Injection sclerotherapy is performed in outpatient clinics with local anesthesia. It is generally used for grades 2 through 4 of internal hemorrhoids.32 The procedure involves injecting a sclerosant—a substance that causes blood vessels to shrink, often aluminum potassium sulfate and tannic acid—into the connective tissue layer around the pedicle (root) of the hemorrhoid. The sclerosant causes local inflammation which results in reduced blood flow to the hemorrhoid. An advantage of injection sclerotherapy is that it is associated with fewer complications and less pain than rubber band ligation. Unfortunately, it also has a lower success rate. Recurrence rates are high, but due to the safety profile and general ease of the procedure, it can be repeated if necessary.10,36

                  Infrared coagulation is an in-office, endoscopic procedure primarily indicated for lower grade symptomatic internal hemorrhoids. The practitioner directs a probe of infrared light at a predetermined depth targeting individual hemorrhoids. The light is converted to heat, which causes tissue destruction, inflammation, and eventually fibrosis.37 In addition, the pressure applied by the probe itself reduces blood flow to the area and helps to bring vessels closer to the surface. This small amount of energy contributes to the desired coagulation (clotting).38 Infrared coagulation is as effective as rubber band ligation in the short term but carries a higher incidence of recurrence due to the minimal tissue destruction. Despite increased recurrence rates, patients tend to prefer infrared coagulation given its lower incidence of post procedure pain and shorter recovery time. Infrared coagulation also has minimal complications, with bleeding, ulceration, and dermatitis being the most reported.32

                  Surgical Options

                  Conventional hemorrhoidectomy is the surgical removal of prolapsed hemorrhoids and can be characterized as “open” or “closed.” Open hemorrhoidectomy is referred to as the Milligan-Morgan method. This method involves surgical excision of the hemorrhoid from the underlying anal sphincter. The surgeon stops blood supply to the hemorrhoid by tying off the blood vessel at its root. Upon completing this procedure, the wound remains open, giving the procedure its name. Providers can use various instruments for this procedure, including scissors, a scalpel, linear staples, a laser, radiofrequency, and electrocautery.39 One device does not appear to have an advantage over any another.31

                  Closed hemorrhoidectomy is called Ferguson hemorrhoidectomy. Procedurally, this method is similar to the open procedure. The primary difference, as the name would imply, is that following the closed hemorrhoidectomy, the surgeon closes the wound, typically with an absorbable suture.31,39 Pain is a concern, naturally, for patients faced with the prospect of hemorrhoidal surgery. Changes in the device used to perform the excision in closed hemorrhoidectomy has reduced post-operative pain, but it continues to be an issue. This is in addition to prolonged wound healing and a longer time to return to normal activities.13 Both methods come with their share of complications. The most problematic are urinary retention, bleeding, anal stenosis (narrowing), infection, and incontinence.31 Sepsis is rare but possible and can be life-threatening.39

                  Stapled hemorrhoidopexy is a surgical procedure also referred to as the Longo Procedure or procedure for prolapse and hemorrhoids (PPH). It is indicated for patients with second stage hemorrhoids who are unresponsive to non-surgical methods and patients with third and fourth stage hemorrhoids.31 This procedure repositions rather than removes hemorrhoidal tissue. Loose mucosal tissue which is involved in the prolapse of the hemorrhoids is removed. A circular stapler then excises the mucosa above the dentate line in a circumferential ring.13 The stapling results in an anastomosis, or connection, of mucosa to mucosa, causing the hemorrhoidal tissue to be lifted back into place.2 This connection interrupts the arteries supplying the blood flow thereby reducing engorgement (swelling). 39,40 Because the incision occurs above the dentate line, the patient does not have an external surgical wound or trauma to the anal mucosa or anoderm (skin-like tissue that lines the lower part of the anal canal).39 An advantage of stapled hemorrhoidopexy is reduced post-operative pain because the excision is performed where there are very few sensitive receptors.39 Overall recovery time and time to return to normal activities are also shorter than with conventional hemorrhoidectomy. One downside to the procedure is a greater incidence of recurrence and prolapse.31 Complications from stapled hemorrhoidopexy are like those of conventional hemorrhoidectomy and include bleeding, urinary retention, incontinence, anal stenosis, and, rarely, sepsis.39

                  Hemorrhoidal artery ligation is also referred to as hemorrhoidal dearterialization. In hemorrhoidal disease, arterial blood flow increases, so hemorrhoidal artery ligation involves reducing blood supply to the hemorrhoidal plexus. It is indicated for hemorrhoids of grades 2, 3, and 4. It is minimally invasive and is commonly performed as a day surgery.41 The surgeon uses a proctoscope (a medical instrument used to examine the inside of the rectum and anus) with a Doppler transducer (a medical device that uses sound waves to detect and measure blood flow in blood vessels) that helps locate the arterial pulse.42 Upon locating the pulse, the practitioner performs ligation either by suture or laser. Ligation of the supplying artery results in hemorrhoidal plexus shrinkage and symptom relief.41 The benefits of hemorrhoidal artery ligation compared to conventional hemorrhoidectomy are significantly reduced post-op pain and fewer complications. The procedure does not alter anal anatomy, and the absence of any wounds reduces infection risk and results in rapid recovery and return to normal activities. One disadvantage may be a greater incidence of recurrence, particularly for patients with grade 4 hemorrhoids.42 Recurrence rates average less than 3% of patients presenting with bleeding at one year follow-up.43

                   

                  Dealing With Post-Op Pain

                  Pain following hemorrhoidectomy is common regardless of which procedure a patient undergoes. The incidence of moderate to severe pain following conventional surgical procedures may be as high as 65%.44 The degree of pain experienced can range from mild to intractable (not easily controlled). Rectal hyperactivity, spasm, and compression or stimulation of nerve endings are possible outcomes of surgery and are likely the origins of pain.45 Infection, edema, and sensitivity of the surgical wound also contribute to post-op pain.46 The level of pain experienced can also be impacted by procedure type, anesthesia administered, and interventions performed during the procedure. Due to the different sources of pain, several options are available for pain management and a multimodal approach to treating pain is recommended.47 These treatments can be topical, oral, injectable, or in suppository form.

                  Injections of products such as botulinum toxin, methylene blue, and ketorolac intraoperatively have shown modest effectiveness in reducing pain even several days post-op.44 Botulinum toxin works by loosening the tonicity of the internal anal sphincter resulting in reduction of pain and easier defecation.48 A small sample of patients with intractable pain were given an injection of a combination of ropivacaine and triamcinolone (anesthetic and steroid) at the painful site and reported no recurrence of pain at a six-month follow-up.45

                  Topicals to treat post-op pain include a range of drug classes. Calcium channel blockers (diltiazem or nifedipine), applied topically, reduce pain and decrease spasm in the internal anal sphincter. These are not commercially available and would require pharmaceutical compounding.2,39 Anesthetics such as 2.5% lidocaine/2.5% prilocaine cream reduce pain when applied in the anal canal or the surrounding perianal skin. Sucralfate—a commonly used gastrointestinal medication—when compounded and applied as a 10% ointment, promotes mucosal healing and provides a protective barrier. The non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) diclofenac can be compounded into a suppository and used for pain relief in the first day following hemorrhoidectomy. The muscle relaxer baclofen in a 5% cream form provides pain relief when applied immediately following surgery. Additionally, patients can use metronidazole topically or orally following surgery, as it exhibits antioxidant properties and helps to prevent infection at the surgical site.44

                  Preferred oral pain medications include non-narcotic analgesics that target peripheral and central pain sensitization and include NSAIDs, corticosteroids, acetylsalicylic acid, ketamine, acetaminophen, and anticonvulsants such as gabapentin. Targeting pain through multiple mechanisms provides better pain control and reduces opioid use.47

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: Which patients would be a special concern when determining hemorrhoid treatment?

                  ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS IN HEMORRHOID MANAGEMENT

                  Comorbidities and Treatment Decisions

                  When treating hemorrhoidal disease, the treatment team must consider each patient’s characteristics individually. For example, the team must evaluate any comorbidities when deciding on appropriate therapy. Comorbidities that can impact treatment choice include immunocompromise, pregnancy, anticoagulant use, Crohn’s disease, and portal hypertension.9

                  Hemorrhoids are an extremely common complaint among pregnant women. Typically, hemorrhoids will resolve after giving birth, but most women will seek methods to relieve the discomfort without complications or risk of harm to the fetus during pregnancy. The first line recommendation aligns with recommendations for most patients with hemorrhoids and includes dietary modifications to reduce constipation. Kegel exercises and lying on the left-side seem to provide modest benefits. Topical treatments lack evidence of efficacy and safety and are not recommended for use during pregnancy.49

                  Immunocompromised patients are also a special concern. Clinicians must account for symptom severity and always consider conservative methods first. If procedural or surgical intervention is necessary, the increased risk of sepsis and poor wound healing puts immunocompromised patients at a disadvantage. These patients should receive prophylactic antibiotics before any procedure and stop immunosuppressive agents when feasible.9,49

                  Clinicians should also manage patients on anticoagulant therapy (e.g., warfarin) conservatively when possible, as increased risk of bleeding limits procedural options. If symptoms are severe and procedural intervention is necessary, injection sclerotherapy is preferred due to its lower bleeding risk. Patients should discontinue anticoagulants one week prior to the procedure.9

                  Patients with portal hypertension often suffer from coagulopathy (impaired ability of the blood to clot). As in patients on anticoagulants, bleeding risk is elevated in those with portal hypertension. Similarly, the treatment team should try conservative methods first. If procedural or surgical intervention is necessary, again, sclerotherapy is the preferred procedure due to the lower bleeding risk.9

                  Crohn’s patients should try conservative measures first. When developing a treatment plan, management of the underlying disease should be the primary concern.9

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: What are some red flags when a patient presents with hemorrhoidal concerns?

                  Interactions At the Pharmacy Level

                  In the community pharmacy setting, technicians may be the first to encounter patients with hemorrhoids. It is essential that technicians are familiar with products available in the pharmacy, their ingredients, and their locations on shelves. While technicians cannot recommend a particular treatment, they can assist patients in locating desired items and directing them to generic versions if cost is an issue. Technicians can also refer patients to the pharmacist for more information if necessary.

                  Interviewing patients enables pharmacists to make good recommendations. A good starting point is to determine patients’ prior history of hemorrhoidal disease and experience treating hemorrhoids. It is also imperative that pharmacists differentiate between hemorrhoidal symptoms and symptoms that may indicate an anorectal disorder that should receive immediate medical attention. Use open-ended questions to determine what other symptoms the patient is experiencing, how long have symptoms been present, and at what level of severity.

                  For those patients experiencing rectal bleeding for the first time, referral to a medical professional is always the preferred recommendation. Rectal bleeding attributed to hemorrhoids often results in a completely different diagnosis upon examination.6 Swelling, discharge, fever, and chills are also red flag symptoms. These could potentially be an anal abscess, which can lead to sepsis and even death if not addressed. Persistent drainage and stool seepage are also red flags. These may indicate anal fistula (an area of infection between the skin and the anus), which requires surgical correction. Additional red flags include severe pain and burning with defecation indicating a possible anal fissure, or changes in bowel habits along with anal mass, pain, and discharge which are symptoms of anal neoplasms. While rare, anal neoplasms often have a poor prognosis.22

                  Pharmacists may be able to determine through thorough interview if lifestyle is a factor. Does the patient lead a sedentary lifestyle? Do they have a family history of colon cancer? Do they have Crohn’s disease? Has the patient recently experienced weight loss or loss of appetite? Is there bleeding with defecation and, if so, is it bright red or dark?19 Hemorrhoidal blood is arterial and is therefore bright red in appearance. Darker blood could indicate a source of bleeding other than hemorrhoids.10 The patient’s age is also an important consideration. Patients older than 50 years who experience symptoms for the first time would be good candidates for colon cancer screening.50 A consultation with a primary care provider regarding a colonoscopy may be recommended. Due to the low incidence of hemorrhoids in children and adolescents, any rectal bleeding or hemorrhoidal symptoms would warrant medical attention.

                  When counseling patients on the use of OTC hemorrhoidal treatment, it is important to ask open-ended questions and gather as much information as possible. For example:

                  • “What other medical conditions do you have?” (Pregnancy, hypertension and depression are concerns.)
                  • “What specific symptoms are you hoping to treat?”
                  • “What route of administration would you prefer?”

                  Medication allergies can be a concern, particularly with products containing anesthetics. It is important to ensure that patients understand how to use selected medications and that they can administer it themselves or have a trusted caregiver to help. For example, does the patient have the dexterity to unwrap and insert a suppository? Pharmacists should be comfortable answering questions regarding the application of rectal creams and ointments.

                  It is also essential to be understanding and sympathetic to financial limitations. Generic equivalents are available for many of the most used products. In addition, due to the similarity between prescription and OTC products, many prescription hemorrhoidal treatments are non-formulary preferred and may be cost prohibitive.

                  Importantly, patients may approach pharmacists asking, “An internet search said I can use ‘XYZ’ for hemorrhoids, is this true?” There are many seemingly outlandish therapies found on the internet. It is helpful to be familiar with these options as well. See SIDEBAR for the most common non-traditional therapies.

                   

                  SIDEBAR: Non-Traditional Therapies51-55

                  • Aloe Vera: applied topically to soothe irritation
                  • Black Seed: extract taken orally as a supplement to reduce inflammation
                  • Chamomile: extract, applied topically as an ointment to reduce pain and itching
                  • Coconut: applied topically as an oil to soothe irritation
                  • Granulated Sugar: applied directly to swollen hemorrhoids to reduce prolapse
                  • Leeches: attaches directly to hemorrhoid for intermittent periods of time, reduces engorgement
                  • Quercus (Persian Oak): extract taken orally as supplement to reduce inflammation
                  • Rosehips: applied topically to relieve pain and burning
                  • Turmeric: extract taken orally as supplement to reduce inflammation

                   

                  CONCLUSION

                  Historians have described and recorded hemorrhoids as a medical condition and a nuisance since 37 AD.30 Since that time, millions of people have sought treatment for hemorrhoidal disease and countless practitioners have attempted to provide relief from the pain and discomfort. Patients who routinely suffer from hemorrhoids probably feel like they have been dealing with it since 37 AD and they have been battling them alone. Conservative measures, whether medicinal or non-traditional, continue to be effective in improving symptoms and quality of life and are still the first line of defense. Fortunately, non-invasive and surgical procedures are available for non-responsive and severe cases of hemorrhoidal disease. Individual patient characteristics impact treatment choice. Community pharmacists’ and technicians’ accessibility often makes them the first medical professionals that patients consult for information regarding hemorrhoid treatment. It is essential to understand how overall health, lifestyle habits, risk factors, and medication profiles determine resulting recommendations. Being sensitive to the patient’s situation and treating them with respect and professionalism is key to ensuring they receive the proper care and attention. Hemorrhoids are a sensitive subject, and patients may have difficulty discussing it and asking the right questions. Hemorrhoids have been a pain in the butt for centuries. With today’s knowledge and treatment options, pharmacists and technicians can help patients sit a little more comfortably for years to come.

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                  Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                  1. DISCUSS the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the grading system of hemorrhoid severity
                  2. RECALL chronic and acute medical conditions and disease states that may contribute to the frequency and severity of hemorrhoids
                  3. DESCRIBE pharmacotherapy and procedures available for the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease
                  4. ANALYZE a patient’s need for referral to a medical professional or self-care based on patient interview

                  1. Which characteristic(s) does the Goligher system use to grade internal hemorrhoids?
                  A. Patients’ reported level of pain
                  B. Whether hemorrhoids are isolated or circumferential
                  C. Severity and degree of prolapse

                  2. Which chronic disease often causes rectal bleeding, swelling, and skin tags, sometimes resulting in a misdiagnosis of hemorrhoids?
                  A. Ulcerative colitis
                  B. Gastroesophageal reflux disease
                  C. Crohn’s disease

                  3. Which of the following patients would be the MOST likely to suffer from an acute flare-up of hemorrhoids?
                  A. A 6-year-old with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
                  B. A 32-year-old in her third trimester of pregnancy
                  C. A 22-year-old recently diagnosed with diabetes

                  4. Which of the following chronic medical conditions would put a patient at an increased risk of hemorrhoids?
                  A. Fibromyalgia
                  B. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
                  C. Parkinson’s disease

                  5. When comparing internal and external hemorrhoids, which of the following statements is TRUE?
                  A. Internal hemorrhoids frequently thrombose and cause significant pain
                  B. Somatic nerves innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in significant pain
                  C. External hemorrhoids originate proximal to the dentate line

                  6. A 62-year-old presents with Grade 4 hemorrhoids. He has increased his physical activity by walking daily. He also drinks plenty of water and avoids alcohol. Self-care options are no longer helping. His medication profile includes insulin glargine, levothyroxine, and warfarin. Which of the available procedures would be the MOST appropriate for this patient?
                  A. Stapled hemorrhoidopexy
                  B. Rubber band ligation
                  C. Injection sclerotherapy

                  7. A 55-year-old gentleman approaches the pharmacy counter carrying a box of witch hazel wipes and an inflatable donut cushion. He states that he recently changed jobs and is now a delivery driver for a furniture company. He recently saw blood on the toilet tissue and suspects he has a hemorrhoid. He has never experienced this before and wants to know what you would recommend. The pharmacy is quite busy. What is the best way to help this patient?
                  A. Answer quickly that he has chosen some good products to try and tell him he should feel better in a few days
                  B. Recommend he change jobs because the hemorrhoids will not resolve if his circumstances do not change
                  C. Recommend seeing a medical professional for confirmation of hemorrhoids and colon cancer screening

                  8. Which group of procedures treats hemorrhoidal disease by reducing blood flow to the hemorrhoid resulting in eventual fibrosis?
                  A. Hemorrhoidal artery ligation, stapled hemorrhoidopexy, and closed hemorrhoidetomy
                  B. Rubber band ligation, hemorrhoidal artery ligation, and injection sclerotherapy
                  C. Injection sclerotherapy, rubber band ligation, and open hemorrhoidectomy

                  9. Optimal Post-Op Pain control is best achieved through which method?
                  A. Primarily though short-acting opioids only
                  B. Over-the-counter analgesics and ice packs
                  C. Multiple medications that target pain differently

                  10. A long-time customer of your pharmacy pulls you aside and confesses that he is tired of dealing with his hemorrhoids. You are very familiar with his overall health and medication history. You recall dispensing a colonoscopy prep kit to him just a few weeks ago. He states that the colonoscopy did not show anything alarming, and he doesn’t want to keep bugging his doctor. How can you help this patient?
                  A. Tell him to try taking a vegetable laxative daily and increase his caffeine intake
                  B. Remind him that prevention is key and focus on his diet and lifestyle
                  C. Knowing he can take a joke, you ask him if he’s ever tried leeches

                  Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
                  1. DESCRIBE the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the associated signs and symptoms
                  2. RECALL available over the counter and prescription treatment options
                  3. DISCUSS lifestyle modifications, dietary changes, and self-care options to relieve symptoms and reduce occurrences of hemorrhoids
                  4. EMPLOY interview techniques to assess a patient's need for referral to a health care professional for evaluation

                  1. Which of the following hemorrhoidal treatments requires a prescription?
                  A. Cocoa butter cream
                  B. Witch hazel 20% pads
                  C. Hydrocortisone 25 mg suppositories

                  2. Which of the following is a recommended lifestyle change to reduce occurrence of hemorrhoids?
                  A. Increasing weight bearing exercise
                  B. Increasing fluid intake
                  C. Increasing time spent on the toilet

                  3. Which of the following is a vasoconstrictor commonly found in hemorrhoidal treatments?
                  A. Phenylephrine
                  B. Benzocaine
                  C. Hydrocortisone

                  4. A patient complains of recent episodes of bright red blood on toilet tissue without pain. What type of hemorrhoid is she most likely experiencing?
                  A. External thrombosed
                  B. Internal grade 1
                  C. Internal grade 4

                  5. A regular customer comes to your pharmacy to pick up a medication refill for her 6-year-old daughter. While at checkout, she asks where the children’s laxatives are located. She mentions that her daughter recently came out of the bathroom crying with alarm because her “butt was bleeding.” What would be the best next step to help this panicked parent?
                  A. Point her in the direction of the glycerin suppositories and stool softeners and wish her good luck
                  B. Remind her that little girls can be dramatic and it is most likely simple constipation
                  C. Cautiously state that the situation sounds concerning due to her daughter’s young age and recommend she speak to the pharmacist

                  6. Which of the following statements is TRUE when comparing internal and external hemorrhoids?
                  A. Internal hemorrhoids frequently thrombose and cause significant pain
                  B. External hemorrhoids originate proximal to the dentate line
                  C. Somatic nerves innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in pain

                  7. Increasing fiber is a standard recommendation for reducing constipation and therefore reducing frequency of hemorrhoids. Current guidelines recommend what amount of fiber intake per day?
                  A. 5 to 10 grams
                  B. 25 to 40 grams
                  C. 25 to 40 milligrams

                  8. A 55-year-old gentleman with obesity approaches the pharmacy counter. With an agonized look on his face, he explains that he is experiencing consistent pain in the rectal area whether or not he is on the toilet. He explains that he is a long-distance trucker and has had to take time off from his route due to the pain. He asks where the donut cushions are located. How should you respond to his question?
                  A. Direct him to the pharmacist for further consultation
                  B. Point him to the aisle with the inflatable donut cushions
                  C. Suggest a different line of work

                  9. A pregnant patient in her third trimester is extremely frustrated by her battle with hemorrhoids. She states that she prefers to avoid any medicinal treatments. Which of the following choices is the MOST appropriate response?
                  A. “The pharmacist can recommend an over-the-counter herbal product to relieve your pain.”
                  B. “There are no options to treat hemorrhoids without medication; you’ll need to see your obstetrician.”
                  C. “Increasing fiber and fluid intake are your best options; the pharmacist can recommend a fiber supplement.”

                  10. What technological advancement has resulted in a significant negative change in toilet habits, resulting in increasing incidence of hemorrhoids?
                  A. Cell phone use while on the toilet
                  B. Uber and Lyft ride sharing services
                  C. Increased fiber intake leading to increased diarrhea

                  References

                  Full List of References

                  REFERENCES

                  1. 1. Sun Z, Migaly J. Review of Hemorrhoid Disease: Presentation and Management. Clin Colon Rectal Surg. 2016;29(1):22-29. doi:10.1055/s-0035-1568144
                  2. Mott T, Latimer K, Edwards C. Hemorrhoids: Diagnosis and Treatment Options. Am Fam Physician. 2018;97(3):172-179.
                  3. Johanson JF, Sonnenberg A. The prevalence of hemorrhoids and chronic constipation: An epidemiologic study. Gastroenterology.1990;98(2):380-386. doi:10.1016/0016-5085(90)90828-O
                  4. Gardner IH, Siddharthan RV, Tsikitis VL. Benign anorectal disease: hemorrhoids, fissures, and fistulas. Ann Gastroenterol. 2020;33(1):9-18. doi:10.20524/aog.2019.0438
                  5. Margetis N. Pathophysiology of internal hemorrhoids. Ann Gastroenterol. 2019;32(3):264-272. doi:10.20524/aog.2019.0355
                  6. Ganz R. The Evaluation and Treatment of Hemorrhoids: A Guide for the Gastroenterologist. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013;11(6):593-603. doi: 10.1016/j.cgh.2012.12.020
                  7. Wahyudi P, Soeseno S, Febyan F. Diagnosis and Management of Internal Hemorrhoids: A Brief Review. Eu J Med Health Sci. 2021;3(5):1-5. doi:10.24018/ejmed.2021.3.5.1014
                  8. Giuliani A, Romano L, Lazzarin G, et al. Relationship Between Haemorrhoidal Grade and Toilet Habits. Ann Ital Chir.2020;91(2)192-5. https://annaliitalianidichirurgia.it/index.php/aic/article/view/1503
                  9. Cengiz T, Gorgun E. Hemorrhoids: A Range of Treatments. Cleve Clin J Med.2019;86(9)612-620. doi.org/10.3949/ccjm.86a.18079
                  10. Ng KS, Holzgang M, Young C. Still a Case of "No Pain, No Gain"? An Updated and Critical Review of the Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Management Options for Hemorrhoids in 2020. Ann Coloproctol. 2020;36(3):133-147. doi:10.3393/ac.2020.05.04
                  11. Sobrado Júnior CW, Obregon CA, E Sousa Júnior AHDS, Sobrado LF, Nahas SC, Cecconello I. A New Classification for Hemorrhoidal Disease: The Creation of the "BPRST" Staging and Its Application in Clinical Practice. Ann Coloproctol. 2020;36(4):249-255. doi:10.3393/ac.2020.02.06
                  12. Lohsiriwat V. Hemorrhoids: from basic pathophysiology to clinical management. World J Gastroenterol. 2012;18(17):2009-2017. doi:10.3748/wjg.v18.i17.2009
                  13. Yeo D, Tan KY. Hemorrhoidectomy - making sense of the surgical options. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20(45):16976-16983. doi:10.3748/wjg.v20.i45.16976
                  14. Naldini G, Caminati F, Sturiale A, et al. Improvement in Hemorrhoidal Disease Surgery Outcomes Using a New Anatomical/Clinical-Therapeutic Classification (A/CTC). Surg J (N Y). 2020;6(3):e145-e152. doi:10.1055/s-0040-1712542
                  15. Rao S, Qureshi W, Yan Y, Johnson D. Constipation, Hemorrhoids, and Anorectal Disorders in Pregnancy. Am J Gastroenterol.2022; 117(10S):16-25. doi:10.14309/ajg.0000000000001962
                  16. Choi YS, Kim DS, Lee DH, et al. Clinical Characteristics and Incidence of Perianal Diseases in Patients With Ulcerative Colitis. Ann Coloproctol. 2018;34(3):138-143. doi:10.3393/ac.2017.06.08
                  17. Emmanuel A. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction. F1000Res. 2019;8:F1000 Faculty Rev-1800. doi:10.12688/f1000research.20529.1
                  18. Hassan J., Khan S. Colonic Cancer Misdiagnosed as Hemorrhoids. In: Tohid H, Baratta LG, Maibach H. (eds).The Misdiagnosis Casebook in Clinical Medicine. Springer, Cham. 2023. Accessed April 7, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-28296-6_57
                  19. Mala TA, Gupta R, Ahmad SR, Malla SA, Gupta VB, Shah I. Anal canal melanoma misdiagnosed and treated as prolapsed hemorrhoids in a male patient. Formosan Journal of Surgery.2014;47(2):74-77. doi.org/10.1016/j.fjs.2013.11.002
                  20. Ali AS, Kelantan SR, Albarakati BA, Alsahafi EK, Alahmadi GB, Aldor SM. An Interesting misdiagnosed case of Crohn’s disease: case report. Clin Case Rep Rev. 2016;2(3):358-360. doi:10.15761/CCRR.1000216
                  21. Lohsiriwat V. Anorectal emergencies. World J Gastroenterol. 2016;22(26):5867-5878. doi:10.3748/wjg.v22.i26.5867
                  22. Chan J. Anorectal Disorders. In: Handbook of Nonprescription Drugs: An Interactive Approach to Self-Care. 20th ed. Krinsky DL, Ferreri SP, Hemstreet B, Hume AL, Rollins CJ, Tietze KJ, eds. Washington, DC: American Pharmacists Association; 2021.
                  23. Godeberge P, Sheikh P, Lohsiriwat V, Jalife A, Shelygin Y. Micronized purified flavonoid fraction in the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease. J Comp Eff Res. 2021;10(10):801-813. doi:10.2217/cer-2021-0038
                  24. DRUGS.com. Diosmin Uses, Benefits & Dosages. Published December 22, 2023. Accessed June 4, 2024. https://www.drugs.com/npp/diosmin.html
                  25. Changazi SH, Bhatti S, Choudary A Sr, Rajput MNA, Iqbal Z, Ahmed QA. Calcium Dobesilate Versus Flavonoids for the Treatment of Early Hemorrhoidal Disease: A Randomized Controlled Trial. Cureus. 2020;12(8):e9845. doi:10.7759/cureus.9845
                  26. Drugscom. Calcium dobesilate. https: Calcium Dobesilate (International database) (drugs.com) Accessed September 21,2024.

                   

                  1. Chang J, McLemore E, Tejirian, T. Anal health care basics. Perm J. 2016;20(4):15-222. doi:10.7812/TPP/15-222.
                  2. Villalba H, Abbas M. Hemorrhoids: Modern Remedies for an Ancient Disease. Perm J. 2007;11(2):74-76.
                  3. Leo CA, Chandrasinghe P, Hodgkinson JD, Vaizey CJ, Warusavitarne. Technical Tips and Tricks of Outpatients Treatments for Hemorrhoids. IN: Hemorrhoids, Coloproctology 2. Ratto, Parello A, Litta F (eds.) Springer International Publishing AG 2018. Accessed April 7, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-51989-0_14-1
                  4. De Marco S, Tiso D. Lifestyle and Risk Factors in Hemorrhoidal Disease. Front Surg. 2021;8:729166. doi:10.3389/fsurg.2021.729166
                  5. Cerato MM, Cerato NL, Passos P, Treigue A, Damin DC. Surgical treatment of hemorrhoids: a critical appraisal of the current options. Arq Bras Cir Dig. 2014;27(1):66-70. doi:10.1590/s0102-67202014000100016
                  6. Miyamoto H. Minimally Invasive Treatment for Advanced Hemorrhoids. J Anus Rectum Colon. 2023;7(1):8-16. doi:10.23922/jarc.2022-068
                  7. Brown SR. Haemorrhoids: an update on management. Ther Adv Chronic Dis. 2017;8(10):141-147. doi:10.1177/2040622317713957
                  8. Picciariello A, Rinaldi M, Grossi U, et al. Management and Treatment of External Hemorrhoidal Thrombosis. Front Surg. 2022;9:898850. doi:10.3389/fsurg.2022.898850
                  9. Albuquerque A. Rubber band ligation of hemorrhoids: A guide for complications. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2016;8(9):614-620. doi:10.4240/wjgs.v8.i9.614
                  10. He A, Chen M. Sclerotherapy in Hemorrhoids. Indian J Surg. 2023;85(2):228-232. doi:10.1007/s12262-022-03414-3
                  11. Kukreja AN. Hemorrhoids. In: Anorectal disorders-From Diagnosis to Treatment [Working Title]. 1st ed. Vanelli A, ed. London, UK: Intechopen; 2023. Accessed April7, 2024. https://doi:10.5772/intechopen.1002689
                  12. Gupta PJ. Infrared coagulation versus rubber band ligation in early-stage hemorrhoids. Braz J Med Biol Res. 2003;36(10):1433-1439. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0100-879X2003001000022
                  13. Picchio M, Greco E, Di Filippo A, Marino G, Stipa F, Spaziani E. Clinical Outcome Following Hemorrhoid Surgery: a Narrative Review. Indian J Surg. 2015;77(Suppl 3):1301-1307. doi:10.1007/s12262-014-1087-5
                  14. Lumb KJ, Colquhoun PH, Malthaner RA, Jayaraman S. Stapled versus conventional surgery for hemorrhoids. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;2006(4):CD005393. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD005393.pub2
                  15. Wallis de Vries BM, van der Beek ES, de Wijkerslooth LR, et al. Treatment of grade 2 and 3 hemorrhoids with Doppler-guided hemorrhoidal artery ligation. Dig Surg. 2007;24(6):436-440. doi:10.1159/000108326
                  16. Giamundo P. Advantages and limits of hemorrhoidal dearterialization in the treatment of symptomatic hemorrhoids. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2016;8(1):1-4. doi:10.4240/wjgs.v8.i1.1
                  17. Yamoul R, Attolou G, Njoumi N, Alkandry S, Tahiri Mel H. The effectiveness of Doppler controlled hemorrhoidal artery ligation based on preliminaries results. Pan Afr Med J. 2013;15:159. doi:10.11604/pamj.2013.15.159.2190
                  18. Lohsiriwat V, Jitmungngan R. Strategies to Reduce Post-Hemorrhoidectomy Pain: A

                  Systematic Review. Medicina (Kaunas). 2022;58(3):418. doi:10.3390/medicina58030418

                  1. Feng J, Cheng J, Xiang F. Management of intractable pain in patients treated with hemorrhoidectomy for mixed hemorrhoids. Ann Palliat Med.2021;10(1):479-483. doi: 10.21037/apm-20-2385
                  2. Abbas ST, Raza A, Muhammad Ch I, Hameed T, Hasham N, Arshad N. Comparison of mean pain score using topical and oral metronidazole in post milligan morgan hemorrhoidectomy patient; A randomized controlled trial. Pak J Med Sci. 2020;36(5):867-871. doi:10.12669/pjms.36.5.1796
                  3. Kazachenko E, Garmanova T, Derinov A, et al. Preemptive analgesia for hemorrhoidectomy: study protocol for a prospective, randomized, double-blind trial. Trials. 2022;23(1):536. doi:10.1186/s13063-022-06107-0
                  4. Yaghoobi Notash A, Sadeghian E, Heshmati A, Sorush A. Effectiveness of Local Botulinum Toxin Injection for Perianal Pain after Hemorrhoidectomy. Middle East J Dig Dis. 2022;14(3):330-334. doi:10.34172/mejdd.2022.291
                  5. Lohsiriwat V. Treatment of hemorrhoids: A coloproctologist's view. World J Gastroenterol. 2015;21(31):9245-9252. doi:10.3748/wjg.v21.i31.9245
                  6. Hollingshead JR, Phillips RK. Haemorrhoids: modern diagnosis and treatment. Postgrad Med J. 2016;92(1083):4-8. doi:10.1136/postgradmedj-2015-133328
                  7. Mobeen A, Ahmad A, Quamri M, Ansari A. Clinical Efficacy of Medicinal Leech Therapy in Treating Third-and Fourth- Degree Hemorrhoids. J. Coloproctol.2021;41(2):124-130. doi: 10.1055/s-0041-1730012
                  8. Tolekova S, Sharmanov T, Sinyavskiy Y, et al. Antioxidant, Pharmacological, Medical Properties and Chemical Content of Rosa L. Extracts. Int. J. Second. Metab.2020;7(3):200-212. doi.org/10.21448/ijsm.726140
                  9. Amiri MM, Garnida Y, Almulla AF, et al. Herbal Therapy for hemorrhoids: An Overview of Medicinal Plants Affecting Hemorrhoids. Adv Life Sci.2023;10(1):22-28.
                  10. Gkegkes ID, Dalavouras N, Iavazzo C, Stamatiadis AP. Sweetening … the pain: The role of sugar in acutely prolapsed haemorrhoids. Clin Ter. 2021;172(6):520-522. doi:10.7417/CT.2021.2369
                  11. Amaturo A, Meucci M, Mari FS. Treatment of haemorrhoidal disease with micronized purified flavonoid fraction and sucralfate ointment. Acta Biomed. 2020;91(1):139-141. doi:10.23750/abm.v91i1.9361

                   

                  What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

                  Learning Objectives

                   

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                  • Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
                  • Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
                  • Provide recommendations for inclusive and stigma-free care practices
                  • Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

                  • Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
                  • Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
                  • Identify best practices for inclusive, stigma-free care for patients undergoing gender-affirming care
                  • Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

                   

                  Release Date:

                  Release Date:  November 15, 2024

                  Expiration Date: November 15, 2027

                  Course Fee

                  Pharmacists: $7

                  Pharmacy Technicians: $4

                  There is no grant funding for this CE activity

                  ACPE UANs

                  Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-051-H01-P

                  Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-051-H01-T

                  Session Codes

                  Pharmacist: 24YC51-FPX36

                  Pharmacy Technician: 24YC51-XFP88

                  Accreditation Hours

                  2.0 hours of CE

                  Accreditation Statements

                  The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-051-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                   

                  Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                  The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                  Faculty

                  Leah M. Adams, PhD
                  Associate Professor, Department of Psychology
                  Women & Gender Studies Program
                  George Mason University
                  Fairfax, VA                       

                  Clara Bechtold, PharmD
                  Post Doctoral Fellow,
                  Global Regulatory Sciences-Moderna
                  Cambridge, MA

                  Giovanni Fretes, PharmD Candidate 2025
                  UConn School of Pharmacy
                  Storrs, CT

                  Angela Su, PharmD
                  PGY-1 Resident
                  Lawrence & Memorial Hospital
                  New London, CT

                   

                  Faculty Disclosure

                  In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                  Dr.s Adams,  and Su and Mr. Fretes have no relationships with ineligible companies.

                  Dr. Bechtold is a fellow with Moderna, but has no conflicts of interest.

                   

                  ABSTRACT

                  This continuing education activity focuses on key aspects of transgender healthcare, encompassing language inclusivity, physiologic considerations, and pharmacologic interventions across different life stages. The activity begins with an exploration of gender-inclusive language, highlighting the importance of respectful communication in healthcare settings. It discusses puberty’s physiology, highlighting the role of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in the development of secondary sexual characteristics. The activity then delves into feminizing and masculinizing pharmacology, detailing hormone therapies, their mechanisms of action, and associated outcomes. It outlines special considerations for adults, adolescents, and children, along with guidelines for puberty suppression and hormone therapy initiation. It also addresses non-pharmacologic interventions such as chest binding, tucking, and voice therapy, stressing the importance of holistic care. Last, the activity examines other healthcare areas impacted by gender-affirming hormone therapy (GAHT), such as anticoagulation, kidney function assessment, and fertility preservation. It provides recommendations for clinical practice and the need for individualized care with shared decision-making. Overall, this activity aims to enhance understanding and promote inclusive and affirming healthcare practices for transgender individuals.

                  CONTENT

                  Content

                  INTRODUCTION

                  Practitioners in all healthcare settings need to understand and respect gender diversity. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can play a pivotal role in gender-affirming care by using inclusive language and developing comprehensive knowledge of pharmacologic interventions. The scope of gender affirming care ranges from puberty suppression to gender-affirming surgeries to align physical appearance with gender identity. Gender dysphoria is a very serious condition among transgender individuals that can lead to depression and suicide. Gender dysphoria is not solely internally driven and can be exacerbated by external stressors/stigma. This includes external aspects of experience such as distress associated with misgendering and social norms, social isolation, transphobia, etc.1,2 It may be treated with hormone therapy and can require lifelong treatment. Healthcare professionals in the pharmacy setting can help these patients by creating a supportive environment that promotes adherence to their treatment. The SIDEBAR provides definitions for frequently used terms in transgender care.

                   

                  SIDEBAR: Terminology1-6

                  • Gender expression: External manifestations of gender, expressed through one’s behavior, body characteristics, clothing, haircut, name, pronouns, or voice. Typically, transgender people seek to make their gender expression align with their gender identity, rather than their assigned gender.
                  • Gender role: Behaviors, attitudes, and personality traits that a society (in a given culture and historical period) assigns as masculine or feminine and/or that society associates with or considers typical of the social role of men or women
                  • Gender identity/experienced gender: One’s internal, deeply held sense of gender. For transgender people, gender identity does not match their sex assigned at birth. Most people have a gender identity of male or female. For some people, gender identity does not fit neatly into one of those two choices (e.g., nonbinary). Unlike gender expression, gender identity is invisible to others.
                  • Sex: The best-known attributes include sex-determining genes, sex chromosomes, gonads, sex hormones, internal and external genitalia, and secondary sex characteristics.
                  • Sex assigned at birth: Sex assigned at birth, usually based on genital anatomy. AFAB refers to "assigned female at birth," and AMAB to "assigned male at birth."
                  • Transgender (also TGD, trans): An umbrella term for people whose gender identity and/or gender expression differs from what is typically associated with their sex assigned at birth. Not all transgender individuals seek treatment.
                  • Cisgender: A term for people whose gender identity and/or gender expression is aligned with what is typically associated with their sex assigned at birth.
                  • Gender dysphoria: The distress experienced when one’s gender identity and assigned gender are incongruent, often worsened by external factors like misgendering, social norms, isolation, and transphobia. Not all transgender people experience gender dysphoria; being transgender on its own is not a medical condition.
                  • Transition: The process during which transgender people change their physical, social, and/or legal characteristics consistent with their affirmed gender identity. Transgender individuals may initially transition socially and postpone medical transition. This is especially true for prepubertal children.
                  • Transgender male (also: trans man, female-to-male): Individuals assigned female at birth but who identify and live as men.
                  • Transgender woman (also: trans woman, male-to female, transgender female): Individuals assigned male at birth but who identify and live as women.
                  • Non-binary: An adjective describing a person who does not identify exclusively as a male or a female. Non-binary people may identify as being both male and female, somewhere in between, or as falling completely outside these categories. While many also identify as transgender, not all non-binary people do.
                  • Embodiment goals: Body qualities/characteristics that a patient wishes to have (e.g. shape, feeling, behavior of body).

                   

                  Guidelines

                  The World Professional Association for Transgender Health (WPATH) publishes the Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People (SOC),7 which is the main guideline used internationally for transgender health. This continuing education activity is based on SOC Version 8.

                   

                  The Endocrine Society develops the Endocrine Treatment of Gender-Dysphoric/Gender-Incongruent Persons: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline.3 These guidelines establish a framework for the appropriate treatment of individuals and standardize terminology to be used by healthcare professionals. This activity cites these guidelines as well.

                   

                  Inclusive Language

                  Everyday language often revolves around the concept of two genders and one sexuality, potentially overlooking diverse identities. Using gender-inclusive language demonstrates respect and acknowledgment of all gender identities while eliminating assumptions. Using they/them pronouns instead of he/his or she/her when unsure of someone's pronouns is best.6 Healthcare professionals can demonstrate inclusivity by introducing themselves with their own pronouns and asking patients how they prefer to be addressed. Common pronouns include she/her/hers, he/him/his, and they/them/theirs..6 Healthcare professionals should avoid stating that a person is transgender to others unless that is how the person identifies and is comfortable with sharing that information.6 Another suggestion is saying “feel free to bring your spouse or partner” instead of “feel free to bring your husband or wife.”6

                   

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: A fellow colleague consistently misgenders a transgender patient despite being corrected. How would you address this behavior while promoting inclusivity and respect in the pharmacy setting?

                   

                  Physiology

                  Puberty is the process of an adolescent becoming capable of reproduction. This process involves the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis. The first biologic sign of puberty is an increase in endogenous gonadotropin hormone-releasing hormone (GnRH).7 GnRH produced by the hypothalamus causes the pituitary gland to secrete gonadotropins: luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH). LH and FSH stimulate gonads to produce sex hormones.8 Table 1 compares puberty in individuals with ovaries and those with testes.

                   

                  Table 1. Patterns of Typical Puberty7

                  About Ovaries Testes
                  Puberty Onset: 7 to 13 years old

                  Hormone effects: The ovaries produce estrogen, stimulating mammary gland budding.

                  Onset: 9 to 14 years old

                  Hormone effects: LH and FSH lead to increased testicular volume (>4 mL), which allows the testes to produce enough testosterone for masculinization.

                  Cisgender Adult

                  Hormone Levels

                  Estradiol: 30 to 400 pg/mL (pre-menopause)

                  Testosterone: 15 to 70 ng/dL

                  Progesterone: 1 to 90 ng/mL

                  Estradiol: 10 to 40 pg/mL

                  Testosterone: 300 to 1000 ng/dL

                  Progesterone: < 1 ng/mL

                  ABBREVIATIONS: FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; LH = luteinizing hormone

                   

                  ADULTS

                  Feminizing Pharmacology

                  The goals of feminizing pharmacology care are the development of female secondary sex characteristics and the minimization of male secondary sex characteristics. Treatments include externally dosed estrogens and antiandrogens. The selection of therapy should include a patient-specific evaluation of patient goals, medical conditions, medication risk/benefit, and economics.7

                   

                  Estrogen promotes feminine features such as breast growth. Antiandrogens diminish masculine features by reducing endogenous testosterone. Examples of antiandrogens include spironolactone, cyproterone acetate, GnRH agonists, and 5-alpha reductase inhibitors.

                   

                  Estrogen

                  In gender-affirming care, estrogen (or 17-beta estradiol) used for feminizing treatment is chemically identical to estrogen produced by human ovaries.3,7 Multiple dosing formulations exist including oral tablets, topical patches, intramuscular injections, and topical gels/sprays. A major safety concern for anyone using exogenous estrogen is the increased risk of thromboembolic events. 17-beta estradiol is generally preferred over synthetic estrogens for the ease of monitoring serum levels and its lower risk of thromboembolic events. For those older than 45 years and those at a higher risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE), the guidelines recommend transdermal formulations. Cardiovascular screening is essential to identify patients at higher VTE risk. Due to multiple Boxed Warnings in the product labeling and potentially significant adverse events, providers should use caution and consider the risks and benefits of estrogen therapy.3,7

                   

                  The desired effects of exogenous estrogen include breast development, redistribution of facial and subcutaneous fat, reduction of muscle mass, reduction of body hair, and reversal of scalp hair loss. Exogenous estrogen will not alter voice or height in adults. Table 2 describes available estrogens used in gender-affirming care.3,7

                   

                  Table 2. Estradiol for GAHT9

                  Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
                  Tablet

                  2-6 mg/day PO or SL

                   

                  Patch

                  0.025-0.2 mg/day TD, change every 3-5 days or weekly

                   

                  Injection: estradiol valerate or cypionate

                  2-10 mg IM weekly or 5-30 mg IM every 2 weeks

                   

                  Transdermal gel or spray may not reach blood levels of cisgender female range

                  Boxed Warnings

                  - Endometrial cancer

                  - Cardiovascular disease

                  - Breast cancer

                  - Dementia

                   

                  Contraindications

                  - History of estrogen-sensitive neoplasm

                  - Previous VTE related to underlying hypercoagulation

                  - End-stage chronic liver impairment or disease

                  - Thrombophilic disorders

                  - Angioedema

                  - Anaphylactic reaction

                   

                  Adverse Events

                  - Infertility, hypertriglyceridemia, weight gain, cerebrovascular disease, cholelithiasis, hypertension, erectile dysfunction, type 2 diabetes mellitus, low bone mineral density, hyperprolactinemia, migraines, hot flashes

                  - Baseline risk for breast cancer and cardiovascular disease

                  - Serum triglycerides (2 weeks after initiation in patients with baseline > 200mg/dL)

                  - Thyroid stimulating hormone

                  - Bone mineral density

                  - Serum estradiol levels (goal <100 to 200 pg/mL) and serum testosterone every 3 months in first year, then annually or biannually

                  - Prolactin levels

                   

                  Antiandrogens

                  Antiandrogens, listed in Table 3, can reduce endogenous testosterone levels or its activity and are usually used in combination with estrogen for feminizing effects. While antiandrogens may be employed as monotherapy, combination treatment can help minimize the amount of estrogen necessary for gender-affirming effects and therefore reduce the estrogen-associated risks. General adverse effects of antiandrogen monotherapy may include hot flashes, low mood or energy, and bone loss when used long term.7

                  Table 3. Antiandrogens for GAHT10-13

                  Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
                  Spironolactone - directly inhibits testosterone synthesis and activity

                  Positive effects: gynecomastia

                  Tablet

                  Starting: 25 mg once or twice daily in combination

                   

                  Therapeutic: Increase at one-week intervals based on response and tolerability to a usual dose of 100-300 mg/day in 2 divided doses

                   

                  Max: 400 mg/day

                  Contraindications

                  - Hyperkalemia

                  - Addison’s Disease

                   

                  Adverse Events

                  - Hyperkalemia (uncommon if avoided with renal insufficiency), polyuria, polydipsia, orthostasis

                  - Serum testosterone levels (goal <50 ng/dL) every 3 months in first year, then annually or biannually

                  - BP, serum electrolytes (potassium), glucose, kidney function, volume status, uric acid

                  GnRH agonists - suppress testosterone synthesis

                  Positive effects: gynecomastia

                  Leuprolide:

                  IM/subcutaneous: 3.75 mg every month

                   

                  IM/subcutaneous depot: 11.25 mg every 3 months or 22.5 mg every 6 months

                   

                  Histrelin:

                  subcutaneous depot: 50 mg every 12 months

                   

                   

                  Contraindications

                  - Hypersensitivity

                   

                  Adverse Events

                  - Hyperglycemia, asthma related exacerbation, decreased BMD, increased risk of CV events, psychiatric symptoms (mania, depression), QTc prolongation (rare), seizures (with long acting)

                  - BMD

                  - Mood and depression screening

                  - Serum testosterone every 3 months for first year, then annually or biannually

                  - LH, FSH, and prolactin baseline and annually

                  - Routine cancer screenings

                  ABBREVIATIONS: BMD = bone mineral density; BP = blood pressure; CVD = cardiovascular; FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; LH = luteinizing hormone

                   

                  Spironolactone is a potassium-sparing diuretic that has many therapeutic uses including in heart failure and hypertension. Spironolactone is also an aldosterone receptor antagonist that can cause positive effects, such as gynecomastia (an increase in breast gland tissue) for transgender women. Gynecomastia is dose and duration dependent, occurring in approximately 10% of patients. The diuretic and antihypertensive effects may become apparent within two to three weeks potentially resulting in excess urination and low blood pressure.3,14

                   

                  GnRH agonists (histrelin, leuprolide) work by continuously activating the pituitary gland to make more LH and FSH. This overactivation eventually suppresses sex steroid production. Out of pocket costs for these medications can range anywhere from $10,000 to $50,000 for three months, thereby significantly limiting their use.16

                   

                  WPATH does not regularly recommend other drugs like 5-alpha reductase inhibitors, finasteride or dutasteride, as data supporting use in the transgender population is sparse.7

                   

                  Cyproterone acetate is a synthetic progestin that inhibits testosterone synthesis and action. This medication is not approved in the United States but may be used elsewhere.3

                   

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: A transgender patient presents with concerns about the different formulations of estrogen available for feminizing treatment. How would you explain the advantages and disadvantages of each formulation?

                   

                  Masculinizing Pharmacology

                  The goals of masculinizing treatment are the development of male secondary sex characteristics and the minimization of female secondary sex characteristics. Masculinizing GAHT typically consists of testosterone.

                   

                  Testosterone

                  Testosterone treatment in transgender patients is used in the same way that it is used for hypogonadism in cisgender male patients. Table 4 illustrates the various testosterone formulations in transgender care, including intramuscular, transdermal, and implantable options. Intramuscular injections may be preferred due to available clinical data, efficacy, patient satisfaction, and low levels of injection pain and local irritation relative to subcutaneous injections. Prescribers and patients should not interchange products without considering pharmacodynamic differences.7,16

                   

                  Positive effects of masculinizing hormones include irreversible deepening of voice, increased body/facial hair, and increased lean muscle mass. Patients and care teams should know that masculine hormone therapy will not reverse previous feminine features such as breast tissue. Achieving physiological testosterone levels will usually suppress menses. If testosterone monotherapy doesn’t suppress menses, additional therapies can be used including progestins, GnRH agonists, and aromatase inhibitors. Patients may continue testosterone therapy for life unless medically contraindicated.16

                   

                  Table 4. Testosterone Formulations for GAHT 17

                  Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
                  Testosterone - endogenous testosterone androgen mimic
                  Cypionate (IM), Enanthate (IM or SC)

                  initial: 50-100 mg IM/SUBCUTANEOUSLY every week or 100-200 mg IM every 2 weeks

                  max: 400 mg every 2 weeks IM

                  Titrate every 3-12 months

                   

                  Topical Gel

                  AndroGel

                  1%: start 50mg every morning (max 100 mg)

                  1.62%: start 40.5mg every morning (max 81 mg)

                  Titrate: based on pump/packet size

                   

                  TD Patch

                  Androderm

                  2.5 to 7.5 mg/d

                  initial: apply 4 mg every night

                  max: 6 mg (4 mg + 2 mg) every night

                   

                  Axillary topical solution/gel 2%

                  Axiron

                  initial: 30 mg (1 actuation) every morning to each armpit

                  max: 120 mg

                   

                  Undecanoate (deep IM; gluteus maximus)

                  initial: 750mg, repeat in 4 weeks for 2 total doses

                  maintenance: 750 mg every 10 weeks or 1000 mg every 12 weeks

                  Contraindications

                  - Pregnancy

                  - Severe hypertension

                  - Sleep apnea

                  - Polycythemia

                   

                  Boxed Warning:

                  subcutaneous enanthate & PO undecanoate: hypertension and major adverse cardiovascular events

                   

                  Secondary exposure to topical products can cause virilization in children

                   

                  Adverse Events

                  - Urge to cough, dyspnea, throat tightening, chest pain, dizziness, syncope

                  -IM undecanoate: pulmonary oil microembolism reactions

                   

                  - Baseline risk for breast cancer and CVD

                  - Serum triglycerides

                  - TSH

                  - BMD

                  - Serum estradiol levels and testosterone

                  - Prolactin levels

                  ABBREVIATIONS: BMD = bone marrow density; CVD = cardiovascular disease; IM = imtramuscularly; TSH = thyroid stimulating hormone

                   

                  CHILDREN

                  GAHT is not recommended in children who have not begun endogenous puberty. Healthcare providers should take a non-pharmacologic approach instead for pre-pubertal individuals, including psychosocial gender-affirming care. Patients should continue gender exploration regardless of social transition.7

                   

                  ADOLESCENTS

                  GAHT’s goal in adolescents is pubertal suppression. Halting progression of puberty allows adolescents to explore gender identity and embodiment goals. Although suppression is reversible, the treatment team should discuss fertility preservation before starting supression.7 Current timing and readiness estimates are as follows: pubertal suppression at 12 years old, GAHT at 16 years old, and surgery at 18 years old.

                   

                  Pubertal Suppression Pharmacology

                  Healthcare providers employ Tanner staging to track children’s development during puberty. It outlines five specific stages for the physical changes during this period, including genital, breast, and pubic hair development. Patients should reach Tanner Stage 2 before initiating pubertal suppression. In Tanner Stage 2, individuals who are assigned female at birth would experience breast budding while those who are assigned male at birth would experience external genitalia enlargement.6 Menstrual suppression is recommended for patients assigned female at birth with gender incongruence, regardless of testosterone therapy.7

                   

                  Pharmacologic Agents

                  Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone (GnRH) Agonists

                  GnRH agonists cause partial regression of secondary sex characteristics and inhibit physical functions, such as menses and erections, by decreasing concentrations of gonadotropin and sex steroid hormones. Supraphysiological doses of sex steroids are not needed with GnRH agonists.7

                   

                  Short-term hypertension is an important counseling point. Individuals who are older than 14 years also have a long-term risk of poor bone health because of the lack of exposure to adequate levels of sex steroid hormone levels. Sex steroid hormone therapy, however, induces rapid recovery of bone mineralization rate.6

                   

                  For feminizing therapy, patients should continue puberty blocking until gonadectomy. Masculinizing pharmacology is covered in the following Hormone Therapy section. If patients have functioning uterus and ovaries, health care providers should counsel on potential breakthrough menstrual bleeding two to three weeks after GnRH agonist initiation.

                   

                  Progestins

                  Oral or injection depot progestins are recommended if GnRH agonists are unavailable or cost-prohibitive.7

                   

                  Patients can also receive these progestins if they seek menstrual suppression only7:

                  • Oral progestin-only pills (contraceptive and non-contraceptive options)
                  • Medroxyprogesterone injection (e.g. Depo-Provera)
                  • Levonorgestrel intrauterine device (e.g. Mirena, Liletta, Kyleena, Skyla)
                  • Etonogestrel implant (e.g. Nexplanon)

                   

                  If a patient continues to have menstrual bleeding after taking progestin and/or is seeking a contraceptive, healthcare providers can consider a combination progestin-estrogen product for amenorrhea and counsel on possible breast development. Combined formulations include oral contraceptive pills, transdermal patches, and vaginal rings. Note that increased breakthrough bleeding is associated with lower dose ethinyl estradiol in combined oral contraceptives.7

                   

                  Hormone Therapy (HT)

                  The patient’s health care professionals will need to measure hormone levels during gender-affirming treatment. The purpose is to ensure that endogenous sex steroids are falling and the sex steroids administered to the patient stay at appropriate levels. Appropriate levels are determined by (1) the patient’s treatment goals and (2) the patient’s Tanner stage. Timing of pubertal suppression determines sex steroid HT regimen, as shown in Table 5.7

                   

                  Table 5. Sex Steroid Hormone Therapy Regimen Based on GnRH Agonist Treatment Timing7

                  Pubertal Suppression Sex Steroid Dose Time To Goal Levels Growth Spurt?
                  Early Similar to peripubertal hypogonadal adolescents Adult doses usually reached over 2 years Yes
                  Late/Post-Pubertal Higher starting dose More rapid titration until maintenance dose is achieved No

                   

                  WPATH suggests 12 months as sufficient time for psychological adaptations to physical changes due to GAHT. Healthcare providers should monitor sex steroid levels every three months during the first year of HT or with dose changes. Once the prescriber titrates the patient’s dose to the adult maintenance dose, monitoring one to two times annually is sufficient. As GAHT can activate the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis, prescribers may need to add a GnRH agonist as adjunctive therapy after GAHT initiation to avoid development of characteristics associated with the patient’s sex assigned at birth.7

                   

                  For masculinizing GAHT, testosterone monotherapy at physiologic doses is typically sufficient to decrease estrogen secretion by the ovaries. Injection, transdermal, and subcutaneous pellets are available androgen formulations. Key counseling points include the possibility of developing androgenic acne or sexual dysfunction.

                   

                  Patients on GnRH agonists should continue them until they reach maintenance testosterone level. If the patient was not on a GnRH agonist as an adolescent, then no concomitant GnRH agonist is needed. While testosterone usually suppresses menstruation in the first six months of therapy, healthcare providers should make sure to counsel adolescents on possible pregnancy despite amenorrhea because they can still ovulate.7

                   

                  NON-PHARMACOLOGIC INTERVENTIONS

                  Chest Binders

                  Chest binding refers to compressing breast tissue to achieve a flatter chest appearance. Research indicates that up to 87% of individuals identifying as transgender males have tried chest binding.6 Various methods used for binding include commercial binders, sports bras, layering clothes, elastics, and bandages.7

                   

                  Healthcare providers play a crucial role by making patients aware of chest binding’s potential advantages and risks. Transgender men who bind often report benefits such as increased comfort, enhanced safety, and reduced instances of misgendering.7

                   

                  Negative physical impacts of chest binding include back or chest pain, difficulty breathing, and feeling overheated.7 Severe health issues like skin or respiratory infections and rib fractures, which are rare, have been linked to adult chest binding.6 Providers can lower the risk by counseling patients on safe binding methods, like binders specifically designed for gender-diverse individuals, to lessen the likelihood of serious health complications. Meanwhile, patients should avoid unsafe methods like duct tape, ace wraps, or plastic wrap due to their potential to constrict blood flow, harm the skin, and restrict breathing.6 If negative health effects occur, seeking guidance from medical professionals experienced with transgender and gender-diverse patients is sensible.7

                   

                  Tucking

                  Genital tucking involves positioning the penis and testes to minimize the visibility of genital bulges.7 This can be done by tucking the penis and testes between the legs or placing the testes inside the inguinal canal while pulling the penis back between the legs.7 Underwear or specialized garments called gaffs are commonly used to keep the genitals in place.7

                   

                  Research on the risks and advantages of tucking in adults is limited, and no studies conducted specifically address youth.6 Previous research has highlighted that snug undergarments might lead to reduced sperm concentration and motility. Moreover, higher scrotal temperatures due to tucking might theoretically impact sperm production and fertility.7 However, no conclusive evidence confirms these negative effects. More data is needed to understand the risks and benefits of tucking.

                   

                  Voice Therapy

                  Hormone treatment for transgender and gender diverse (TGD) individuals has potential effects on voice and communication. While estrogen treatment does not usually cause measurable voice changes, testosterone treatment can lead to desired shifts in voice pitch and male attributions but may also result in undesired outcomes.7

                   

                  Research indicates that some TGD individuals experience positive effects from testosterone, such as lowered voice pitch and increased satisfaction, aligning with their gender identity. However, a significant portion may face challenges like insufficient pitch changes, vocal quality issues, limitations in singing range, and vocal instability post-treatment.7,18 A meta-analysis examined about 600 patients across 19 studies to determine the effects of at least one year of testosterone therapy. The patients were all at least 18 years old, with an average age of 35 years. According to the results, approximately 21% of participants did not reach the expected normative frequencies associated with cisgender males. Additionally, a similar percentage reported incomplete alignment between their voice and gender identity, experiencing voice-related challenges or incongruence. Furthermore, 16% of individuals undergoing testosterone therapy expressed dissatisfaction with the changes in their voice.18

                   

                  It's essential to provide accurate counseling beforehand to establish realistic expectations and avoid potential disappointment. Referral to voice and communication specialists can address concerns through tailored voice training and assisting those dissatisfied with outcomes or lacking access to hormone treatment.7

                   

                  Electrolysis And Laser Hair Removal

                  Hair removal is a significant part of transitioning for many transgender women (or females), particularly for those seeking a more stereotypical feminine appearance. The process helps alleviate dysphoria, boosts self-confidence, and enhances overall quality of life.19 The U,S, Food and Drug Administration recognizes laser hair removal as a permanent hair removal method.17 It targets melanin in hair follicles using laser light waves.19 An alternative, electrolysis, also removes hair permanently using a small probe inserted into individual hair follicles to administer an electric current.17

                   

                  For individuals undergoing GAHT, healthcare providers need to keep specific considerations in mind. Among transgender women taking estrogen19

                  • Estrogen hormone therapy often results in an overall reduction in body hair, except for minimal effects on facial and genital hair.
                  • The extent of hair removal (complete hairlessness or retaining some hair) depends on personal preference and comfort levels.
                  • Many transgender women find facial and neck hair removal crucial for increased self-confidence, reduced dysphoria, and a sense of safety in public spaces.
                  • Those prioritizing gender-affirming lower surgeries like vaginoplasty (vagina construction surgery) require completely hair-free areas for surgery preparation, as hair growth within transformed tissue can cause complications.

                   

                  For transgender men taking testosterone19

                  • Testosterone hormone therapy generally leads to increased body hair growth.
                  • Preparing for surgeries like phalloplasty (penis construction surgery) often requires completely hair-free skin areas for successful procedures, the specific area depending on the type of surgery planned.
                  • It is important to note that electrolysis doesn't prevent the growth of new hair follicles activated by testosterone. Therefore, new hair growth might occur in areas previously treated with electrolysis due to testosterone’s effects on stimulating hair follicles.

                   

                  The adverse effects of hormone therapy may be beneficial for some patients, while being detrimental to others. It is critical for healthcare providers to educate patients on hair removal methods and their impact within the context of hormone therapy, so that patients understand what to expect.

                   

                  Gender-Affirming Surgery

                  Gender-affirming surgery is often a crucial milestone for many, but not all transgender adults.3 Broadly classified into two categories, surgeries (1) directly impact fertility or (2) have no effect on fertility.3 Surgeries that alter fertility involve procedures like the removal of male genitalia (penis and gonads) for transgender women or the removal of female reproductive organs (uterus and ovaries) for transgender men.3 Surgeries that do not affect fertility include chest masculinization or breast augmentation, facial feminization, or facial masculinization surgeries.3

                   

                  There is a lack of evidence supporting the routine discontinuation of hormone therapy before planned surgeries.20 The majority of evidence advocating for estrogen cessation before surgery is derived from studies involving oral synthetic estrogen regimens (ethinyl estradiol), which are uncommon in transgender patients.19 WPATH advises maintaining estrogen therapy both before and after surgical procedures in transgender women, particularly in those without specific risk factors such as smoking, family history of VTE, or the use of synthetic estrogens.7 If the patient has the previously mentioned risk factors, the prescribing endocrinologist should discuss estrogen therapy cessation in the perioperative setting openly with the patient and make decisions collaboratively.20 Typically, an acceptable timeframe for estrogen discontinuation is two to four weeks before the procedure.20 Anticipated physiological and psychological withdrawal symptoms may include anxiety, autonomic hyperactivity, depression, decreased seizure threshold, and fatigue.20 This comprehensive approach ensures a thoughtful consideration of hormonal factors in the surgical process for transgender women.

                   

                  Evidence suggests that there is generally no need to discontinue testosterone treatment routinely in transgender men before scheduled or elective surgery despite the concern that testosterone can be aromatized to estradiol, which theoretically could increase the clotting risk.20 A recent systematic review found no association of increased VTE complications after surgery with perioperative testosterone use.21,22

                   

                  The decision to undergo these surgeries is deeply personal and varies based on individual needs, preferences, financial access, and dysphoria. Access to comprehensive information, counseling, and support from healthcare professionals helps patients make informed decisions aligned with their gender identity and long-term goals while understanding the potential impact on fertility.3


                  PAUSE AND PONDER: A transgender patient would like to undergo breast augmentation but has only been on hormone therapy for six months. Is she eligible for the surgery?

                   

                  Chest or “Top” Surgery

                  “Top” surgery is either removing breast tissue for a more masculine appearance or enhancing breast size and shape for a more feminine appearance. Breast surgery is a type of gender-affirming surgery with no impact on fertility.3 Since breast size varies among females, it is advisable for transgender women to postpone breast augmentation surgery until they have undergone at least two years of estrogen therapy.3 This is recommended because the breasts continue to grow during this period of hormone therapy.3

                   

                  Meanwhile, the primary masculinizing surgery for transgender men is a mastectomy, which also has no impact on fertility.3 While breast size only partially regresses with androgen therapy, discussions about mastectomy in adults typically occur after androgen therapy starts.3 However, in some cases where trans-masculine adolescents present after significant breast development, a mastectomy may be considered approximately two years after starting androgen therapy and before the age of 18.3 Treatment decisions should be individualized based on the individual’s physical and mental health status. 3

                   

                  Genital or “Bottom” Surgery

                  Genital or “bottom” surgery involves transforming and reconstructing the genitalia. According to The Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline Criteria for Gender-Affirming Surgery, the following factors may influence decisions related to fertility preservation3:

                  1. Persistent and well-documented gender dysphoria
                  2. Meets the legal age requirement in the relevant country
                  3. Use of gender-affirming hormones for a continuous 12-month period, unless there is a medical contraindication
                  4. Successful in living full-time as a new gender role for the duration of 12 months
                  5. Well-controlled management of any significant medical or mental health conditions, if present
                  6. Demonstrated knowledge of practical aspects related to surgery, including cost, required lengths of hospitalizations, likely complications, and postsurgical rehabilitation.

                   

                  Gender-affirming surgeries for transgender women that affect fertility include procedures like gonadectomy (orchiectomy), penectomy, and the creation of a neovagina.3 In the case of transgender men, surgeries that affect fertility include an oophorectomy, vaginectomy, complete hysterectomy, and the creation of a neopenis.3 Infertility can occur from both the temporary consequences of gender-affirming hormone therapy and permanent effects of gender-affirming surgeries (GAS).6 It is crucial to engage in ongoing discussions about infertility risks and fertility preservation options with transgender individuals and their families before and after initiation of therapies and surgeries.6

                   

                  OTHER CARE IMPACTED BY GAHT

                  Anticoagulation

                  When assessing the risk of VTE associated with GAHT, it is crucial to consider the alternative—the risk of not providing GAHT.22 Withholding GAHT could lead to adverse mental health consequences that might outweigh the risk of VTE.20 Some individuals may seek hormone therapy outside clinical care settings (that is, from unreliable sources) if healthcare providers refuse to provide it.22

                   

                  For transgender individuals experiencing VTE while on GAHT, treatment should align with current therapeutic anticoagulation recommendations for cisgender individuals.20 The American Society of Hematology guidelines recommend direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) over other options due to a lower risk of bleeding.22 Despite limited data in transgender people, recent case reports suggest DOACs are effective in those with VTE during GAHT. In severe cases threatening limbs, clinicians can consider thrombolysis and recommend it as they would in cisgender individuals.22 GAHT discontinuation during an acute VTE episode is often recommended, especially with above normal hormone levels, but this recommendation lacks extensive data.22 Clinicians and patients should discuss the potential risks and benefits of continuing GAHT during an episode.

                   

                  Following acute VTE treatment, the decision to resume GAHT becomes complex. Many clinicians continue GAHT, even in patients with previous VTE, along with full-intensity anticoagulation to prevent recurrence.22 Although researchers have not conducted systematic evaluation in transgender patients, this approach was effective in cisgender women on hormone therapy.22 While cisgender patients may reduce anticoagulation dose after initial therapy, it is uncertain if dose reduction is prudent with GAHT. Shared decision-making, emphasizing the risks and benefits, remains crucial in determining the course of GAHT post-VTE treatment.

                   

                  Estimating Kidney Function

                  Many healthcare providers are accustomed to using the Cockcroft-Gault equation to estimate kidney function.23 This formula factors in sex, causing uncertainty as to how to calculate creatinine clearance in transgender patients. Although GAHT affects muscle mass and creatinine, using the duration of therapy is unreliable because the timing and magnitude of effect differ by individual. As such, cystatin C is often more accurate than creatinine. Acknowledging that cystatin C levels are not accessible at all practice sites, some experts suggest using the Cockcroft-Gault-calculated male and female creatinine clearance estimates as a range. Other methods include using vancomycin clearance calculations.23

                   

                  Fertility Preservation

                  Individuals who have transitioned may wish to have biological children for personal reasons, to maintain a genetic connection with their offspring, or to conform with cultural expectations.22 While many transgender individuals may not initially consider having children, their desires can change over time.24 In a survey of 50 transgender men who had undergone gender-affirmation surgery, the majority (77%) had not contemplated fertility preservation before GAHT. An average of 9.9 years after starting testosterone therapy, 54% of participants wanted to have children.25 The study also found that participants with children had a higher quality of life than those who did not have children.25

                   

                  Fertility preservation through the cryopreservation of sperm and oocytes is a well-established technique, available for pubertal, late pubertal, and adult individuals assigned male or female at birth.6 Ideally, clinicians should present this option before initiating GAHT.7 Clinicians can offer embryo cryopreservation to adult transgender individuals, particularly those who have completed puberty, express a desire to have a child, and have a willing partner.7

                   

                  While research has shown semen parameters may be compromised after the initiation of GAHT, a small study indicated that when treatment was discontinued, semen parameters were minimally altered.26 In regards to oocyte preservation, there is no expectation that assisted reproductive technology (ART) treatments would be different for TGD patients compared to cisgender patients.7 The only potential variations are individuals with confounding factors related to infertility.7

                   

                  Barriers to fertility preservation include financial constraints, invasiveness of procedures, and concerns about mistreatment or bias from healthcare providers.24 Some fertility preservation procedures, such as sperm or egg collection, can serve as reminders of their sex assigned at birth and may trigger gender dysphoria.24 Transgender individuals who pursued ART reported mixed experiences. Some have positive encounters with supportive providers who use gender-neutral language. Others experienced misgendering in clinical documentation.24 Patients should be provided with options for future family planning whether they desire biological children or not.

                   

                  BARRIERS IN PRACTICE

                  Laws and Legislation

                  When the Supreme Court tackled the Conservative challenge to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), the focus was on whether it was constitutional to mandate health insurance purchase.27 This overshadowed Section 1557's anti-discrimination provisions protecting transgender individuals. The 2016 Rule, finalized by Health and Human Services, extended Title IX's anti-sex discrimination coverage to include "gender identity," ensuring equitable access to healthcare for transgender patients. The Trump administration attempted to reverse these protections but faced legal obstacles. This led to the Supreme Court's ruling in Bostock v. Clayton County, which affirmed protections for transgender individuals under existing civil rights statutes. Despite the Trump administration's efforts, subsequent legal challenges and judicial actions further emphasized protections for transgender individuals, leading to ongoing debates and policy shifts under the Biden administration.27

                   

                  The Bostock ruling, initially about employment, now impacts transgender minors' access to gender-affirming care.27 Federal courts often interpret Title VII and Title IX together, meaning they see both statutes as prohibiting sex-based discrimination similarly.25 This means that the Biden Administration can confidently enforce protections for gender identity under Title IX, following Bostock's reasoning.27 Since Bostock's ruling was made under a majority conservative Supreme Court, it's unlikely to be reversed. This leaves opponents of gender-affirming care to explore other tactics, like raising religious objections or labeling such care as "experimental" or "medically dangerous."27 These viewpoints circumvent many physicians’ clinical judgement, thus restricting how they practice medicine.

                   

                  Over the past 18 months, the number of states implementing laws that restrict or prohibit minors' access to gender affirming care has increased dramatically.28 Currently, the count of states with restrictions increased from just four states in June 2022 to 23 states by January 2024. Among these states, 17 have fully enacted their restrictions, while four face temporary injunctions, and one is permanently blocked pending appeal. The laws vary in complexity, with some focusing on specific aspects of gender affirming care, such as GAHT or gender affirming surgery. Additionally, while these laws primarily target minors' access to care, they often include provisions affecting other groups, such as parents, medical providers, and teachers.28 These laws and policies cause potential harm to the wellbeing of young TGD, thus emphasizing the need for continued advocacy and support for inclusive and affirming practices.

                   

                  Insurance Coverage

                  Ensuring comprehensive healthcare for transgender individuals requires access to both gender-affirming care and a wide range of inclusive services. However, numerous barriers have historically hindered access, with lack of health insurance coverage being shaped by intersecting factors at the individual, interpersonal, and structural levels.

                   

                  Many state Medicaid programs exclude coverage for gender-affirming care, posing a significant concern given the elevated prevalence of poverty among transgender people. In a study utilizing Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) data, gender non-conforming individuals were nearly twice as likely as cisgender women to report unmet care needs due to financial issues.29According to the 2015 United States Transgender Survey, 25% of insured respondents encountered insurance discrimination.29 Experiences included denial of coverage for gender-specific services, such as cancer screenings (13%), for care unrelated to gender affirmation (7%), and for gender-affirming surgery (55%) or hormone therapy (25%).29 TGD individuals (33%) reported negative experiences related to being transgender when seeing a healthcare provider in the previous year, which includes verbal harassment, physical assault, or treatment refusal.29 Additionally, 23% refrained from seeking care when needed in the previous year due to fear of mistreatment.29

                   

                  A 2019 systematic review revealed that 27% (range, 19% to 40%) of transgender individuals reported outright denial of healthcare.230 Assessments of provider readiness indicate that many clinicians lack training in transgender clinical and cultural competency, potentially contributing to interpersonal discrimination in healthcare settings.

                   

                  Assessing Implicit Bias, Addressing Bad Behavior

                  1. Respect Gender Identity: TGD individuals deserve the same respect as cisgender patients. Address patients by their chosen name and pronouns, reflecting their gender identity. Avoid gossiping or making jokes about patients and treat them with the same respect you would want at work.31

                   

                  1. Recognize Workplace Values: Understand the difference between your personal beliefs and the workplace values of dignity and respect for everyone. While you are entitled to your opinions, professionalism requires setting aside personal views and treating everyone with fairness and courtesy in the workplace.31

                   

                  3.Seek Feedback and Learn from Mistakes: Don't be afraid to ask for feedback from TGD individuals about how you can better support them or avoid inadvertently causing harm. Be open to learning from your mistakes and apologize if you unintentionally offend someone. Additionally, take the initiative to stay updated on evolving terminology and practice recommendations, as ideas/norms about gender are fluid and change over time. Learning from reputable sources, such as The Trevor Project's Guide to Being an Ally to Transgender and Nonbinary Youth, shows a genuine commitment to fostering inclusivity and respect in the workplace.31,32

                   

                  1. Support Colleagues with Challenges: If you notice co-workers struggling to adjust to interactions with TGD individuals, offer gentle reminders about using the correct name and pronouns. Help them understand the impact of their behavior on both the TGD individual and the workplace environment. Encourage empathy and understanding to foster a more inclusive workplace culture.31

                   

                  1. Intervene When Appropriate: If you witness blatant inappropriate behavior or discriminatory actions with no remorse towards a TGD individual in the workplace, don't remain silent. Find appropriate ways to intervene, whether it's addressing the behavior directly, reporting it to management, or offering support to the affected individual. Standing up against prejudice and discrimination helps create a safer and more inclusive work environment for everyone.31

                   

                  CONCLUSION

                  Embracing gender diversity and providing gender-affirming care is essential in healthcare settings, including pharmacies. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians who employ inclusive language and possess a thorough understanding of pharmacological interventions play a critical role for transgender individuals. Pharmacists can help tailor GAHT regimens to individual patient needs, promoting safety and helping patients achieve their goals towards gender affirmation. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can create a more inclusive and safer environment when interacting with patients. As healthcare workers in the pharmacy setting, we can provide patients with the resources they need without judgement.

                   

                  Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                  What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

                  Pharmacist Questions
                  Learning Objectives
                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                  ● Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
                  ● Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
                  ● Provide recommendations for inclusive and stigma-free care practices
                  ● Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

                  1. Why is it important for pharmacists to use inclusive language in their practice?
                  A) To demonstrate respect for patients with diverse gender identities
                  B) To comply with legal regulations and licensing requirements
                  C) To confirm assumptions about demographic information

                  2. Emily, a 35-year-old transgender individual, is scheduled for a routine medical appointment. As a healthcare provider, you want to ensure a welcoming and inclusive environment for Emily. Which of the following statements best aligns with employing gender-inclusive language and respecting Emily's identity?
                  A) Address Emily using birth-assigned pronouns until pronouns are disclosed
                  B) Assume Emily's pronouns based on appearance and mannerisms
                  C) Ask Emily if they are comfortable sharing their gender identity

                  3. What are the goals of feminizing pharmacology care?
                  A) Development of female secondary sex characteristics
                  B) Development of female primary sex characteristics
                  C) Minimization of female secondary sex characteristics

                  4. Sarah, a 35-year-old transgender woman, is scheduled for a consultation regarding feminizing hormone therapy. During the appointment, she asks her healthcare provider about the medication commonly used as an antiandrogen in feminizing hormone therapy. Which of the following medications should the healthcare provider explain as a commonly used antiandrogen in feminizing hormone therapy?
                  A) Testosterone
                  B) Spironolactone
                  C) Progesterone

                  5. How do GnRH agonists work in puberty suppression?
                  a) By stimulating testosterone or estrogen production
                  B) By reducing gonadotropin and sex steroid hormones levels
                  C) By inhibiting the secretion of luteinizing hormone

                  6. What is the recommended approach to chest binding?
                  a) Use methods like duct tape or plastic wrap for maximum compression
                  B) Educate patients on safe binding techniques and monitor for adverse effects
                  C) Advise the patient to wear chest binders only during strenuous physical activities.

                  7. Which of the following is the best recommendation for TGD individuals seeking treatment on voice and communication?
                  A) Assume that all TGD individuals will experience complete alignment between their voice and gender identity after hormone therapy.
                  B) Provide early counseling to establish realistic expectations about the potential impact of hormone therapy on voice and communication.
                  C) Advise TGD individuals to avoid seeking voice training if they are dissatisfied with the outcomes of hormone treatment.

                  8. Michael, a 28-year-old transgender man, visits the clinic for a consultation on hormone therapy. He expresses his desire to develop more masculine features and asks about the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men. Which of the following hormones should the healthcare provider explain to Michael as the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men?
                  a) Progesterone
                  b) Estrogen
                  c) Testosterone

                  9. Jax, a 22-year-old transgender individual, is considering "top" surgery as part of their gender-affirming journey. They have just started estrogen therapy and are eager to know how long they should continue before considering breast augmentation. How long should Jax be on sex hormone therapy before undergoing "top surgery?
                  a) 6 months
                  b) 1 year
                  c) 2 years

                  10. What is the ideal timing for presenting fertility preservation options to individuals considering Gender-Affirming Hormone Therapy (GAHT)?
                  a) After initiating GAHT
                  b) Before initiating GAHT
                  c) During GAHT

                  Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                  What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

                  Pharmacy Technician Questions

                  Learning Objectives
                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
                  ● Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
                  ● Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
                  ● Identify best practices for inclusive, stigma-free care for patients undergoing gender-affirming care
                  ● Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

                  1. What is the importance of using gender-inclusive language in healthcare settings, particularly when addressing diverse gender identities?
                  a) To make patients more comfortable by reinforcing traditional gender norms
                  b) To acknowledge and respect all gender identities while avoiding assumptions
                  c) To limit communication with patients and coworkers for more efficient conversations

                  2. Which pronoun is recommended for use when unsure of someone's gender identity?
                  a) He/him/his
                  b) She/her/hers
                  c) They/them/theirs

                  3. What is the suggested language to use when inviting individuals to bring their partners to an event in a gender-inclusive manner?
                  A) "Bring your husbands or wives."
                  B) "Bring your spouses or partners."
                  C) "Bring your boyfriends or girlfriends."

                  4. Which hormone therapy medication is commonly used to achieve pubertal suppression in transgender adolescents?
                  A) Estrogen
                  B) GnRH agonists
                  C) Progesterone

                  5. Which medication is commonly used as hormone therapy in feminizing hormone therapy?
                  a) Testosterone
                  b) Estrogen
                  c) Progesterone

                  6. What is the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men?
                  a) Progesterone
                  b) Estrogen
                  c) Testosterone

                  7. When is chest binding commonly used among transgender individuals?
                  A) To enhance breast growth
                  B) To reduce the appearance of chest size
                  C) To prevent muscle loss

                  8. Which surgery is typically recommended for transgender males seeking to masculinize their chest appearance?
                  A) Appendectomy
                  B) Mastectomy
                  C) Breast augmentation

                  9. What is the recommended approach when a patient asks about chest binding?
                  a) Express personal opinions about transgender identities and ask follow-up questions about sexual orientation
                  B) Offer counseling services on safe binding techniques from a professional
                  C) Tell the patient that they need surgery because chest binding is not safe

                  10. Amy, a 43-year-old transgender woman, is nervous about picking up her prescription for estrogen tablets for the first time and confides in you about her transgender identity. She asks if the medication will change her voice. Which hormone treatment will NOT lead to desired shifts in voice pitch?
                  A) Estrogen treatment
                  B) Testosterone treatment
                  C) Progesterone treatment

                  References

                  Full List of References

                  References

                      REFERENCES

                      1. Cooper K, Russell A, Mandy W, Butler C. The phenomenology of gender dysphoria in adults: A systematic review and meta-synthesis. Clin Psychol Rev. 2020;80:101875. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2020.101875
                      2. Lindley L, Galupo MP. Gender dysphoria and minority stress: Support for inclusion of gender dysphoria as a proximal stressor. Psychol Sex Orient Gender Divers. 2020;7(3), 265–275.
                      3. Hembree WC, Cohen-Kettenis PT, Gooren L, et al. Endocrine Treatment of Gender-Dysphoric/Gender-Incongruent Persons: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. Endocr Pract. 2017;23(12):1437. doi:10.4158/1934-2403-23.12.1437
                      4. Hodax JK, DiVall S. Gender-affirming endocrine care for youth with a nonbinary gender identity. Ther Adv Endocrinol Metab. 2023;14:20420188231160405. doi:10.1177/20420188231160405
                      5. Glossary of Terms. Human Rights Campaign. Accessed March 9, 2024. https://www.hrc.org/resources/glossary-of-terms?utm_source=ads_ms_HRC_20240306-HRC-AW-GS-Natl-GlossaryRP_GlossaryKeywords_a001-dynamic-rst_b:non%20binary&gad_source=1&gclid=Cj0KCQiArrCvBhCNARIsAOkAGcWMlNVNa8mwXDI4nO8wKJYrEIyi5maw0AHGclXc1Is1bJqfO8LFqO8aAstDEALw_wcB
                      6. Inclusive Language Guide OneGSMA.; 2020. Accessed May 19, 2024. https://www.gsma.com/aboutus/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/GSMA-Inclusive-Language-Guide_2020.pdf
                      7. Coleman E, Radix AE, Bouman WP, et al. Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People, Version 8. Int J Transgend Health. 2022;23(Suppl 1):S1-S259. doi:10.1080/26895269.2022.2100644
                      8. National Cancer Institute. Gonadotropin-releasing hormone. NCI Dictionary of Cancer Terms. Accessed February 27, 2024. https://www.cancer.gov/publications/dictionaries/cancer-terms/def/gonadotropin-releasing-hormone
                      9. Estradiol. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 7, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024.http://online.lexi.com/.
                      10. Spironolactone. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated February 29, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
                      11. Leuprolide. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated February 23, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
                      12. Histrelin. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 6. 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
                      13. Aldactone. Package insert. Pfizer; 2018.
                      14. Tips for Working with Transgender Coworkers. Transgender Law Center. Accessed March 10, 2024. https://transgenderlawcenter.org/tips-for-working-with-transgender-coworkers/
                      15. Glintborg D, T'Sjoen G, Ravn P, Andersen MS. Management of Endocrine Disease: Optimal feminizing hormone treatment in transgender people. Eur J Endocrinol. 2021;185(2):R49-R63. doi:10.1530/EJE-21-0059
                      16. Center of Excellence for Transgender Health, University of California, San Francisco, Department of Family and Community Medicine. Guidelines for the Primary and Gender-Affirming Care of Transgender and Gender Nonbinary People.
                      17. Irwig MS. Testosterone therapy for transgender men [published correction appears in Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2017 Apr;5(4):e2]. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2017;5(4):301-311. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(16)00036-X
                      18. Testosterone. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 8, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
                      19. Ziegler A, Henke T, Wiedrick J, Helou LB. Effectiveness of testosterone therapy for masculinizing voice in transgender patients: A meta-analytic review. Int J Transgenderism, 2018:19(1);25-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/15532739.2017.1411857.
                      20. Electrolysis vs. Laser Hair Removal: An Intro for Trans Folks. www.pointofpride.org. Published June 8, 2023. Accessed January 6, 2024. https://www.pointofpride.org/blog/electrolysis-vs-laser-hair-removal-an-intro-for-trans-folks
                      21. Tollinche LE, Rosa WE, van Rooyen CD. Perioperative Considerations for Person-Centered Gender-Affirming Surgery. Adv Anesth. 2021;39:77-96. doi:10.1016/j.aan.2021.07.005
                      22. Boskey ER, Taghinia AH, Ganor O. Association of Surgical Risk with Exogenous Hormone Use in Transgender Patients: A Systematic Review. JAMA Surg. 2019;154(2):159-169. doi:10.1001/jamasurg.2018.4598
                      23. Arrington-Sanders R, Connell NT, Coon D, et al. Assessing and Addressing the Risk of Venous Thromboembolism Across the Spectrum of Gender Affirming Care: A Review. Endocr Pract. 2023;29(4):272-278. doi:10.1016/j.eprac.2022.12.008
                      24. Rungkitwattanakul J. GFR Estimation in Transgender Patients: An Evolution in Progress. Oral presentation at: 2023 American Society of Health-System Pharmacists Midyear Clinical Meeting & Exhibition; December 2023; Anaheim, CA.
                      25. Ainsworth AJ, Allyse M, Khan Z. Fertility Preservation for Transgender Individuals: A Review. Mayo Clin Proc. 2020;95(4):784-792. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2019.10.040
                      26. Wierckx K, Van Caenegem E, Pennings G, et al. Reproductive wish in transsexual men. Hum Reprod. 2012;27(2):483-487. doi:10.1093/humrep/der406
                      27. Adeleye AJ, Cedars MI, Smith J, Mok-Lin E. Ovarian stimulation for fertility preservation or family building in a cohort of transgender men. J Assist Reprod Genet. 2019;36(10):2155-2161. doi:10.1007/s10815-019-01558-y
                      28. Greg Mercer, First, Do No Harm: Prioritizing Patients Over Politics in the Battle Over Gender-Affirming Care, 39 Ga. St. U. L. Rev. 479 (2023). Accessed May 19, 2024.

                      https://readingroom.law.gsu.edu/gsulr/vol39/iss2/11

                      1. Dawson L, Published JK. The Proliferation of State Actions Limiting Youth Access to Gender Affirming Care. KFF. Published January 31, 2024. Accessed May 19, 2024. https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/the-proliferation-of-state-actions-limiting-youth-access-to-gender-affirming-care/
                      2. Scheim AI, Baker KE, Restar AJ, Sell RL. Health and Health Care Among Transgender Adults in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health. 2022;43:503-523. doi:10.1146/annurev-publhealth-052620-100313
                      3. Kcomt L. Profound health-care discrimination experienced by transgender people: rapid systematic review. Soc Work Health Care. 2019;58(2):201-219. doi:10.1080/00981389.2018.1532941
                      4. The Trevor Project. A Guide to Being an Ally to Transgender and Nonbinary Youth. The Trevor Project. Accessed October 1, 2024. https://www.thetrevorproject.org/resources/guide/a-guide-to-being-an-ally-to-transgender-and-nonbinary-youth/

                       

                      GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY

                      Learning Objectives

                       

                      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                      • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
                      • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
                      • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
                      • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

                      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

                      • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
                      • Distinguish types of gene therapies
                      • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
                      • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

                      A boy, sitting in a chair, and a girl, in a wheelchair, excited surrounded by multiple DNA strands.

                      Release Date:

                      Release Date:  November 1, 2024

                      Expiration Date: November 1, 2027

                      Course Fee

                      Pharmacists: $7

                      Pharmacy Technicians: $4

                      There is no grant funding for this CE activity

                      ACPE UANs

                      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P

                      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-T

                      Session Codes

                      Pharmacist: 24YC50-ABC23

                      Pharmacy Technician: 24YC50-BCA78

                      Accreditation Hours

                      2.0 hours of CE

                      Accreditation Statements

                      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                       

                      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                      Faculty

                       

                      Sandy Casinghino, MS
                      Retired Senior Principal Scientist
                      Pfizer, Groton, CT

                      Faculty Disclosure

                      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                      Ms. Casinghino has no relationships with ineligible companies.

                       

                      ABSTRACT

                      Gene therapy is a relatively new class of medicine that is rapidly evolving, and that brings hope for a cure to patients with genetic diseases. This continuing education activity will introduce learners to the diverse approaches that researchers and clinicians use to correct genes, including in vivo and ex vivo gene therapies. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector-based in vivo gene therapy, one of the most common approaches, is the focus of this learning activity. This activity describes the biology of AAV, vector design and production, toxicities, and FDA-approved AAV-based gene therapies. Finally, a look to the future includes new AAV-based therapies that are in development and a discussion of immune system-related hurdles that must be conquered before AAV-based gene therapy can reach its full potential in maximizing patient efficacy and safety.

                      CONTENT

                      Content

                      INTRODUCTION

                      Gene therapy is a medical approach to replace missing genes or correct dysfunctional genes in patients with genetic diseases. Gene therapies are best suited for patients who have well-defined, single (monogenic) mutations.1,2 Many are rare diseases for which there are few, if any, treatment options. Therapeutics to correct gene mutations are biologics with the potential to cure a variety of previously incurable diseases such as muscular dystrophy, hemophilia, cystic fibrosis, and some types of blindness. Scientists are also developing gene therapies to stop cancer-causing genes and boost immune responses against tumors.

                       

                      The term “gene therapy” encompasses multiple broad strategies that can be separated into two general approaches: in vivo (performed inside an organism) and ex vivo (cells that are removed from the organism, genetically modified, and then returned to organism).3 Within these approaches, multiple techniques and delivery systems are currently used or in development:4,5

                      • Viral vectors (in vivo or ex vivo)
                      • Non-viral delivery particles (in vivo or ex vivo)
                      • Gene editing (in vivo or ex vivo)
                      • Cell engineering (ex vivo only)

                       

                      The entire field of gene therapy is beyond the scope of this activity. This activity’s focus will be in vivo gene delivery via engineered adeno-associated virus (AAV), with some discussion of gene therapy’s basics and background. This is valuable information for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians as this complex biologic class matures and more gene therapies become available to patients.

                       

                      BASICS OF GENE THERAPY

                      Gene Therapy Terminology

                      People outside of the field may be unfamiliar with many terms used to describe gene therapies. Table 1 defines common terms.

                       

                      Table 1. Common Terms Used to Describe Gene Therapy6,7,8

                      Term Definition
                      In vivo gene therapy Administered directly into patients by injection
                      Ex vivo gene therapy Cells are removed from patients, genetically modified, and re-introduced into patients
                      Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector Genetically modified virus commonly used to deliver gene therapy in vivo
                      Capsid Outer icosahedral (20 roughly triangular facets arranged in a spherical or spherical-like manner) protein shell of the virus/viral vector
                      Serotype Distinct variation between viral capsids within a species based on surface antigens (e.g., AAV serotype 9 [AAV9])
                      Host Gene therapy recipient
                      Tropism A virus’s specificity for a particular host tissue, likely driven by cell-surface receptors on host cells
                      Target tissue Tissue/organ/cell type intended for genetic correction
                      Gene of interest (GOI)/

                      transgene

                      Gene that needs to be fixed
                      Expression cassette GOI plus DNA sequences to make it function, including a promoter
                      Inverted terminal repeat (ITR) DNA sequences that flank the GOI as part of the expression cassette; required for genome replication and packaging; the ITR-flanked transgene forms a circular structure (episome)
                      Episome Self-contained and self-replicating circular DNA that contains the expression cassette; stays in the cell’s cytoplasm and does not become part of the cell’s chromosomes
                      cap Gene that encodes the proteins comprising the virus capsid
                      rep Gene that encodes replicase proteins required for virus replication and packaging
                      Neutralizing antibodies (NAb) Antibodies that bind to specific areas of viral vector capsids to block uptake by host cells
                      Vector genomes/kilogram of patient body weight (vg/kg) Common terminology for vector dosing; sometimes referred to as genome copies (gc) per kilogram

                      DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid.

                       

                      We have used brand drug names preferentially throughout this activity because generic names for gene therapies are complex (See Sidebar).

                       

                      SIDEBAR: What’s in a Name? How Are Gene Therapies Named?9,10

                       

                      For in vivo gene therapies, the generic names are composed of two words:

                      • First word corresponds to the gene component
                        • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
                        • Infix: element to denote the gene’s pharmacologic class (gene’s mechanism of action)
                        • Suffix: element to indicate “gene”
                      • Second word corresponds to the vector component
                        • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
                        • Infix: element to denote the viral vector family
                        • Suffix: element to identify the vector type (non-replicating, replicating, plasmid)
                        • 4-letter distinguishing suffix: devoid of meaning and attached to the core name with a hyphen

                      Example:

                       

                      The Pros and Cons of Gene Therapy 

                      Patients and/or caregivers considering gene therapy should consider several factors11-13:

                      • Duration of efficacy
                        • PRO: Potential exists for permanent correction of a disease state. If successful, patients may not need lifelong treatments/medications.
                        • CON: Gene therapy is relatively new and long-term efficacy data is lacking. If gene expression wanes over time, patients may need redosing (which may be impossible) or alternative treatments.
                      • Safety
                        • PRO: Regulatory agencies have approved several products, and safety data is available.
                        • CON: Complete understanding of adverse effect mechanisms is lacking, and long-term safety information doesn’t exist.
                      • Cost
                        • PRO: A curative gene therapy may be more cost-effective than a lifetime of other medications/treatments.
                        • CON: Available gene therapies are very expensive, $2.9 to $3.5 million for the AAV in vivo therapies approved in 2022 and 2023.

                       

                      The History of Gene Therapy

                      Gene therapy is a relatively new field. Clinicians ran the first clinical trial in 1990. Scientists made several advancements in the 1990s and early 2000s, and progress has rapidly accelerated since then.14 (See Sidebar).

                       

                      ABBREVIATIONS: AAV, adeno-associated virus vector; Ad, adenovirus; ADD, adenosine deaminase deficient; ALL, acute lymphoblastic leukemia; CALD, cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy; CAR T, chimeric antigen receptor; Cas9, CRISPR-associated protein 9; CRISPR, clustered regularly interspaced palindromic repeats; DMD, Duchenne muscular dystrophy; EMA, European Medicines Agency; FDA, Food and Drug Administration; HSC, human stem cells; LV, lentivirus; DLBCL, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma; SCD, sickle cell disease; SCID, severe combined immunodeficiency disorder; SMA, spinal muscular atrophy; TDT, transfusion-dependent thalassemia.

                       

                      Gene Therapy Systems

                      Viral Vectors

                      Prototypical gene therapy is an in vivo approach to curing genetic diseases. It uses a delivery vehicle, such as an engineered virus that encapsulates the gene of interest (GOI) for injection into a patient by various routes, such as intravenous (IV), intraocular, or intrathecal.39 This method takes advantage of a virus’s natural ability to enter mammalian cells efficiently. Once the delivery vehicle enters host cells, the encapsulated gene drives production of the missing or faulty protein. Clinicians use this approach for diseases such as muscular dystrophies, where mutations in the dystrophin gene cause progressive weakness and muscle-wasting, and cystic fibrosis, where mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator gene impair lung function.

                       

                      Non-viral Delivery Vehicles

                      Non-viral delivery vehicles, such as nanoparticles, can also deliver genes or gene editing systems in vivo. These particles use biocompatible materials such as polymers and lipids to carry genes or nucleic acids into cells.3 Researchers can customize a particle’s physiochemical properties to target the intended cell types better and evade immune responses. Non-viral particles are less efficient than viruses at entering cells but may have several other advantages. It’s likely that most patients are immunologically naïve to manufactured particles and lack pre-existing antibodies that may prevent successful uptake by cells. Non-viral particles may also be easier to manufacture and purify, making them more cost-effective to produce than viral vectors.40

                       

                      Recent gene therapy clinical trials using nanoparticles or lipid nanoparticles include the following41-43:

                      • Reqorsa: contains a tumor suppressor gene encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of several types of lung cancer
                      • NTLA-2001: contains a gene editing system encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of hereditary transthyretin amyloidosis (a disease which deposits abnormal protein [amyloid] in organs)

                       

                      Gene Editing Systems

                      Gene editing systems, which can be in vivo or ex vivo approaches, can provide precise, targeted gene modifications. Gene editors are engineered nucleases (enzymes) that produce double-stranded breaks at a specific target site. These breaks stimulate the cell’s natural DNA repair mechanisms, resulting in the repair of the break by homology-directed repair or non-homologous end joining. With these systems, target-specific DNA insertions, deletions, modifications, or replacements are all possible.3,44

                       

                      Many gene editing tools exist, including3,44

                      • clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) Cas-associated nucleases
                      • transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs)
                      • zinc-finger nucleases (ZFNs)
                      • meganucleases (MNs)

                       

                      Gene editing ex vivo systems are a fast-growing area with many programs in development.41 In vivo gene editing is rife with challenges, especially those concerning delivery to the intended cells. Gene editing systems are an evolving cutting-edge platform reviewed in much more detail elsewhere.3,44,45

                       

                      Ex Vivo Gene Therapy

                      In ex vivo gene therapy, medical and/or laboratory personnel remove a patient’s cells from the body, genetically modify them (using viral vectors, non-viral delivery particles, or gene editing systems), and then re-introduce them into the patient. Alternatives to the use of a patient’s cells include genetically modified cell lines or cells from another donor. The use of autologous (patients’ own) cells avoids the need to find an immuno-compatible donor. Examples of systems include chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells and engineered hematopoietic stem cells (HSC). CAR T cells are T lymphocytes that are modified to recognize tumor antigens, such as the B lymphocyte antigen Cluster of Differentiation-19 (CD-19) and B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA). Once genetically modified, the CAR T cells bind to cells expressing the tumor antigen and subsequently kill them. HSC have the ability for self-renewal and to differentiate into multiple cell lineages, therefore engineering them to correct genetic flaws such as enzyme deficiencies and hemoglobinopathies (inherited disorders affecting hemoglobin, the molecule that transports oxygen in the blood) makes them a promising approach.

                       

                      Several products have received regulatory approval in the United States (U.S.)46:

                      • Autologous CAR T cells47-50
                        • CD19-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for the treatment of various types of B cell lymphomas include the following:
                          • Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel) – approved 2017
                          • Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel) – approved 2017
                          • Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2020
                          • Breyanzi (lisocabtagene maraleucel) – approved 2021
                        • BCMA-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for treatment of relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma include the following51,52:
                          • Abecma (idecabtagene vicleucel) – approved 2021
                          • Carvykti (ciltacabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2022
                      • Autologous HSC-based gene therapies include the following53-56:
                        • Skysona (elivaldogene autotemcel) – slows neurological dysfunction in cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy by inducing synthesis of adrenoleukodystrophy protein – approved 2022
                        • Zynteglo (betibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2022
                        • Casgevy (exagamglogene autotemcel) – first FDA-approved CRISPR/Cas9 gene-editing therapeutic; corrects sickle cell disease (SCD) and transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023
                        • Lyfgenia (lovotibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects SCD by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023

                       

                      CAR T cell gene therapy is an effective treatment for several types of cancers but comes with many challenges to patients, medical professionals, and pharmacy personnel. Product manufacturing, administration, and adverse effect mitigation are more complex than for many other treatment types. Medical, laboratory, and/or pharmacy personal carry out the following key steps at specialized medical centers47-50:

                      1. Collect the patient’s white blood cells (leukapheresis)
                      2. Manufacture the CAR T cells in a laboratory with a typical time frame of two to four weeks
                        • Patients may need to travel to and remain near the center while they wait for the cells
                        • If the process fails, then personnel must repeat the cell collection and CAR T cell manufacturing
                      3. Administer chemotherapy to deplete the patient’s lymphocytes, two to 14 days prior to CAR T cell infusion, which makes room for the CAR T cells
                      4. Administer the CAR T cells to the patient by slow infusion to minimize infusion-related adverse reactions
                      5. Monitor the patient for at least four weeks, likely requiring the patient to stay at or near the treatment center

                       

                      This therapy class carries Boxed Warnings:

                      • CD-19 directed therapies47-50,57
                        • Cytokine release syndrome (CRS): over-activation of the immune system with release of large amounts of cytokines (immune system proteins); this is a common, potentially life-threatening adverse event
                        • Neurotoxicity: the mechanism by which this occurs is not well understood, but it is common and can be life-threatening
                      • BCMA-directed therapies53,54
                        • CRS and neurotoxicity as listed for CD-19 directed therapies
                        • Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis/macrophage activation syndrome: a hyperinflammatory immune response that can be life-threatening
                        • Prolonged cytopenia (low numbers of blood cells) with bleeding and infection; can be life-threatening

                       

                      Ex vivo gene therapy with autologous HSC is also a complex process with multiple challenges and toxicities.53,54 For these therapies, medical personnel pretreat patients with granulocyte-colony stimulating factor to increase production and release of HSCs from bone marrow. Laboratory staff then collect and purify HSC from the patient’s blood. Staff may need to collect cells more than once to amass the required number of cells or in cases where manufacturing fails. Laboratory staff genetically modify the patient’s HSCs, typically with a lentiviral vector, to express the GOI. The cell manufacturing process can take up to three months. The modified cells require cryopreservation and liquid nitrogen storage conditions, adding to the process’s complexity.

                       

                      When the cells are ready, medical personnel administer lymphocyte-depleting chemotherapy to the patient to remove HSCs that are making the faulty protein and to make room in the bone marrow for the genetically modified HSCs. Next, medical personnel infuse the thawed HSCs to the patient intravenously. After infusion, patients may need to stay at the medical center for several months for recovery and monitoring.

                       

                      The prescribing information lists toxicities including prolonged cytopenias, serious infections, and an increased risk for lentiviral vector-mediated oncogenesis (development of a new cancer). It recommends patient monitoring for 15 years to life for hematologic malignancies. Skysona and Lyfgenia have Boxed Warnings for hematologic malignancy.53,56

                       

                      The overview above describes how the field of gene therapy is broad and encompasses multiple approaches. New and evolving approaches include non-viral delivery, gene editing, and ex vivo cell engineering; they have recently started to become available to patients. This is an exciting and hopeful time for patients with genetically-linked diseases, and it is likely that many more effective and approved therapies will be available soon.

                       

                      AAV-BASED IN VIVO GENE THERAPY

                      Although researchers are developing viral vectors based on many types of viruses (e.g., adenovirus, gamma retrovirus, herpes simplex virus, lentivirus) adeno-associated virus (AAV) has emerged as the leading viral vector for in vivo gene therapy with five current regulatory approvals in the U.S. and many more programs under development.41,46 Its favorable characteristics include not causing human disease, inability to replicate in the host without a helper virus, and ability to elicit a low host immune response relative to many other viruses. Since the expression cassette is typically maintained on an episome, scientists expect AAV-based vectors to have a low frequency of integration into the host genome, conferring a minimal risk of cancer.58 In addition, at least one serotype of AAV (AAV9) can cross the blood-brain barrier making AAV a suitable choice for neurologic diseases without invasive local administration of the vectors into the brain. Researchers find AAV-based vectors to be attractive, versatile tools with suitable properties and utility for a wide variety of diseases.

                       

                      AAV Biology

                      Naturally occurring AAVs are small, non-enveloped viruses that belong to the Parvovirus family. They have a linear single-stranded DNA genome of approximately 4.7 kilobases, including rep and cap genes that encode for replication and capsid proteins, respectively.3 Figure 1A illustrates the genomic structure of a wild type (naturally occurring) AAV.

                       

                      In engineered AAVs used for gene therapy, developers remove the rep and cap genes and replace them with an expression cassette, as illustrated in Figure 1B. The expression cassette contains the GOI, regulatory elements (promoter/enhancer), and poly-adenosine tail (to stabilize the messenger RNA and facilitate translation into protein) flanked by inverted terminal repeats (ITRs; required for genome replication and packaging). The expression cassette replaces approximately 96% of the native genome.3

                       

                      Figure 1. Genomic Structure of Wild Type AAV and Engineered AAV Vector


                      cap, capsid gene; GOI, gene of interest; ITR, inverted terminal repeat; rep, replicase gene.

                       

                      AAV capsids in both the wild type AAV and engineered AAV vectors are composed of three viral proteins (VPs) named VP1, VP2, and VP3. Sixty molecules of these proteins, estimated to exist in a 1:1:10 ratio (VP1:VP2:VP3), assemble into each icosahedral capsid (Figure 2). The VP sequences overlap, with VP1 being 137 amino acids longer than VP2, which is 57 amino acids longer than VP3. Differences in VP3 sequences distinguish one AAV serotype from another.59

                       

                      Figure 2. Protein Structure of the AAV Capsid


                      VP, viral protein.

                       

                      AAV exists as at least 11 natural serotypes, which share about 51% to 99% sequence identity in their VP3 protein.60,61 Sequence comparisons between different AAV serotypes identified nine variable regions situated on the capsid surface. The specific amino acid sequences of these regions impact AAV binding to host cell receptors, thus determining cell- and tissue-specific tropism (affinity for a specific tissue or cell type). These variable sequences also function as binding sites (epitopes) for AAV-specific antibodies, thus influencing host immune responses.62

                       

                      An AAV serotype can be tropic to multiple cell types and tissues, and multiple serotypes can be tropic to the same cells/tissues. Researchers isolate serotypes from non-human primates and develop synthetic serotypes using protein engineering to alter tropisms and/or evade pre-existing AAV-specific antibodies.1

                       

                      PAUSE AND PONDER: If your child had a life-shortening genetic disorder and a new AAV9-based therapy became available, how would you feel if your child had a high anti-AAV9 neutralizing antibody titer that excluded them from clinical trials or treatment?

                       

                      Neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) are naturally occurring antibodies that bind to AAV surface epitopes and block uptake into target cells. NAb binding to the AAV capsid can induce rapid clearance of the gene therapy by the patient’s immune system. Clinical personnel must screen patients for pre-existing Nabs. Trial protocols and prescribing instructions often exclude patients with NAbs specific for the gene therapy’s serotype.

                       

                      Older children and adults tend to have a high prevalence of pre-existing antibodies against commonly circulating (wild type) AAV serotypes because of previous exposure to these viruses over the course of their lives. For example, studies showed that approximately 40% of humans have NAbs to AAV serotypes 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.63 Between 6% and 95% of individuals with hemophilia A and B have AAV-specific antibodies based on AAV serotype and assay used.64 In addition, due to the high degree of conservation of capsid protein amino acid sequences, pre-existing antibodies to one serotype may cross-react with other serotypes, further limiting the availability of a therapy for a patient. Patients without NAbs prior to gene therapy will develop high titers of NAbs following vector administration, rendering them ineligible for additional rounds of gene therapy with the same vector or a cross-reactive serotype.1,63-65

                       

                      Vector Design

                      To create a vector for a particular disease, drug developers try to target an AAV vector to the specific cell or tissue type where gene correction is needed. The capsid serotype choice significantly influences this decision.

                       

                      AAV2, AAV5, AAV6, AAV8, and AAV9 account for a majority of the ongoing AAV gene therapy clinical trials.60,66 Commonly, AAV2 or AAV8 is the choice for ocular therapies; AAV2, AAV8, AAV5, and AAV9 are best for liver targeting; and AAV2 and AAV9 are preferred targeting muscle or the central nervous system. Some researchers are also using AAV serotypes isolated from rhesus monkeys, such as rh74.60,67 As discussed, AAV9 can cross the blood-brain barrier, allowing IV administration of this serotype to target brain tissue while avoiding invasive intrathecal injections.60,68 Therefore, AAV9 is a popular vector to treat many diseases affecting the nervous system.

                       

                      Developers derive the capsids of AAV vectors either from natural AAV viruses or by engineering capsids through rational design, directed evolution, or computer-guided strategies. The impetus to develop AAV vectors with capsids from less common AAV serotypes or novel engineered AAV capsids serves to improve or modify tissue targeting and circumvent immune recognition.69

                       

                      Considerations for vector design include61,62

                      • Choosing the best AAV serotype to target the intended cell type or tissue, using the desired route of administration
                      • Potential for tissue-specific promoters (e.g., targeting the muscle for muscular dystrophy or the liver for hemophilia) rather than constitutive promoters (that will drive gene expression in a wide range of tissues and perhaps result in off-target toxicity)
                      • Whether an enhancer is needed to boost expression in the target tissue to achieve desired therapeutic effect
                      • Modifying capsid epitopes to reduce recognition/response from the host immune system

                       

                      Vector Production and Purification

                      Once developers choose the best capsid serotype and design the vector, they proceed to the manufacturing step. Gene therapies are complex biologics, and manufacturing and purification are of utmost importance for efficacy, safety, and product stability. Regulatory agencies require good manufacturing practice compliance.70

                       

                      Scientists commonly use mammalian cell lines to propagate engineered AAV vectors and then purify the vectors from cell lysates. Rigorous purification is essential. As the science of gene therapy matures, drug developers continuously improve purification methods. Contaminants from the engineered AAV cultivation process are a potential source of toxicity and can induce unwanted immune responses. Release testing of the final product in the U.S. must comply with a series of FDA-established requirements and predetermined specifications to determine product safety, purity, concentration, identity, potency, and stability.71 Characterization of the final product includes a determination of the viral genome (vg) titer, infectious titer (potency), product identity (AAV capsid and genome), and therapeutic gene identity (expression/activity).72

                       

                      Gene therapy developers follow these steps to manufacture AAV-based therapies73-75:

                      1. Use conventional recombinant DNA technology in bacterial systems to produce the plasmids
                      2. Use mammalian cell lines, such as human embryonic kidney 293 cells, or insect cell lines, such as the baculovirus/insect cell system, to produce the vectors
                      3. Transfect (introduce genetic material into a cell) three plasmids into the cell line
                        • a recombinant AAV plasmid containing the expression cassette (see Figure 1b)
                        • an adenovirus-based helper plasmid supplying genes needed for virus replication
                        • a plasmid containing the essential rep and cap genes needed for virus replication and capsid formation
                      4. Collect produced vectors from the cells and purify them. Complex purification processes require multiple methods that may be specific for each individual contaminant. Rigorous purification minimizes patient risk (see Sidebar). Examples of purification process steps (and techniques used) include the following:
                        • Cells lysis to release the viral particles (detergent, mechanical stress, hypertonic shock, freeze-thawing)
                        • Removal of nucleic acids (nuclease treatment), cell fragments and proteins, cell culture contaminants (centrifugation, filtration, chromatography)
                        • Separation of full vector particles from empty particles (cesium chloride gradient ultracentrifugation or chromatography)
                      5. Formulate vectors after purification for administration to the patient. Formulation optimization prior to manufacture is not trivial. Some considerations are:73-75
                        • Formulation chemical composition must be optimized for intended route of administration
                        • Formulation must be sterile and have low endotoxin concentration
                        • Formulation must minimize product degradation to avoid aggregation and loss of efficacy due to product instability

                           

                          SIDEBAR: Patient Safety: The Importance of Purification of AAV69,74

                          • Non-vector sequences (including plasmid DNA, helper virus DNA, and DNA from the cell line used to produce the vector) can unintentionally be packaged into the capsids. AAV vector genomes can recombine with non-vector DNA, resulting in AAV vectors that contain chimeric (mixtures of DNA from different sources) sequences. The behavior of these unintended sequences is unpredictable in patients.
                          • Capsids containing the complete intended therapeutic gene, partial sequences, unintended chimeric sequences, or no genetic sequence material at all (empty capsids) are all possible outcomes of vector manufacturing. Administering a mixture of different forms of the therapeutic to patients may result in a partial effective dose, thus lowering potency and necessitating administration of higher overall numbers of AAV particles to achieve efficacy. The higher the number of AAV particles, the higher the risk of toxicities and immune system activation.

                           

                          Toxicities/Adverse Events

                          Although AAV gene therapy is generally considered safe, multiple treatment-emergent serious adverse events have occurred following gene therapy administration to patients. These include severe hepatoxicity and thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA). Other potential toxicities and identified risks include myocarditis, neurotoxicity (dorsal root ganglion [DRG] degeneration), oncogenicity, and immunotoxicity.69

                           

                          In general, AAV vectors administered IV first travel to the liver. Liver enzyme increases denoting liver damage commonly occur and corticosteroid treatment is often effective. On occasion, acute serious liver injury, liver failure, and death have occurred. Although the mechanism is not completely understood, more severe liver injury appears to correlate with higher vector doses. Severe liver injury following AAV vector administration for spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) and X-linked myotubular myopathy genetic diseases has occurred.69,76

                           

                          TMA is a pathological condition characterized by formation of thrombi (clots) in small blood vessels, following endothelial cell injury. TMA’s clinical presentation often includes complement activation, cytokine release, thrombocytopenia (decreased platelets), and kidney injury/failure. Several cases of TMA have been reported in patients or clinical trial participants following AAV gene therapy for SMA and Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD). Treatments for affected patients included hemodialysis, platelet transfusion, and the complement inhibitor eculizumab. As with severe liver injury, TMA development appears to be related to high vector doses.77,78

                           

                          Several patients in DMD clinical trials have developed myocarditis, which was fatal in one patient. A hypothesis is that pre-existing inflammation in DMD patients’ muscles, including heart muscle, worsened upon local expression of dystrophin. Steroid treatment successfully resolved myocarditis in some cases.79

                           

                          DRG degeneration/toxicity is an identified potential risk of AAV gene therapy. DRGs are collections of sensory neurons that relay impulses from the periphery to the central nervous system. Researchers have observed AAV vector-induced DRG toxicity mainly in non-clinical studies with pigs and non-human primates. Direct administration of AAV into cerebral spinal fluid and high vector doses were contributing factors. Pathology studies have detected DRG degeneration in autopsy samples from humans who received AAV gene therapy. Scientists do not completely understand DRG toxicity’s underlying mechanisms in animals or the significance of clinical translation to humans.80

                           

                          Oncogenicity due to insertional mutagenesis (introducing foreign DNA into a person’s genome) is a potential risk of gene therapy. Studies in mice that received AAV vectors revealed integration events and hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatocyte clonal expansion occurred in dogs following AAV vector administration although tumors were not found. AAV vector genome integration into chromosomes has been detected in humans, but so far AAV-associated oncogenesis has not been reported.58 Due to the potential risk, regulators expect long-term monitoring after vector administration.69,81

                           

                          Although immune responses to wild type AAV are low relative to other viruses, AAV can engage all arms of the immune system and can do so robustly especially when high vector doses are administered. The immune response to AAV gene therapy is complex, and poorly understood, and can contribute to loss of efficacy and adverse effects. Local (rather than systemic) dosing, use of tissue specific promoters, and increasing the vector’s potency (increasing promoter strength/achieving higher levels of expression per AAV particle) may effectively minimize toxicity.65,76,82,83

                           

                          Immune responses to AAV gene therapy include the following65,66,79,82:

                          • Innate immune responses: may lead to cytokine induction and/or activation of the complement cascade (e.g., toll-like receptor recognition and signaling in response to capsid proteins and nucleic acids)
                          • Humoral responses: antibody binding to AAV capsid may activate complement and immune cells and remove the vector from circulation before it can reach its target tissue. After gene therapy administration, the body generates new antibodies that can be specific for a capsid or transgene product.
                          • Cellular immune responses: may lead to inflammation and elimination of the cells producing the disease-correcting protein (e.g., activation/expansion of capsid- or transgene-product-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes)

                           

                          APPROVED IN VIVO GENE THERAPIES

                          As of December, 2023, the FDA approved eight in vivo gene therapies, five of which are AAV based.46

                           

                          Non-AAV-Based Therapies

                          Three of the FDA-approved in vivo gene therapies are non-AAV based; they are adenovirus (Ad)-based or herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based. None are systemically administered, but instead are administered locally to the skin or bladder.

                           

                          Vyjuvek (beremagene geperpavec-svdt) is a live, replication deficient HSV type 1 (HSV-1) vector genetically modified to express human type VII collagen. Vyjuvek is indicated for wound treatment in patients with dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa with mutation(s) in the collagen type VII alpha 1 chain gene. Topical application to wounds induces production of the mature form of type VII collagen leading to wound healing.84

                           

                          Adstiladrin (nadofaragene firadenovec-vncg) is a non-replicating adenoviral serotype 5 vector genetically modified to produce human interferon α-2b (IFNα-2b). Adstiladrin is indicated for patients with high-risk Bacillus Calmette-Guérin-unresponsive non-muscle invasive bladder cancer with carcinoma in situ with or without papillary tumors. Intravesical (within the bladder) instillation results in local expression of IFNα-2b protein that is anticipated to have anti-tumor effects.85

                           

                          Imlygic (talimogene laherparepvec) is a live, attenuated HSV vector genetically modified to replicate within tumors and to produce the immune stimulatory protein granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF). Imylgic is indicated for local treatment, by intralesional injection of unresectable cutaneous, subcutaneous, and nodal lesions in patients with melanoma recurrent after initial surgery. Imylgic causes tumor lysis followed by release of tumor-derived antigens, which together with virally derived GM-CSF may promote an antitumor immune response. However, the exact mechanism of action is unknown.86

                           

                          AAV-Based Therapies

                          Luxturna (voretigene neparvovec-rzyl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV2 expressing the human retinoid isomerohydrolase (RPE65) gene approved in 2017. It’s used to treat patients with confirmed biallelic RPE65 mutation-associated retinal dystrophy, a condition causing progressive retinal degeneration and dysfunction, which can lead to vision loss and blindness over time. Retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells produce RPE65. Mutations in this gene result in vision impairment, so Luxturna aims to correct these mutations. A clinician administers 1.5 x 1011 vg of Luxturna subretinally (directly into the space beneath the retina) to each eye on separate days, at least six days apart. Patients typically take systemic oral corticosteroids starting three days before its administration and continuing with a tapering dose for 10 days. Preparation of Luxturna for administration is complex and includes thawing, dilution, and preparation of syringes for injection. Warnings and precautions include endophthalmitis (infection/inflammation of the inner structures of the eye), permanent decline in visual acuity, retinal abnormalities, increased ocular pressure, intraocular air bubble expansion, and cataracts. Immune responses to Luxturna were mild in clinical trials, perhaps due to corticosteroid administration.23

                           

                          Zolgensma (onasemnogene abeparvovec-xioi) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV9 expressing the human survival motor neuron (SMN) protein. The FDA approved it in 2019 for treatment of patients younger than 2 years of age with spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) with bi-allelic mutations in the SMN1 gene. SMN protein is key for muscle development and movement and Zolgensma aims to correct these mutations to treat the disease. After Zolgensma is thawed, a clinician administers 1.1 × 1014 vg/kg of Zolgensma intravenously by slow infusion. Patients typically take systemic corticosteroids starting one day before Zolgensma administration and continuing for a total of 30 days. Serious adverse effects described in the Boxed Warning include acute liver injury and failure with fatal outcomes. Other warnings and precautions include systemic immune response, thrombocytopenia, TMA, and elevated troponin (a protein involved in muscle contraction).87

                           

                          Hemgenix (etranacogene dezaparvovec-drlb) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing human coagulation Factor IX (Padua variant), under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2022, it is employed to treat male patients with hemophilia B (congenital Factor IX deficiency). The Padua variant has an 8-fold higher specific activity relative to wild type Factor IX, and Hemgenix would ideally correct the disease by providing circulating Factor IX activity. Clinicians administer 2.0 × 1013 gc/kg of Hemgenix by slow intravenous infusion. Hemgenix is a refrigerated suspension that requires dilution into normal saline. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if the liver enzyme aspartate aminotransferase (AST) increases to twice the patient’s baseline value. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and hepatocellular carcinogenicity (theoretical risk if vector DNA integrates into the host cell genome).88

                           

                          Elevidys (delandistrogene moxeparvovec-rokl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAVrh74 (originally isolated from rhesus monkeys) expressing human micro-dystrophin. The FDA approved it in 2023 for treatment of ambulatory 4- to 5-year-old patients with DMD with a confirmed mutation in the dystrophin gene. The vector’s promoter/enhancer drives transgene expression predominantly in skeletal and cardiac muscle. The dystrophin protein’s micro version consists of selected domains of dystrophin that confer function to muscle cells. After Elevidys is thawed, clinicians administer 1.33 × 1014 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends prophylactic corticosteroids following a complex administration and tapering schedule, which is further complicated in patients with DMD already on a corticosteroid regimen. Warnings and precautions include acute serious liver injury, immune-mediated myositis, and myocarditis.89

                           

                          Roctavian (valoctocogene roxaparvovec-rvox) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing the B-domain-deleted form of human coagulation Factor VIII (the smallest active form of Factor VIII) under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2023 for treatment of male patients with severe hemophilia A, clinicians administer Roctavian after thawing at 6.0 × 1013 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if liver enzymes increase to 1.5 times the patient’s baseline or to above the upper limit of normal. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and thromboembolic events.90

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: The prescribing information for Hemgenix and Roctavian do not recommend these gene therapies for women. Why?

                           

                          A LOOK TO THE FUTURE

                          As discussed above, the FDA has approved five AAV-based gene therapies, Figure 3 illustrates disease indications being studied in AAV-based clinical trials including 90 ongoing, interventional studies.41

                           

                          Figure 3. AAV-based gene therapy clinical trials for different disease indications as a percentage of all AAV-based clinical trials for therapies not yet approved for marketing41

                          The percentages of each disease indication were calculated based on the total of current AAV-based interventional clinical trials. Clinical trials were identified using the search terms gene therapy and adeno-associated (for condition/disease) and interventional (study type). Trials designated as recruiting, active – not yet recruiting, enrolling by invitation, and completed were included in the analysis (n = 73). Trials designated as terminated, suspended, or unknown status were not included. Data are current as of April 12, 2024.

                           

                          Ophthalmology and neurology represent the highest percentage of forthcoming therapies. Within the ophthalmology category, multiple trials are underway for achromatopsia (color blindness), amaurosis (complete vision loss without visible eye damage; typically, an optic nerve disease), and retinitis pigmentosa (progressive vision loss due to retina deterioration), among others. The neurological disease category includes trials for Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and others. Hematological and musculoskeletal clinical trials are highly focused on hemophilia and muscular dystrophies, respectively. The metabolic disease category is diverse containing a few trials each for numerous genetic diseases.41

                           

                          Controlling the immune response to AAV vectors is one of the biggest hurdles for future therapeutics. The human immune system is complex and very efficient. Often, it has a back-up plan in case an organism escapes the first round of attack and usually a back-up plan for the back-up plan. It becomes impossible for an AAV vector (a virus in sheep’s clothing) to go unnoticed, especially when the doses are greater than 1 trillion vg/kg of body weight. Thus, a patient’s immune system will go into action starting shortly after receiving gene therapy and mount a multi-pronged attack.

                           

                          New and improved strategies to control immune responses will greatly benefit patients. Researchers are diligently pursuing strategies (Table 2) that target the vector itself or immune system components.91-93 Success will probably use a combinations of strategies.

                           

                          Table 2. Strategies to Control or Circumvent Immune Responses91-94

                          Strategy Rationale Potential Advantages Potential Disadvantages
                          AAV capsid engineering

                           

                          Remove or alter NAb-binding epitopes ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing NAb

                          ·  Allow redosing

                          ·  Complex, expensive, lengthy process

                          ·  May alter tropism to target tissue

                          ·  May require patient screening to determine what epitopes to modify

                          Direct administration to appropriate tissue Minimizing systemic exposure may minimize immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Not possible for all indications
                          Plasmapheresis

                           

                          Reduce amount of all immunoglobulins in a patient ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

                          ·  Allow redosing

                          ·  Invasive procedure

                          ·  Not specific for capsid antibodies

                          ·  May increase infection risk due to reduced circulating antibody

                          Capsid decoys

                           

                          Pretreat patient with empty capsid to ‘absorb’ capsid-specific antibodies ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

                          ·  Allow redosing

                          ·  Depending on clearance time for empty capsid-NAb complexes, may increase the total capsid burden and enhance immune response
                          IdeS Degrades all IgG ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

                          ·  Allow redosing

                          ·  Good safety profile in transplant patients

                          ·  Patient may have pre-existing antibodies to IdeS that could induce an immune response

                          ·  Patient may develop antibodies to IdeS, so may not be able to be used more than once

                          ·  Not specific for anti-AAV IgG

                          ·  Increased infection risk due to reduced circulating IgG

                          Immunosuppression Overall or cell type-specific suppression of the immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Can have adverse effects, especially if used long term

                          ·  Increased infection risk

                          AAV, adeno-associated virus; IdeS, immunoglobulin G-degrading enzymes of Streptococcus pyogenes; IgG, immunoglobulin type G; NAb, neutralizing antibody.

                           

                          Perfection of technologies to remove pre-existing NAbs would allow many more patients to be eligible for gene therapies. Curbing antibody production in the days following the gene therapy may boost efficacy, reduce toxicity, and allow patients to remain eligible for more than one round of AAV gene therapy if needed. Methods to control T cell-mediated responses would prevent destruction of the cells producing the transgene product, increasing the persistence of the curative gene expression.

                           

                          Early clinical studies took a reactive approach to immune responses to AAV; they used medications such as corticosteroids following observation of increases in liver enzymes or signs of inflammation. More recently, efforts to identify drugs and combinations of drugs that will suppress the immune response prophylactically have accelerated91,93:

                          • Corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisolone): general anti-inflammatory
                          • Tacrolimus: inhibits T cell proliferation and differentiation
                          • Rituximab: depletes B cells to block antibody production
                          • Rapamycin (sirolimus): disrupts cytokine signaling resulting in inhibition of B cell and T cell activation
                          • Mycophenolate mofetil: inhibits B cell and T cell proliferation
                          • Eculizumab: complement inhibitor
                          • Hydroxychloroquine: inhibits toll-like receptor-9-mediated responses to viral DNA an antigen presentation

                           

                          Researchers must investigate other key variables: the timing of immunosuppression initiation and the requisite treatment duration.

                           

                          Many clinical trials have employed corticosteroids, but corticosteroids alone are insufficient to control immune responses. Regulators have approved the immunosuppressants listed above for indications other than gene therapy, and their safety profiles are known, making them logical choices to investigate for gene therapy indications. Future work must maximize safety and efficacy of AAV gene therapy while balancing adverse effects of the immunosuppressive regimens.93

                           

                          SUMMARY

                          Gene therapy is a relatively new, complex, and evolving field in medicine that offers hope to patients with previously incurable genetic diseases. The information presented here is intended to introduce a topic that pharmacists and pharmacy technicians may not have been previously exposed to, and perhaps inspire them to read more.

                           

                           

                          Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                          GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
                          Pharmacist Posttest

                          Learning Objectives
                          After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                          • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
                          • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
                          • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
                          • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

                          1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
                          A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
                          B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
                          C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

                          2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
                          A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
                          B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
                          C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

                          3. Which of the following are components of an AAV vector?
                          A. Expression cassette, capsid, GOI
                          B. Promoter, cell wall, GOI
                          C. Expression cassette, liposome, GOI

                          4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
                          A. Zolgensma
                          B. Hemgenix
                          C. Adstiladrin

                          5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
                          A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
                          B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
                          C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

                          6. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
                          A. AAV confers a lower risk of inducing gene therapy-related cancers than lentiviral vectors.
                          B. AAV serotype does not influence what tissue will express the transgene product
                          C. Route of administration of a gene therapy is unlikely to contribute to its toxicity profile

                          7. Which situation would warrant administration of the complement inhibitor, eculizumab, in a patient that had received AAV gene therapy?
                          A. A patient complains of nausea the day after receiving gene therapy
                          B. A patient received gene therapy 5 days afo and has not urinated for 24 hours
                          C. A patient’s liver enzymes are elevated 6 months after receiving gene therapy

                          8. Which of the following statements is TRUE about viral vector production purification?
                          A. Proteins from the cell line used to propagate the vector may promote an inflammatory immune response
                          B. The main reason to remove empty capsids from the drug product is to reduce cost to the patient
                          C. Capsids containing partial or chimeric DNA sequences may provide a boost in efficacy of the therapy

                          9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
                          A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
                          B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
                          C. Breyanzi

                          10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for ex vivo gene therapy and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
                          A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
                          B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. Once he receives the new cells, he will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
                          C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. Those cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, in a process that may take 4-6 months. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. For several months after receiving the new cells, he may need to stay at the treatment center for recovery and monitoring. At first, he likely will be prone to infections. He will have an increased risk for cancer, requiring monitoring for at least 15 years.

                          Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                          GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
                          Pharmacy Technician Posttest

                          Learning Objectives
                          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
                          • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
                          • Distinguish types of gene therapies
                          • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
                          • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

                          1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
                          A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
                          B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
                          C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

                          2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
                          A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
                          B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
                          C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

                          3. A single mom has been informed that her 6-year-old son with DMD is a good candidate for Elevidys gene therapy and asks you about the pros and cons of this treatment. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
                          A. The treatment may not completely cure her son’s disease; adverse effects are well understood; is very expensive
                          B. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is very expensive
                          C. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is not expensive

                          4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
                          A. Zolgensma
                          B. Hemgenix
                          C. Adstiladrin

                          5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
                          A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
                          B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
                          C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

                          6. Which of the following statements about patient challenges with different types of gene therapies is TRUE?
                          A. Patients receiving AAV gene therapy rarely have immune responses.
                          B. Patients receiving CAR T cell therapy for B cell lymphoma are less likely to experience Cytokine Release Syndrome than patients receiving an AAV gene therapy for a monogenic disease.
                          C. Patients receiving HSC therapy undergo long term safety monitoring due to increased risk of developing treatment-related cancers.

                          7. A patient with Hemophilia A is awaiting his AAV5 neutralizing antibody test results to determine whether he will be able to be treated with Roctavian. He asks you to explain about the potential outcomes and implications of the antibody test. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
                          A. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.
                          B. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will be able to receive Roctavian as many times as needed until he is cured.
                          C. If his test is positive (he does have the AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.

                          8. A patient receives prophylactic oral corticosteroids starting 3 days before gene therapy begins. She then receives 2 sub-retinal injections of AAV vector 7 days apart and continues with tapering doses of the oral corticosteroids for 10 days. Which U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy product did she receive?
                          A. Luxturna
                          B. Zolgensma
                          C. Imlygic

                          9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
                          A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
                          B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
                          C. Breyanzi

                          10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for Zynteglo (ex vivo HSC gene therapy) and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
                          A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
                          B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center, and will receive his cells back. He will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
                          C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. His cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, which may take 4-6 months. He will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. He may need to stay at the treatment center for several months for recovery and monitoring. He will likely be prone to infections and be monitored for at least 15 years because of an increased risk for cancer.

                          References

                          Full List of References

                          References

                              1. Issa SS, Shaimardanova AA, Solovyeva VV, Rizvanov AA. Various AAV serotypes and their applications in gene therapy: an overview. Cells. 2023;12(5):785. doi:10.3390/cells12050785

                               

                              1. Naso MF, Tomkowicz B, Perry WL, Strohl WR. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) as a vector for gene therapy. BioDrugs. 2017;31(4):317-334. doi:10.1007/s40259-017-0234-5

                               

                              1. Shahryari A, Burtscher I, Nazari Z, Lickert H. Engineering gene therapy: advances and barriers. Adv Ther. 2021;4(9):2100040. doi:10.1002/adtp.202100040

                               

                              1. Dunbar CE, High KA, Joung JK, Kohn DB, Ozawa K, Sadelain M. Gene therapy comes of age. Science. 2018 Jan 12;359(6372). doi:10.1126/science.aan4672

                               

                              1. Chapa González C, Martínez Saráoz JV, Roacho Pérez JA, Olivas Armendáriz I. Lipid nanoparticles for gene therapy in ocular diseases. Daru. 2023;31(1):75-82. doi:10.1007/s40199-023-00455-1

                               

                              1. The free dictionary by Farlex. 2003-2023. Accessed December 29, 2023. https://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/

                               

                              1. 7. Bulcha JT, Wang Y, Ma H, Tai PWL, Gao G. Viral vector platforms within the gene therapy landscape. Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2021;6(1):53. doi:10.1038/s41392-021-00487-6

                               

                              1. GT Reference – Decoding the science of gene therapy glossary. 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024. https://www.gtreference.com/resources/glossary/

                               

                              1. American Medical Association. Gene therapy naming scheme. Accessed October 3, 2023. https://www.ama-assn.org/about/united-states-adopted-names/gene-therapy-naming-scheme

                               

                              1. Peters GL, Hennessey EK. Naming of biological products. US Pharm. 2020;45(6)33-36 June 18, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.uspharmacist.com/article/naming-of-biological-products

                               

                              1. Wehrwein P. FDA approves Roctavian, the first gene therapy for hemophilia A. Managed Healthcare Executive. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.managedhealthcareexecutive.com/view/fda-approves-roctavian-the-first-gene-therapy-for-hemophilia-a

                               

                              1. Stein, R. Muscular dystrophy patients get first gene therapy. NPR. June 22, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2023/06/22/1183576268/muscular-dystrophy-patients-get-first-gene-therapy

                               

                              1. Pagliarulo N. FDA approves first gene therapy for hemophilia B. BioPharma Dive. Updated November 23, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/hemophilia-gene-therapy-fda-approval-hemgenix-csl-uniqure/636999/

                               

                              1. genehome bluebird bio. History and evolution of gene therapy. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.thegenehome.com/what-is-gene-therapy/history

                               

                              1. Blaese RM, Culver KW, Miller AD, et al. T lymphocyte-directed gene therapy for ADA- SCID: initial trial results after 4 years. Science. 1995;270(5235):475-480. doi:10.1126/science.270.5235.475

                               

                              1. Sibbald B. Death but one unintended consequence of gene-therapy trial. CMAJ. 2001;164(11):1612. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11402803/

                               

                              1. Hacein-Bey-Abina S, Garrigue A, Wang GP, et al. Insertional oncogenesis in 4 patients after retrovirus-mediated gene therapy of SCID-X1. J Clin Invest. 2008;118(9):3132-3142. doi:10.1172/jci35700

                               

                              1. Cavazzana-Calvo M, Fischer A. Gene therapy for severe combined immunodeficiency: are we there yet? J Clin Invest. 2007;117(6):1456-1465. doi:10.1172/jci30953

                               

                              1. Pearson S, Jia H, Kandachi K. China approves first gene therapy. Nat Biotechnol. 2004;22(1):3-4. doi:10.1038/nbt0104-3

                               

                              1. Daley J. Gene therapy arrives. Nature. 2019;576(7785):S12-S13. doi:10.1038/d41586-019-03716-9

                               

                              1. Vaidya R. Realising the potential of AAV gene therapies. European Pharmaceutical Review. April 27, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.europeanpharmaceuticalreview.com/article/181742/realising-the-potential-of-aav-gene-therapies

                               

                              1. Aiuti A, Roncarolo MG, Naldini L. Gene therapy for ADA‐SCID, the first marketing approval of an ex vivo gene therapy in Europe: paving the road for the next generation of advanced therapy medicinal products. EMBO Mol Med. 2017;9(6):737-740. doi:10.15252/emmm.201707573

                               

                              1. Luxturna. Package Insert. Spark Therapeutics, Inc.; 2022.

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves CAR-T cell therapy to treat adults with certain types of large B-cell lymphoma. Updated March 21, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-car-t-cell-therapy-treat-adults-certain-types-large-b-cell-lymphoma
                              2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves brexucabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory B-cell precursor acute lymphoblastic leukemia. October 1, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-brexucabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-b-cell-precursor-acute-lymphoblastic

                               

                              1. Cross R. CRISPR is coming to the clinic this year. Chemical & Engineering News. January 8, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://cen.acs.org/articles/96/i2/CRISPR-coming-clinic-year.html

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves innovative gene therapy to treat pediatric patients with spinal muscular atrophy, a rare disease and leading genetic cause of infant mortality. May 24, 2019. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-innovative-gene-therapy-treat-pediatric-patients-spinal-muscular-atrophy-rare-disease

                               

                              1. bluebird bio, Inc. bluebird bio announces EU Conditional Marketing Authorization for ZYNTEGLO Gene Therapy. June 3, 2019. Accessed April 17, 2024. https://investor.bluebirdbio.com/news-releases/news-release-details/bluebird-bio-announces-eu-conditional-marketing-authorization

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves new treatment for adults with relapsed or refractory large-B-cell lymphoma. February 5, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-new-treatment-adults-relapsed-or-refractory-large-b-cell-lymphoma

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves idecabtagene vicleucel for multiple myeloma. March 29, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-idecabtagene-vicleucel-multiple-myeloma

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves ciltacabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma. March 7, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-ciltacabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-multiple-myeloma

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Roundup: September 20, 2022. September 20, 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024.

                              https://public4.pagefreezer.com/browse/FDA/01-10-2022T16:45/https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-roundup-september-20-2022

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first cell-based gene therapy to treat adult and pediatric patients with beta-thalassemia who require regular blood transfusions. August 17, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-cell-based-gene-therapy-treat-adult-and-pediatric-patients-beta-thalassemia-who

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for adults with severe hemophilia A. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-adults-severe-hemophilia

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves First gene therapy to treat adults with hemophilia B. November 22, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treat-adults-hemophilia-b

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for treatment of certain patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy. June 23, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treatment-certain-patients-duchenne-muscular-dystrophy

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapies to treat patients with sickle cell disease; December 8, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapies-treat-patients-sickle-cell-disease

                               

                              1. Dunleavy K. Vertex, CRISPR's gene-editing therapy Casgevy wins early FDA nod to treat beta thalassemia. January 16, 2024. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fiercepharma.com/pharma/vertex-crispr-win-early-fda-nod-gene-therapy-casgevy-treat-beta-thalassemia

                               

                              1. Lundstrom K. Viral Vectors in gene therapy: where do we stand in 2023? Viruses. 2023;15(3):698. doi:10.3390/v15030698

                               

                              1. Wang K, Kievit FM, Zhang M. Nanoparticles for cancer gene therapy: Recent advances, challenges, and strategies. Pharmacol Res. 2016;114:56-66. doi:10.1016/j.phrs.2016.10.016

                               

                              1. National Institutes of Health National Library of Medicine National Center for Biotechnology Information. ClinicalTrials.gov. Accessed April 12, 2024. https://www.clinicaltrials.gov/

                               

                              1. REQORSA Immunogene Therapy. Genprex. Accessed September 20, 2023. https://www.genprex.com/technology/reqorsa/

                               

                              1. Gillmore JD, Gane E, Taubel J, et al. CRISPR-Cas9 in vivo gene editing for transthyretin amyloidosis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385(6). doi:10.1056/nejmoa2107454

                               

                              1. Gaj T, Sirk SJ, Shui S, Liu J. Genome-editing technologies: principles and applications. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Biol. 2016;8(12):a023754. doi:10.1101/cshperspect.a023754
                              2. Godbout K, Tremblay JP. Prime editing for human gene therapy: where are we now? Cells. 2023;12(4):536. doi:10.3390/cells12040536

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Approved cellular and gene therapy products. Updated: December 8, 2023. Accessed February 15, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/vaccines-blood-biologics/cellular-gene-therapy-products/approved-cellular-and-gene-therapy-products

                               

                              ‌47. Yescarta. Package Insert.  Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2022.

                               

                              1. Kymriah. Package Insert. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2022.

                               

                              1. Tecartus. Package Insert. Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Breyanzi. Package Insert. Juno Therapeutics Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Abecma. Package Insert. Celgene Corporation; 2024.

                               

                              1. Carvykti. Package Insert. Janssen Biotech, Inc., 2023.

                               

                              1. Skysona. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

                               

                              1. Zynteglo. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

                               

                              1. Casgevy. Package Insert. Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.; 2024.

                               

                              1. Lyfgenia. Package Insert. Bluebird bio, Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Castaneda-Puglianini O, Chavez JC. Assessing and management of neurotoxicity after CAR-T therapy in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. J Blood Med. 2021;12:775-783. doi:10.2147/jbm.s281247

                               

                              1. Martins KM, Breton C, Zheng Q, Zhang Z, Latshaw C, Greig JA, Wilson JM. Prevalent and disseminated recombinant and wild-type adeno-associated virus integration in macaques and humans. Hum Gene Ther. 2023;34(21-22):1081-1094. doi:10.1089/hum.2023.134

                               

                              1. Wörner TP, Bennett A, Habka S, et al. Adeno-associated virus capsid assembly is divergent and stochastic. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):1642. doi:10.1038/s41467-021-21935-5

                               

                              1. Mietzsch M, Jose A, Chipman P, et al. Completion of the AAV structural atlas: serotype capsid structures reveals clade-specific features. Viruses. 2021;13(1):101. doi:10.3390/v13010101

                               

                              1. Daya S, Berns KI. Gene therapy using adeno-associated virus vectors. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2008;21(4):583-593. doi:10.1128/cmr.00008-08

                               

                              1. Tseng YS, Agbandje-McKenna M. Mapping the AAV capsid host antibody response toward the development of second generation gene delivery vectors. Front Immunol. 2014;5. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2014.00009

                               

                              1. Elmore ZC, Oh DK, Simon KE, Fanous MM, Asokan A. Rescuing AAV gene transfer from neutralizing antibodies with an IgG-degrading enzyme. JCI Insight. 2020;5(19). doi:10.1172/jci.insight.139881

                               

                              1. Schulz M, Levy D, Petropoulos CJ, et al. Binding and neutralizing anti-AAV antibodies: Detection and implications for rAAV-mediated gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2023;31(3):616-630. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2023.01.010

                               

                              1. Shirley JL, de Jong YP, Terhorst C, Herzog RW. Immune responses to viral gene therapy vectors. Mol Ther. 2020;28(3):709-722. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.01.001

                               

                              1. Li X, Wei X, Lin J, Ou L. A versatile toolkit for overcoming AAV immunity. FrontImmunol. 2022;13:991832. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.991832

                               

                              1. Gao G, Alvira MR, Somanathan S, et al. Adeno-associated viruses undergo substantial evolution in primates during natural infections. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2003;100(10):6081-6086. doi:10.1073/pnas.0937739100

                               

                              1. Samulski RJ, Muzyczka N. AAV-mediated gene therapy for research and therapeutic purposes. Annu Rev Virol. 2014;1(1):427-451. doi:10.1146/annurev-virology-031413-085355

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. BRIEFING DOCUMENT Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Cellular, Tissue, and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee (CTGTAC) Meeting #70 Toxicity risks of adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors for gene therapy. Sept 2-3, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/media/151599/download

                               

                              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Chemistry, manufacturing, and control (CMC) information for human gene therapy investigational new drug applications (INDs). January 2020. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/chemistry-manufacturing-and-control-cmc-information-human-gene-therapy-investigational-new-drug

                               

                              1. Davidsson M, Negrini M, Hauser S, et al. A comparison of AAV-vector production methods for gene therapy and preclinical assessment. SciRep. 2020;10:21532. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-78521-w

                               

                              1. Clément N, Grieger JC. Manufacturing of recombinant adeno-associated viral vectors for clinical trials. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2016;3:16002. doi:10.1038/mtm.2016.2

                               

                              1. Srivastava A, Mallelab KMG, Deorkara N, Brophy G. Manufacturing challenges and rational formulation development for AAV viral vectors. JPharm Sci. Published online April 2, 2021. doi:10.1016/j.xphs.2021.03.024

                               

                              1. Penaud-Budloo M, François A, Clément N, Ayuso E. Pharmacology of recombinant adeno-associated virus production. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2018;8:166-180. doi:10.1016/j.omtm.2018.01.002

                               

                              1. Van der Loo JCM, Wright JF. Progress and challenges in viral vector manufacturing. Hum Mol Genet. 2015;25(R1):R42-R52. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddv451

                               

                              1. Kishimoto TK, Samulski RJ. Addressing high dose AAV toxicity – “one and done” or “slower and lower”?. Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2022;22(9):1067-1071. doi:10.1080/14712598.2022.2060737

                               

                              1. Chand D, Mohr F, McMillan H, et al. Hepatotoxicity following administration of onasemnogene abeparvovec (AVXS-101) for the treatment of spinal muscular atrophy. JHepatol. 2021;74(3):560-566. doi:10.1016/j.jhep.2020.11.001

                               

                              1. Mendell JR, Al-Zaidy SA, Rodino-Klapac LR, et al. Current clinical applications of in vivo gene therapy with AAVs. Mol Ther. 2021;29(2):464-488. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.12.007

                               

                              1. Ertl HCJ. Immunogenicity and toxicity of AAV gene therapy. Front Immunol. 2022;13:975803. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.975803

                               

                              1. Hordeaux J, Buza EL, Dyer C, et al. Adeno-associated virus-induced dorsal root ganglion pathology. Hum Gene Ther. 2020;31(15-16):808-818. doi:10.1089/hum.2020.167

                               

                              1. Sabatino DE, Bushman FD, Chandler RJ, et al. Evaluating the state of the science for adeno-associated virus integration: an integrated perspective. Mol Ther. 2022;30(8):2646-2663. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2022.06.004

                               

                              1. Ronzitti G, Gross DA, Mingozzi F. Human immune responses to adeno-associated Virus (AAV) vectors. Front Immunol. 2020;11. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2020.00670

                               

                              1. Paulk N. Gene Therapy: It’s time to talk about high-dose AAV. Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology News. July 7, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.genengnews.com/insights/gene-therapy-its-time-to-talk-about-high-dose-aav/

                               

                              1. Vyjuvek. Package Insert. Krystal Biotech, Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Adstiladrin. Package Insert. Ferring Pharmaceuticals; 2022.

                               

                              1. Imlygic. Package Insert. BioVex, Inc., a subsidiary of Amgen, Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Zolgensma. Package Insert. Novartis Gene Therapies, Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Hemgenix. Package Insert. UniQure, Inc.; 2022.

                               

                              1. Elevidys. Package Insert. Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Roctavian. Package Insert. BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc.; 2023.

                               

                              1. Prasad S, Dimmock DP, Greenberg B, et al. Immune responses and immunosuppressive strategies for adeno-associated virus-based gene therapy for treatment of central nervous system disorders: current knowledge and approaches. Hum Gene Ther. 2022;33(23-24):1228-1245. doi:10.1089/hum.2022.138

                               

                              1. Monahan PE, Négrier C, Tarantino M, Valentino LA, Mingozzi F. Emerging immunogenicity and genotoxicity considerations of adeno-associated virus vector gene therapy for hemophilia. J Clin Med. 2021;10(11):2471. doi:10.3390/jcm10112471

                               

                              1. Arruda VR, Favaro P, Finn JD. Strategies to modulate immune responses: a new frontier for gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2009;17(9):1492-1503. doi:10.1038/mt.2009.150

                               

                              1. Jordan SC, Lorant T, Choi J, et al. IgG endopeptidase in highly sensitized patients undergoing transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2017;377(5):442-453. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1612567

                               

                               

                               

                               

                              Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report-RECORDED WEBINAR

                              Learning Objectives

                              The activity will cover the following learning objectives for Pharmacists:
                              • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
                              • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
                              • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
                              • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
                              • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

                              Activity Release Dates

                              Released:  May 30, 2024
                              Expires:  May 30, 2027

                              Course Fee

                              $17 Pharmacist

                              ACPE UAN Code

                               0009-9999-24-023-H01-P

                              Session Code

                              24EH23-XFT24

                              Accreditation Hours

                              1.0 hours of CE

                              Accreditation Statement

                              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                              Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-023-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                              Grant Funding

                              There is no grant funding for this activity.

                              Faculty

                              Maria Miceli, PharmD
                              PGY-1 Resident
                              Emerson Hospital,
                              Concord, MA

                              Meagan Coughlin, PharmD, BCGP
                              Transitions of Care Pharmacy Specialist
                              Emerson Hospital
                              Concord, MA

                              Faculty Disclosure

                              • Drs. Micelli and Coughlin do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                               

                              Disclaimer

                              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                              Content

                              Post Test Pharmacist

                              << Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report – Recorded Webinar>>

                              Pharmacist Post-test

                              After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                              • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
                              • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
                              • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
                              • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
                              • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

                              1. Hyperinflation of the lungs is a newly recognized contributory factor of COPD. Which of the following is true regarding hyperinflation?
                              a. Hyperinflation results in a decrease in lung gas volume compared to normal values at the end of spontaneous expiration
                              b. Hyperinflation is primarily due to increased elastic recoil of the lungs
                              c. Hyperinflation can occur at rest or during exercise activities

                              2. Which of the following is a screening tool that can be used to assess COPD symptom severity?
                              a. Modified British Medical Research Council (mMRC) dyspnea scale
                              b. World Health Organization Lung Function Classification scale
                              c. Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease Airflow Limitation Test

                              3. You are counseling patient ES on the proper use of an albuterol DPI. ES states that she has noticed no improvement in symptoms since starting her medication. She is concerned that she may not be able to inhale with enough force to administer the medication effectively. Which of the following recommendations can be made to improve medication delivery?
                              a. Stop the albuterol DPI and switch to albuterol tablets as tablets are more effective than inhalers.
                              b. Consider switching from an albuterol DPI to an albuterol MDI and provide a spacer.
                              c. Stop the albuterol and upgrade to a LABA DPI to increase the efficacy of her medication.

                              4. Patient DK is currently hospitalized for his second moderate exacerbation of COPD this year. DK’s current blood eosinophil count is 240 cells/mcL. Which of the following treatment regimens is appropriate?
                              a. LABA + LAMA
                              b. Bronchodilator, only
                              c. LABA + LAMA + ICS

                              5. According to the CDC, which of the following vaccines is/are recommended in individuals with COPD?
                              a. PCV20 followed by PCV23
                              b. Hepatitis A + B vaccine
                              c. Influenza vaccine

                              6. Non-pharmacologic strategies for COPD include which of the following?
                              a. Smoking cessation
                              b. Limiting physical activity
                              c. Dietary salt restriction

                              7. According to the recent GOLD Report, updates in COPD screening include which of the following?
                              a. GOLD recommends leveraging imaging from lung cancer screening and incidental lung findings for COPD screening.
                              b. GOLD recommends low dose chest computed tomography for all individuals 50 to 80 years of age.
                              c. GOLD does not recommend pre-bronchodilator spirometry to investigate obstruction in symptomatic patients.

                              State of Connecticut Naloxone Training Program-RECORDED WEBINAR

                              About this Course

                              ****IMPORTANT UPDATE****

                              Update August 2024: Naloxone Availability

                              Note that, despite their mention in this activity, intramuscular (IM) naloxone autoinjectors are no longer commercially available in the United States (U.S.). Prefilled syringes, however, remain available for IM administration of naloxone.

                              Additionally, since the original release of this continuing education activity, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved naloxone for nonprescription marketing. It’s important to know that the prescription to over the counter (OTC) switch does not automatically apply to all forms of naloxone. Each manufacturer of existing naloxone products must individually apply for redesignation to OTC status. Visit Drugs@FDA: FDA-Approved Drugs to check the up-to-date status of any naloxone product before dispensing.

                              The FDA deemed naloxone nasal spray safe enough for OTC use, but that doesn’t preclude the need to counsel individuals on its safe and appropriate use. Pharmacists should counsel all patients buying OTC naloxone nasal spray about signs of an opioid overdose, how to administer naloxone, and other important clinical pearls.

                              We encourage all individuals completing this certificate to review our activity An Over-The-Counter Lifesaver: Increased Intranasal Naloxone Accessibility for more information on this topic.

                               

                              Learning Objectives

                              Upon completion of this application based CE Activity, a pharmacist will be able to:

                              •        Identify the risk factors for and clinical presentation of a person with an opioid overdose
                              •        Discuss naloxone use as an opioid antagonist
                              •        Describe naloxone prescribing and dispensing instructions for intranasal and intramuscular dosage forms
                              •        Discuss how to administer intranasal and intramuscular naloxone
                              •         Review current CT state laws regarding naloxone access
                              •        Discuss proper counseling points and technique
                              •        Discuss the referral of patients and caregivers to support programs, 211, and physicians specializing in addiction services

                              Release and Expiration Dates

                              Released:  August 29, 2024
                              Expires:  August 29, 2027

                              Course Fee

                              $50 Pharmacist

                              ACPE UAN

                              0009-9999-24-040-H03-P

                              Session Code

                              21NP17-TXX24

                              Accreditation Hours

                              2.0 hours of CE

                              Additional Information

                               

                              How to Complete Evaluation:  When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the BLUE take test/evaluation button.

                              Accreditation Statement

                              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                              Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive up to 2.0 CE Hours (or 0.2 CEUs)  for completing the activity ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-040-H03-P, passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                              Grant Funding

                              There is no grant funding for this activity.

                              Faculty

                              Gillian M. Kuszewski, Pharm.D.
                              UConn Health Center
                              Farmington, CT

                              Faculty Disclosure

                              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                              • Gillian M. Kuszewski has no relationships with ineligible companies

                              Disclaimer

                              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                              Content

                              Post Test

                              Pharmacist Post-test

                              1) Opioid overdose only occurs in low socio-economic groups? T/F

                              2) Which of the following is not a risk factor for Opioid Overdose?
                              a. History of opioid addiction (especially after abstinence)
                              b. Daily opioid doses less than 100mg of morphine equivalents
                              c. Comorbid mental illness
                              d. Concurrent use of benzodiazepines or alcohol

                              3) Which of the following is not a clinical presentation with an opioid overdose?
                              a. Slow breathing or respiratory arrest
                              b. Blue fingernails and lips
                              c. Dilated pupils
                              d. Vomiting or making gurgling noises

                              4) Naloxone is expensive and hard to administer? T/F

                              5) Naloxone should be used when
                              a. Breathing status is normal or fast
                              b. Breathing status is slow
                              c. Not breathing or gasping
                              d. B and C

                              6) Naloxone is an opioid receptor antagonist at the mu, kappa and sigma receptors? T/F

                              7) Which of the following is TRUE when using intranasal naloxone?
                              a. Person needs to be breathing to use
                              b. Does not need to be assembled
                              c. Need to tilt person’s head backwards to prevent the medication from running out of the nose
                              d. The recipient will experience pain when it is given

                              8) Which of the following is FALSE when using intramuscular naloxone?
                              a. Can be administered into thigh or another large muscle
                              b. Can administer a second dose after 2-5 minutes
                              c. Wait 2 to 5 minutes before administering a second dose
                              d. Inject half the contents of the syringe, then wait 2 minutes and repeat

                              9) After receiving Naloxone, the patient never requires medical attention? T/F

                              10) Naloxone has duration of action of 20-90 minutes; therefore, the person can go back into overdose if long acting opioids were ingested? T/F

                              11) A pharmacist who is licensed and registered in the State of Connecticut, and who has been trained and certified regarding the proper prescribing of naloxone, may prescribe an opioid antagonist to which of the following people:
                              a. The drug addicted patient.
                              b. The drug addict’s mother or father.
                              c. A friend of the drug addicted person.
                              d. Any person who is concerned about the drug addicted person.
                              e. All of the above answers are correct.

                              12) When prescribing an opioid antagonist, the pharmacist:
                              a. May delegate a pharmacy technician to provide training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed as long as the pharmacy technician is under the direct supervision of the pharmacist and has been properly trained by the pharmacist.
                              b. Must show a video depicting the proper administration of the medication to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed and obtain a signature of the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed to.
                              c. Must personally provide appropriate training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the medication is dispensed and maintain a record of such dispensing.
                              d. Is under no obligation to provide training regarding the administration of an opioid antagonist to the person to whom it is being dispensed although it is recommended that the pharmacist provide such training to avoid potential law suits.
                              e. Must first obtain permission from the patient’s doctor or practitioner prior to prescribing an opioid antagonist.

                              13) A pharmacist may only prescribe an opioid antagonist if the pharmacist has been trained and certified by a program approved by the Connecticut Medical Society and Department of Public Health.

                              True False

                              Handouts

                              VIDEO